UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20549
FORM
8-K
CURRENT
REPORT
Pursuant
to Section 13 or 15(d) of
The
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of
Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported):
July
7, 2008
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Commission
File No. 1-11107
Utah
|
|
87-0401551
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
|
|
(IRS
Employer Identification Number)
|
2200
West Parkway Boulevard
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119-2099
(Address
of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code:
(801) 817-1776
Former
name or former address, if changed since last report:
Not Applicable
Check the
appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously
satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following
provisions:
[
] Written communications pursuant to Rule 425
under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
[
] Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12
under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
[
] Pre-commencement communications pursuant to
Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR240.14d-2(b))
[x] Pre-commencement
communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17
CFR240.13e-4(c))
Item
1.01
|
Entry into a Material Definitive
Agreement
|
In
connection with the completion of the sale of substantially all of the assets of
Franklin Covey Co.’s (the Company) Consumer Solutions Business Unit (the CSBU)
to Franklin Covey Products, LLC (Franklin Covey Products) as described in Item
2.01 below, the Company, or its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into the
following material definitive agreements:
Master Licensing
Agreement
On July
7, 2008, the Company entered into a master license agreement (the License
Agreement), effective as of July 5, 2008, with Franklin Covey Products pursuant
to which the Company granted to Franklin Covey Products, subject to certain
restrictions and limitations, an exclusive, worldwide (excluding Japan and South
Korea), transferable, sublicensable, royalty-bearing license to use the licensed
trademarks and licensed copyrights, including FranklinCovey™ and FranklinCovey
Planner™, in the design, development, manufacture, marketing, promotion,
advertisement, distribution, lease and sale of licensed products in certain
distribution channels, including wholesale channels, retail, eCommerce and
call-center channels. The licensed products include planners,
binders, totes and cases, personal leather goods, stationary items, writing
instruments, organizational containers, calendars and non-dated paper
products. The License Agreement will continue until terminated by
either party due to a material breach of the terms of the License
Agreement.
Pursuant
to the License Agreement, for 99 years, Franklin Covey Products will make a
yearly royalty payment to the Company equal to 30% of the amount of the earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) of Franklin
Covey Products in excess of $13,000,000 each year, up to a maximum of
$1,250,000.
The
foregoing description of the License Agreement does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the License
Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 attached hereto.
Supply
Agreement
In
connection with the execution of the License Agreement, on July 7, 2008,
Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
entered into a supply agreement (the Supply Agreement), effective as of July 5,
2008, with Franklin Covey Products.
The
Supply Agreement provides that Franklin Covey Products will be the Company’s
exclusive supplier of the products required to fulfill the Company’s training
and consulting service contracts that have historically been manufactured by the
CSBU that will now be manufactured by Franklin Covey Products, directly or
indirectly, including those products produced pursuant to the License Agreement,
pursuant to certain forecasting and ordering procedures, as long as the products
are supplied at a competitive price. Additionally, the Company will
supply Franklin Covey Products with products that the Company
produces. The Supply Agreement will continue until terminated by the
parties. Either party may terminate the Supply Agreement effective
immediately if the License Agreement has been terminated.
The
foregoing description of the Supply Agreement does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Supply
Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 attached hereto.
Master Shared Services
Agreement
On July
7, 2008, the Company, and the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries Franklin Covey
Client Sales, Inc., Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., Franklin Development
Corp., Franklin Covey Canada, Ltd., Franklin Covey Europe, Ltd. and Franklin
Covey de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. entered into a master shared services
agreement (the Shared Services Agreement), effective as of July 5, 2008, with
Franklin Covey Products and Franklin Covey Products’ wholly-owned subsidiaries
Franklin Covey Products Canada ULC, Franklin Covey Products Europe Limited and
FC Products de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Pursuant
to the Shared Services Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries will provide
certain accounting, administrative, information technology, human resources and
other transition services to Franklin Covey Products and its
subsidiaries. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Company and
Franklin Covey Products, the Company will provide these transition services to
Franklin Covey Products in substantially the same manner in which the Company
provided these services to the CSBU prior to the closing of the
transaction. Franklin Covey Products will pay an amount based upon
the cost associated with the provision of these transition services, or a fee
based on an agreed assessment of the cost associated with the provision of such
services.
The
foregoing description of the Shared Services Agreement does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Shared
Services Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 attached hereto.
Operating
Agreement
On July
7, 2008, in connection with the Company’s investment in Franklin Covey Products
of approximately $1.8 million to purchase a 19.5% voting interest and a $1.0
million preferred capital contribution with a 10 percent priority return,
Franklin Covey Client Sales, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
entered into an amended and restated operating agreement for Franklin Covey
Products (the Operating Agreement) with Franklin Covey Products, Peterson
Partners V, L.P., and the other members and managers named
therein. The Operating Agreement will govern the rights and
obligations of the members and managers of Franklin Covey Products in connection
with the operation of Franklin Covey Products.
Pursuant
to the Operating Agreement, Franklin Covey Products will be managed by a five
member management board, which will function substantially in the same manner as
the board of directors of a Utah corporation. Three of the members of
the management board will be appointed by Peterson Partners V, L.P. (the
Peterson Managers), one member of the management board will be appointed by the
Company (the FC Manager), and one member of the management board will be
appointed by unanimous consent of the Peterson Managers and the FC Manager (the
Peterson/FC Manager). Robert A. Whitman, the Company’s CEO will serve
as the initial FC Manager and as the chairman of the management board of
Franklin Covey Products. Sarah Merz, the former President of the CSBU
and new President of Franklin Covey Products, will initially serve as the
Peterson/FC Manager on the management board. The management board
will appoint officers that will manage the day-to-day business and affairs of
Franklin Covey Products.
The
foregoing description of the Operating Agreement does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Operating
Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 attached hereto.
Sublease
Agreement
On July
7, 2008, Franklin Development Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
entered into a Sublease Agreement (the Sublease Agreement), effective as of July
5, 2008, with Franklin Covey Products.
Pursuant
to the Sublease Agreement, through June 30, 2025, Franklin Covey Products will
sublease from Franklin Development Corp. portions of the following buildings:
Franklin, Washington, Jefferson, Patrick Henry and Adams buildings located in
the office park commonly known as 2650 South Decker Lake Boulevard, Salt Lake
City, Utah. Franklin Covey Products will sublease 53,701 square feet
of office space at an initial monthly base rent of $9.00 per square foot, 975
square feet of computer room space at an initial monthly base rent of $12.00 per
square foot, and 23,280 square feet of shared space, for which Franklin Covey
Products will only be responsible for rent on 11,640 square feet, at an initial
monthly base rent of $9.00 per square foot. Beginning on July 1,
2010, and each year thereafter, the base rent will increase by 2 percent per
year. Franklin Covey Products will also pay its share of other
expenses associated with the premises.
The
foregoing description of the Sublease Agreement does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Sublease
Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 attached hereto.
Sub-sublease
Agreement
On July
7, 2008, the Company entered into a Sub-sublease Agreement (the Sub-sublease
Agreement), effective as of July 5, 2008, with Franklin Covey
Products.
The
Company subleases warehouse space from EDS Information Services L.L.C., and
pursuant to the Sub-sublease Agreement, Franklin Covey Products will
sub-sublease from the Company approximately 96,225 square feet of warehouse
space through June 30, 2016. The initial monthly base rent due under
the Sub-sublease Agreement is $31,408. Franklin Covey Products is
also obligated to pay a portion of the costs related to utilities, operating
expenses, garbage and recycling and real estate taxes.
The
foregoing description of the Sub-sublease Agreement does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the
Sub-sublease Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.6 attached
hereto.
Modification
Agreement
On July
8, 2008, the Company entered into a Modification Agreement (the Modification
Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. The Modification Agreement
modifies the terms of the long-term secured revolving line-of-credit agreements
that the Company entered into with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. on March 14, 2007
(the Credit Agreements). Pursuant to the Modification Agreement, the
interest rate provided for in the Credit Agreements has been increased from
LIBOR plus 1.10 percent to LIBOR plus 1.50 percent and, effective as of June 30,
2009, the borrowing capacity of the Company under the Credit Agreements will be
reduced from $25,000,000 to $15,000,000.
The
foregoing description of the Modification Agreement does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the
Modification Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.7 attached
hereto.
Item
2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of
Assets
On July
7, 2008, the Company announced that it completed its previously announced sale
of substantially all of the assets of the CSBU to Franklin Covey
Products. This new company, which is controlled by Peterson Partners,
a private equity firm, purchased the CSBU assets for $32.0 million in cash
subject to adjustments for net working capital. In addition, certain
costs incurred in the completion of the sale transaction will be reimbursed to
the Company by Franklin Covey Products. Prior to the transaction, the
CSBU was primarily focused on the production and sale of the Company’s products
to individual customers and small business organizations and includes the
operations of the Company’s domestic retail stores, consumer direct channels
(primarily eCommerce and call center), wholesale operations, international
product channels in certain countries, and other related distribution channels,
including government product sales and domestic printing and publishing
operations.
In
connection with the closing of the sale, the Company invested approximately $1.8
million to purchase a 19.5 percent voting interest in Franklin Covey Products
and made a $1.0 million preferred capital contribution with a 10 percent
priority return. The Company also has the opportunity to earn
contingent license fees if Franklin Covey Products, LLC achieves certain
performance objectives. The remaining interest in Franklin Covey
Products will be primarily held by Peterson Partners V, L.P., an affiliate of
Peterson Partners, Inc., a Salt Lake City, Utah based investment firm that
specializes in small to mid-size companies. A founding general
partner of Peterson Partners and a significant investor in Peterson Partners V,
L.P. is Joel C. Peterson, a member of the Company’s Board of
Directors. Due to this relationship, Mr. Peterson recused himself
from the negotiations and Board of Director discussions regarding the sale of
CSBU.
The
Company currently intends to utilize substantially all of the net sale proceeds
to repurchase shares of its common stock pursuant to a Dutch auction tender
offer, which it anticipates will commence in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2008.
A copy of
the press release announcing the completion of the sale is attached hereto as
Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated by reference herein.
The
foregoing description of the sale of CSBU assets does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the sale agreements described
in Item 1.01 above, which are filed as exhibits to this report on Form 8-K and
incorporated by reference herein.
Forward
Looking Statements
This
current report and the exhibits furnished herewith contain forward-looking
statements related to, among other things, a proposed tender
offer. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor
provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements
inherently involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those contemplated in the forward-looking
statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited
to, the Company may decide, for any number of reasons, not to pursue the tender
offer, the conditions to any such tender offer may not be satisfied, market
conditions and the price of
the
Company’s stock may not be favorable, general economic conditions, the Company’s
cash needs, shareholders may not tender shares in response to the offer in
sufficient numbers to make the tender offer advisable, and other risks and
uncertainties outlined in the Company’s documents filed with the SEC, including
the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. All forward-looking statements and other information in
this current report are based upon information available as of the date of this
report. Such information may change or become invalid after the date
of this report, and, by making these forward-looking statements, the Company
undertakes no obligation to update these statements after the date of this
report, except as required by law.
Tender
Offer Statement
This
communication is for informational purposes only and is not an offer to buy, or
the solicitation of an offer to sell, any shares. The full details of any tender
offer, including complete instructions on how to tender shares, will be included
in the offer to purchase, the letter of transmittal and related materials, which
will be mailed to shareholders promptly following commencement of the offer.
Shareholders should read carefully the offer to purchase, the letter of
transmittal and other related materials when they are available because they
will contain important information. Shareholders may obtain free copies, when
available, of the offer to purchase and other related materials that will be
filed by Franklin Covey Co. with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the
Commission’s website at
www.sec.gov
.
When available,
shareholders also may obtain a copy of these documents, free of charge, from the
Company’s information agent.
Item
5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers;
Election of Directors;Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements
ofCertain Officers
Departure of Sarah
Merz
In
connection with the completion of the sale of CSBU assets described in Item 2.01
above, on July 7, 2008, Sarah Merz ended her employment with Franklin Covey and
as President of the CSBU. Ms. Merz was appointed the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Franklin Covey Products, LLC.
Compensatory Arrangements of
Executive Officers
As of the
completion of the sale of the CSBU assets, the Company had granted unvested
share awards to its executive officers and certain other managerial personnel
that remained unvested. The terms and conditions of these awards,
which were granted in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, allow accelerated vesting
based upon overall Company performance. However, the sale of the CSBU
was not anticipated when these awards were granted to the
participants.
The
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the Company to vest
the previously unvested portion of the unvested share awards and to pay a
discretionary cash bonus. As a result of these actions, the following
compensatory amounts were authorized to be awarded to the Company’s executive
officers as shown in the table below.
Executive
Officer
|
|
Cash
Bonus
|
|
|
Number
of Shares of Common Stock Vested
|
|
Robert
A. Whitman
|
|
$
|
645,100
|
|
|
|
112,500
|
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
|
|
177,900
|
|
|
|
23,625
|
|
Robert
William Bennett
|
|
|
177,900
|
|
|
|
26,250
|
|
Sarah
Merz
|
|
|
261,000
|
|
|
|
26,250
|
|
Item
9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits
(b)
|
Pro
Forma Financial Information
|
|
Pro
forma financial information is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.2 and is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
(d)
|
Exhibits:
|
|
2.1
|
Master
Asset Purchase Agreement between Franklin Covey Products, LLC and Franklin
Covey Co. dated May 22, 2008 (filed as exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K/A as filed
with the Commission on May 29, 2008 and incorporated herein by
reference).
|
|
2.2
|
Amendment
to Master Asset Purchase Agreement between Franklin Covey Products, LLC
and Franklin Covey Co. dated July 3, 2008 (filed as exhibit 2.2 to Form
10-Q as filed with the Commission on July 10, 2008 and incorporated herein
by reference).
|
|
10.1
|
Master
License Agreement between Franklin Covey Products, LLC and Franklin Covey
Co. dated July 7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008.**
|
|
10.2
|
Supply
Agreement between Franklin Covey Products, LLC and Franklin Covey Product
Sales, Inc. dated July 7, 2008, and effective as of July 5,
2008.**
|
|
10.3
|
Master
Shared Services Agreement by and among Franklin Covey Co., Franklin Covey
Client Sales, Inc, Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., Franklin
Development Corp., Franklin Covey Canada, Ltd., Franklin Covey Europe,
Ltd. and Franklin Covey de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V., Franklin Covey
Products, Franklin Covey Products Canada ULC, Franklin Covey Products
Europe Limited and FC Products de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., dated July
7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008.**
|
|
10.4
|
Amended
and Restated Operating Agreement of Franklin Covey Products, LLC, dated
July 7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008.**
|
|
10.5
|
Sublease
Agreement between Franklin Development Corp. and Franklin Covey Products,
LLC, dated July 7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008.**
|
|
10.6
|
Sub-sublease
Agreement, between Franklin Covey Co. and Franklin Covey Products, LLC,
dated July 7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008.**
|
|
10.7
|
Modification
Agreement between Franklin Covey Co. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated
July 8, 2008.**
|
|
99.1
|
Press
release announcing the completion of the sale of the Consumer Solutions
Business Unit dated July 7, 2008.**
|
|
99.2
|
Pro
forma financial information.**
|
|
**
|
Filed
herewith.
|
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
|
Date:
|
July 11, 2008
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
|
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Exhibit 10.1
MASTER
LICENSE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
AND
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
MADE
EFFECTIVE AS OF
JULY 5,
2008, 11:59 P.M. MOUNTAIN DAYLIGHT TIME
|
Page
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
55
|
Exhibit
A
|
Licensed
Trademarks
|
Exhibit
B
|
Assigned
Trademarks
|
Exhibit
C
|
Licensed
Copyrights
|
Exhibit
D
|
Licensed
Products
|
Exhibit
E
|
Licensed
Channels
|
Exhibit
F
|
Licensed
Territory
|
Exhibit
G
|
Existing
Distribution Agreements
|
Exhibit
H
|
Product
Guidelines
|
Exhibit
I
|
Branding
Guidelines
|
Exhibit
J
|
List
of Qualified Entities
|
Exhibit
K
|
Schedule
of Specialty Products
|
Exhibit
L
|
International
Licensees of Licensor
|
Exhibit
M
|
International
Licensees of Licensee
|
Exhibit
N
|
Existing
Agreements to Distribute Content-Rich Media
|
Exhibit
O
|
Internet
Search Terms
|
Exhibit
P
|
Search
Terms Use Guidelines
|
Exhibit
Q
|
Database
Use Guidelines
|
Exhibit
R
|
Existing
Content-Rich Media
|
Exhibit
S
|
Disclosures
to Section 10.1
|
Exhibit
T
|
Standard
Spread
|
Exhibit
U
|
Agreements
Exempt from Section 2.23
|
This
MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT
(this “
Agreement
”)
between Franklin Covey Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“
Licensee
”), and Franklin
Covey Co., a Utah corporation (“
Licensor
”), dated July 7,
2008, is made effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M. Mountain Daylight
Time.
Recitals
WHEREAS
, Licensor and Licensee
are parties to a Master Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 22, 2008, as
amended (the “
Asset Purchase
Agreement
”), a Supply Agreement dated effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59
P.M., Mountain Daylight Time (the “
Supply Agreement
”), a Master
Shared Services Agreement dated effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M.,
Mountain Daylight Time (the “
Shared Services Agreement
”),
the Lease Agreement between Franklin Development Corporation and Licensee (the
“
Lease Agreement
”) and
the Sub-sublease Agreement between Licensor and Licensee (the “
Sub-sublease
Agreement
”) (collectively the
“
Ancillary
Agreements
”);
WHEREAS
, Licensee wishes to
license from Licensor the right to use the Licensed Trademarks and the Licensed
Copyrights (together and as defined below, the “
Licensed Materials
”) in
connection with certain of Licensee’s activities, and Licensor has agreed to
license to Licensee the Licensed Materials for such purpose, subject to the
terms and conditions hereof.
WHEREAS
, Licensor wishes to
license back from Licensee the right to use the Assigned Trademarks in
connection with certain of Licensor’s activities, and Licensee has agreed to
license to Licensor the Assigned Trademarks for such purpose, subject to the
terms and conditions hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Definitions
. All
capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below,
unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
“
Affiliate
” means, when used
with reference to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, has control of the first Person, or of which
the first Person has control, or which is under common control with the first
Person.
“
Agreement
” has the meaning
set forth in the Preamble.
“
Ancillary Agreements
” has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Asset Purchase Agreement
” has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Assigned Software
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Assigned Trademarks
” means
the Trademarks listed on Exhibit B.
“
Back of Room Sales
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
“
Boxed PlanPlus Software
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Branding Guidelines
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
“
Business of Licensee
” means
the sales and service of and support functions for Licensed
Products.
“
Business Day
” means any day,
other than Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in the United States of
America are open for business.
“
Charter Flight
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
“
Commercial Loss
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“
Competitor
” means any Person
that, directly or indirectly through Affiliates, is engaged in the marketing,
distribution or sale of Training-Oriented Products or Training-Oriented
Services.
“
Confidential Information
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
“
Content-Rich Media
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.7.
“
Corporate Gift Items
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Current Version
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Database Use Guidelines
”
means the provisions set forth on Exhibit Q.
“
Discloser
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 11.1.
“
Display
” has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.1.
“
Domains
” has the meaning set
forth in Section 3.1.
“
DYO Planner
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 2.3.
“
DYO Website
” means those
Internet pages and related Software and hardware, regardless of the IP address
or the branded name, through which an online customer may design and order a DYO
Planner, provided that the term shall not apply if such website is no longer
under the direct control and supervision of Licensee.
“
EBITDA
” means earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense
generated in the production of inventory shall be included in inventory’s
standard cost and the amortization of certain costs directly associated with the
generation of revenue may be included in the EBITDA calculation (i.e. will lower
EBITDA).
Examples
of these costs include the depreciation of equipment specifically used for the
production of inventory or the amortization of a prepaid author
royalty.
“
EDS
” means Electronic Data
Systems Corporation or any of its Affiliates.
“
Education Planner
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
“
Effective Date
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
“
Execution-Related Materials
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.
“
Existing Distribution
Agreements
” means the agreements listed on Exhibit G.
“
Existing Licensor International
Agreement
” means an agreement between Licensor and an International
Licensee of Licensor in effect as of the Effective Date in which such
International Licensee of Licensor pays a royalty to Licensor in exchange for
the right to sell Licensed Products bearing the Licensed Materials in any
portion of the Licensed Territory.
“
Existing Sublicensed Entity
”
means any Sublicensed Entity that became a Sublicensed Entity prior to the
Effective Date, provided that such Sublicensed Entity shall be deemed a New
Sublicensed Entity if Licensee renews or amends its agreement with the Existing
Sublicensed Entity on substantially different terms.
“
Excluded Countries
” means
Japan and South Korea.
“
GAAP
” means U.S. Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.
“
Global Cap Loss
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“
Gross Profit Margin
” means
the difference between the price of the good sold and the cost of the good sold
(which includes standard product cost, freight, credit card merchant discounts,
royalties and amortization).
“
Indemnified Party
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
“
Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.4.
“
Intellectual Property Rights
”
means (i) rights in patentable subject matter, whether or not the subject
of an application, including continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, and
provisional patent applications and any patents issuing therefrom, including all
reexaminations, reissues, and extensions thereof, and rights in respect of
utility models or industrial designs, and invention disclosures or certificates
of invention, (ii) rights in trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade
dress and other designators of origin, registered or unregistered,
(iii) rights in copyrightable subject matter, whether or not registered,
including, without limitation, protectable designs, look and feel, web pages,
and Software, (iv) trade secrets, including non-public know-how,
inventions, discoveries, improvements, concepts, ideas, methods, processes,
designs, plans, schematics, drawings, formulae, technical
data,
specifications, research and development information, technology and product
roadmaps, data bases and other proprietary or confidential information,
including customer lists, but excluding any copyrights or patents that may cover
or protect any of the foregoing, (v) rights in Internet domain names,
uniform resource locators, e-mail addresses, metadata, and metatags,
and (vi) all other intellectual and industrial property rights of
every kind and nature and however designated, whether arising by operation of
law, contract, license or otherwise including moral rights and publicity
rights.
“
International Licensee
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“
International Licensee of
Licensee
” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“
International Licensee of
Licensor
” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2
“
Internet Search Terms
” means
the terms listed on Exhibit O.
“
Lease Agreement
”
has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
“
Licensed Channels
” means the
Wholesale Channels and the Proprietary Consumer Channels.
“
Licensed Copyrights
” means
the copyrights and copyrighted materials, whether registered or not, that are
listed on Exhibit C.
“
Licensed Materials
” means the
Licensed Trademarks and the Licensed Copyrights.
“
Licensed Products
” means
products listed on Exhibit D.
“
Licensed Territory
” means
those territories listed on Exhibit F.
“
Licensed Trademarks
” means
those trademarks listed on Exhibit A.
“
Licensee
” has the meaning set
forth in the Preamble.
“
Licensee
Change of Control
” with
respect to Licensee means (i) the acquisition of Licensee by a third party
by means of any transaction or series of transactions (including, without
limitation, any acquisition, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization,
merger or consolidation) other than a transaction or series of related
transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of Licensee
outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such
transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting
power represented by the outstanding voting securities of Licensee or such other
surviving or resulting entity (or if Licensee or such other surviving or
resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary immediately following such
acquisition, then by the outstanding voting securities of its parent);
(ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of Licensee and its wholly owned subsidiaries that relate to the Business of
Licensee by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except
where such sale or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of
Licensee; (iii) any assignment of this
Agreement;
or (iv) any of the foregoing transactions involving a Licensee Qualified Entity
which is a sublicensee of Licensee’s rights under this Agreement.
“
Licensee Field
” means the
design, development, manufacture, marketing, promotion, advertisement,
distribution, lease and sale of Licensed Products in the Licensed Channels in
the Licensed Territory.
“
Licensee Party
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“
Licensee
Qualified Entity
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Licensee
Qualified Vendor
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Licensee Software
Modification
” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Licensee Website
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
“
Licensor
” has the meaning set
forth in the Preamble.
“
Licensor
Change of Control
” with
respect to Licensor means (i) the acquisition of Licensor by a third party
by means of any transaction or series of transactions (including, without
limitation, any acquisition, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, stock
purchase, merger or consolidation); (ii) a sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of Licensor; (iii) any of the foregoing
transactions involving a wholly owned subsidiary of Licensor if such entity is a
permitted assignee of this Agreement or (iv) any of the foregoing
transactions involving the parent corporation of Licensor.
“
Licensor Party
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“
Licensor
Qualified Entity
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Licensor
Qualified Vendor
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Licensor Software
Modification
” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Licensor Website
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
“
Licensor’s Knowledge
” means
the actual knowledge, after diligent and customary inquiry, of Robert A.
Whitman, Sarah E. Merz, Stephen D. Young, Robert Sumbot, Jeff Anderson
and Michael Connelly.
“
Link
” has the meaning set
forth in Section 3.1.
“
Material Breach
” means
(i) a breach of this Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the
non-breaching party’s material Intellectual Property Rights, the goodwill
associated therewith, or the ability to enforce any of its rights therein, and
that has a material adverse effect on the non-breaching party, (ii) a
material breach of Sections 2.22 or 2.23, (iii) a failure by a party timely
to pay the other party amounts that are owed and undisputed under this Agreement
or any Ancillary Agreement, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of
$100,000, (iv) the release of any new product or marketing material, other
than New
Products
or New Campaign Materials released in compliance with all of the terms and
conditions of Article V, that has a material adverse effect on the Business of
Licensee or on the business of Licensor as a result of Licensee’s involvement
with any Prohibited Party or in any Prohibited Activity, or (v) a pattern
of non-trivial breaches of this Agreement that (A) occur after a Licensee
Change of Control transaction, (B) individually do not constitute Material
Breaches, (C) are not disputed in good faith and (D) are repeated
after the non-breaching party has provided written notice in good faith that
such breaches have occurred, provided that no such pattern shall exist for this
purpose if there are fewer than two of such breaches by the same party in the
trailing twelve (12)–month period.
“
MFN Pricing
” means the party
purchasing the good shall receive a price no less favorable than the price
available to other similarly situated purchasers for the same good at the time
of the sale.
“
Mobile PlanPlus Software
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Software
Modification
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Modified Licensed Product
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“
Motivational Artwork
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Negotiation Period
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
“
New Branding Effort
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“
New Campaign Materials
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“
New Derivative Product
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“
New Licensed Product
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“
New Product
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 5.1.
“
New Sublicensed Entity
” means
any Sublicensed Entity that becomes a Sublicensed Entity after the Effective
Date.
“
Notice of Alleged
Infringement
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.18.
“
Notice Period
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
“
Offer Notice
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 7.3.
“
On-Site Training
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
“
Online PlanPlus Software
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Option Fee
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 6.4.
“
Ordinary Course of Business
”
means the ordinary course of the business in question consistent with past
custom and practice.
“
Organizational Client
” means
an organization that purchases products or services where the decision maker at
the client makes the purchase decision on behalf of people who are employees or
members of, or otherwise actively affiliated with, the
organization.
“
Partial Option Fee
”
has the meaning set
forth in Section 6.4.
“
Partial Royalty Buy-Out
Option
”
has
the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
“
Permitted Offeror
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
“
Person
” means an individual,
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company,
unincorporated association, trust, joint venture, union or other organization or
entity, including a governmental entity.
“
Planner
” means any
paper-based product (i) bearing Trademarks of Licensor and
(ii) organized consecutively by date so that its user may organize, plan
and schedule events and tasks, along with ancillary pages that serve a related
purpose, including, by way of example, pages to organize addresses and phone
numbers and pages to take notes at meetings.
“
PlanPlus Software
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Product Guidelines
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
“
Prohibited Activity
” means
(i) publishing or promoting indecent or pornographic materials,
(ii) deriving a substantial portion of revenue from gaming activities or
the promotion or sale of alcoholic beverages, tobacco products or firearms,
(iii) having as a primary purpose the advocacy of a particular political or
moral position or (iv) illegal activities.
“
Prohibited Party
” means any
Person that, directly or indirectly through Affiliates, engages in a Prohibited
Activity.
“
Proprietary Consumer
Channels
” means the sales channels defined under such term in
Exhibit E.
“
Public Program
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
“
Public Program Cost Of Goods
”
means fifty percent (50%) of the listed retail price for a seat at such Public
Program.
“
Public Program Gross Margin
”
means fifty percent (50%) of the retail price that would have been charged for
the seat that was converted to an On-Site Training had the conversion not
occurred.
“
Qualified Entity
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Qualified Vendor
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Quality Guidelines
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
“
Recipient
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 11.1.
“
Relationship Manager
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“
Reset EBITDA Threshold
” has
the meaning set it Section 6.1.
“
Reset Ratio
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 6.1.
“
Reset Royalties Minimum
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 6.1
“
Royalties
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 6.1.
“
Royalty Buy-Out Option
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
“
Search Terms Use Guidelines
”
means the provisions set forth on Exhibit P.
“
SEC
” means the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
“
Shared Services Agreement
”
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Software
” means computer
programs or data, whether in object code or source code, regardless of the media
format of such Software, and all documentation relating thereto.
“
Specialty Products
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“
Standard Planner
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.3.
“
Standard Spread
” has the
meaning set forth on Exhibit T.
“
Strategic Relationship
Committee
” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
“
Sublicense Agreement
” means a
written agreement between Licensor or Licensee, on the one hand, and a permitted
Sublicensed Entity under Section 2.11, on the other hand, whereby such
Sublicensed Entity expressly agrees, at minimum, that: (i) the Licensed
Materials or Assigned Trademarks, as applicable to the subject matter of the
Sublicense Agreement, are the property of Licensor or Licensee, respectively,
and are subject to this Agreement; (ii) the party that owns the assets that are
the subject matter of the Sublicense Agreement shall retain all ownership of
such assets and the Sublicensed Entity shall not assert ownership or any other
right or interest in any of such assets; (iii) any and all goodwill associated
with the Sublicensed Entity’s use of such assets shall inure to the benefit of
the party that owns the assets; (iv) the Sublicense Agreement shall terminate
immediately on termination of this Agreement for any reason; and (v) the party
that owns the assets is an intended third-party beneficiary of the Sublicense
Agreement.
“
Sublicensed Entity
” means a
Qualified Entity, Qualified Vendor or International Licensee which has executed
a Sublicense Agreement pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof.
“
Substantial Distribution
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Sub-sublease Agreement
”
has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
“
Supply Agreement
” has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Tailored Planner
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.3.
“
Top-Level Logos
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“
Trademark
” means rights in
trademarks, trade names, service marks, service names, design marks, logos,
trade dress, or similar rights with respect to identification of origin, whether
registered or unregistered, as well as rights in Internet domain names, uniform
resource locators and e-mail addresses.
“
Training-Oriented Product
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.
“
Training-Oriented Service
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.
“
Training Planner
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.3.
“
Updates
” has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.2.
“
Wholesale Channels
” means the
sales channels defined under such term in Exhibit E.
LICENSE
2.1
License Grant
to
Licensee
.
Subject to all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee
an exclusive, worldwide, transferable (subject to Sections 7.3 and 12.1),
sublicensable (subject to Section 2.11), royalty-bearing license, during
the term set forth below, to use the Licensed Materials in connection with the
design, development, manufacture, marketing, promotion, advertisement,
distribution, lease and sale of Licensed Products, through the Licensed
Channels, within the Licensed Territory. In addition, subject to all
of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to
Licensee a license during the term set forth below to translate the Licensed
Copyrights into foreign languages as necessary to sell Licensed Products into
Licensed Channels. As used in this Section 2.1, “exclusive” means
that Licensor may not, after the Effective Date and during the term of this
Agreement, grant to any third party a license to use, reproduce or display the
Licensed Materials in the Licensee Field and that Licensor, subject to Section
2.22, may itself use the Licensed Materials for any purpose outside the Licensee
Field. The rights granted to Licensee herein are expressly subject to
the provisions of the Existing Distributor Agreements.
2.2
Special
Provisions: International
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1, as those rights may apply in countries
and territories other than the United States, are subject to the following
restrictions, limitations and qualifications, in addition to any and all
restrictions provided elsewhere in this Agreement.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
International Licensee
” means
any International Licensee of Licensee or International Licensee of
Licensor.
(ii)
“
International Licensee of
Licensee
” means any third-party distributor, manufacturer, sales
organization or similar service provider, other than a Competitor or Prohibited
Party, that is located outside the United States and engaged by Licensee in the
Ordinary Course of Business to design, manufacture, distribute and/or sell
Licensed Products in the Licensee Field outside the United States or, subject to
Article V, to create New Products or New Campaign Materials. The
International Licensees of Licensee as of the Effective Date are set forth on
attached Exhibit M. Exhibit M shall be amended to include the names
of parties which become International Licensees of Licensee as permitted by
Section 2.11.
(iii)
“
International Licensee of
Licensor
” means any third-party distributor, manufacturer, sales
organization or similar service provider that is located outside the United
States and engaged by Licensor in the Ordinary Course of Business to engage in
business activities. The International Licensees of Licensor as of
the Effective Date are set forth on attached Exhibit L. Exhibit L
shall be amended to include the names of parties which become International
Licensees of Licensor as permitted by Section 2.11.
(b)
Licensee
shall have no right of exclusivity in any country, territory or region in which
Licensor, as of the Effective Date, has granted a non-exclusive license to an
International Licensee of Licensor which gives such International Licensee the
right to sell Licensed Products in the Licensed Channels. Licensor
shall pay to Licensee, according to the provisions of Section 2.24, the portion
of royalties which Licensor receives under such Existing Licensor International
Agreements that is directly attributable to the sale by International Licensees
of Licensor of (i) Licensed Products bearing the Licensed Materials or
(ii) Licensed Products that do not bear the Licensed Materials and were
supplied to the International Licensee of Licensor by Licensee, but in both
cases not including the sale of Licensed Products in connection with
Training-Oriented Services or Training-Oriented Products and not including the
sale of Content-Rich Media. Licensor shall make diligent inquiries
with International Licensees of Licensor to determine the amounts payable by
such International Licensees under all Existing Licensor International
Agreements, provided that Licensor shall not be obligated to conduct audits of
such International Licensees for such purpose.
(c)
Licensee
acknowledges that Licensor has, as of the Effective Date, granted to certain
International Licensees of Licensor a limited right to manufacture Licensed
Products for distribution within such Licensee’s territory, including in some
cases the right to manufacture Licensed Products for distribution in the
Wholesale Channels. Nothing in Section 2.1 shall be deemed to
derogate from the rights already granted to such International Licensees of
Licensor. Subject to the foregoing limitations, Licensee shall have
the exclusive right to manufacture Licensed Products for sale in the Licensed
Channels outside of the United States other than the Excluded Countries,
provided that (i) Licensor may freely grant to International Licensees of
Licensor the right to manufacture Licensed Products (with the right to
sublicense) for use in connection with Training-Oriented Services or
Training-Oriented Products conducted within such International Licensee’s
territory, and (ii) Licensor
may
permit the transfer or assignment of any existing manufacturing agreement
between an International Licensee of Licensor and a vendor of such International
Licensee if the transfer or assignment is made in connection with the
International Licensee’s sale of its business and the Person acquiring the
International Licensee’s business is not a Competitor or a competitor of
Licensee. Licensor shall use its best efforts to cause International
Licensees of Licensor that have the right to manufacture Licensed Products for
sales in the Licensed Channels to enter into new, separate agreements with
Licensee for such manufacturing.
(d)
After the
Effective Date, Licensor shall not enter into any manufacturing agreement with
any New Sublicensed Entity that permits the manufacture of Licensed Products for
distribution in the Licensed Channels, provided the Licensor may renew any
Existing Licensor International Agreement. Licensee shall consult
with Licensor with regard to any measures to enforce its rights under any new
manufacturing agreements between Licensee and International Licensees of
Licensor in order to reduce disruption to the relationship between Licensor and
such International Licensees and shall terminate any such agreement only with
Licensor’s prior written consent.
(e)
If
Licensor’s commitments relating to any Excluded Country are altered such that
including such country in the Licensed Territory would not contravene any
existing agreement of Licensor, then Licensee at its option may add such country
to the Licensed Territory. Licensor shall provide Licensee written
notice of this option promptly after it becomes exercisable and may set a
reasonable time period in which Licensee must give notice of its exercise of its
right.
2.3
Special
Provisions: Planners
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1, as those rights relate to certain categories
of Planners (other than Education Planners, which are addressed in Section 2.9
below), are subject to the following restrictions, limitations and
qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
DYO Planner
” means any
Planner that is customized according to the specifications of a customer through
the DYO Website, printed and shipped to an address specified by the customer,
and not including training or Execution-Related Materials.
(ii)
“
Standard Planner
” means a
Planner in the general form available to the general public in retail channels
as of the Effective Date and not including training or Execution-Related
Materials. For the avoidance of doubt, the content contained in
Planners available to the general public in retail channels as of the Effective
Date shall not be deemed “training or Execution-Related Materials.”
(iii)
“
Tailored Planner
” means a
Planner that has been customized according to the specifications of an
Organizational Client or other organizational customer to contain logos,
employee directory information, a listing of company holidays and any other
information approved by Licensor not including training or Execution-Related
Materials.
(iv)
“
Training Planner
” means a
Planner that has been customized according to the specifications of an
Organizational Client or other organizational customer
and that
does contain training and/or Execution-Related Materials. A Training
Planner may also include logos, employee directory information, a listing of
company holidays and other information supplied by the Organizational Client or
other organizational customer.
(v)
“
Execution-Related Materials
”
means information included in a Planner that assists an individual in performing
tasks required or recommended by an employer, client or similar
entity. As an example and without limitation, execution-related
materials include information in a Planner for a retail manager that sets out
steps to be followed in preparation for the peak retail selling
season.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the exclusive right to design, market, manufacture and sell DYO
Planners that use or incorporate the Licensed Materials worldwide, including the
Excluded Countries. Licensee shall not directly or indirectly
facilitate the inclusion of any training or Execution-Related Materials into any
DYO Planner.
(c)
Licensee
shall have the exclusive right to design, manufacture, market and sell Standard
Planners in the Licensee Field.
(d)
Licensee
shall have a non-exclusive right to design, market and sell Tailored Planners in
the Licensee Field. Licensee shall not develop internally or contract
externally with a dedicated sales force to promote exclusively or primarily the
sale of Planners to Organizational Clients, provided that (i) personnel of
Licensee’s bricks-and-mortar stores may make direct sales calls but shall at all
times hold themselves out as representing Licensee and not Licensor, and (ii)
Licensee may enter into distribution agreements substantially similar in purpose
and scope to the Existing Distribution Agreements.
(e)
Licensor
may, directly or indirectly, design, market and sell Tailored Planners to any
Organizational Client, subject to the manufacturing right of first offer
provided in Section 2.3(g) and the limits on certain sales provided in Section
2.3(h).
(f)
Without
limiting Licensor’s other retained and reserved rights in any way, Licensor
retains and reserves all rights to design, develop, market, promote, advertise,
distribute, lease or sell Training Planners to Organizational Clients, subject
to the manufacturing right of first offer provided in Section
2.3(g).
(g)
Licensor
grants to Licensee a right of first offer to manufacture any Tailored Planner or
Training Planner sold by Licensor or its Affiliates, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Supply Agreement. The right of first offer shall be
conditioned on Licensee’s ability to meet Licensor’s cost, quality and
timeliness requirements.
(h)
Licensor’s
sales of Tailored Planners not used in connection with Training-Oriented
Services or Training-Oriented Products shall be subject to the 1% sales cap
provisions of Section 2.22.
2.4
Special
Provisions: Training-Oriented Products and Training-Oriented
Services
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1, as those rights relate to Training-Oriented
Products and Training-Oriented Services, are subject to the following
restrictions, limitations and qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Training-Oriented Product
”
means any good, product or thing in any tangible form (including Software) that
is designed to teach individuals or organizations Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills.
(ii)
“
Training-Oriented Service
”
means any seminar, session, online course, webinar, consultation or similar
interaction, whether or not for a fee, where the subject matter of such service
relates to or includes Individual Effectiveness, Management/Leadership and/or
Organizational Execution Skills.
(iii)
“
Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills
” means any
and all organizational, management, leadership or personal effectiveness skills
and the techniques and strategies for attaining such skills including, without
limitation, executive coaching, management coaching, performance review,
trust-building (in or out of an organizational setting), execution-related
skills, personal time management, personal performance, personal goal-setting
(including personal time-management, performance and goal setting in any
academic or educational environment), family effectiveness, family organization,
family goal-setting, family values, personal fitness, wellness and life balance,
and any other form of training.
(b)
Except as
provided in Section 2.4(c) and in this Section 2.4(b), Licensee shall have no
right to design or develop a New Product that is a Training-Oriented Product or
that includes any Training-Oriented Service. Licensee may design,
develop, manufacture, market, promote and distribute products in print,
electronic and online media for the limited purpose of permitting customers who
purchase Licensed Products to use Licensed Products in a more efficient manner,
provided Licensor gives its prior written approval.
(c)
If
Licensor sells or agrees to sell a certain Training-Oriented Product on a
non-exclusive basis through websites that are part of the Wholesale Channels,
Licensee shall have the right to sell the same Training-Oriented Product through
Licensee’s Websites; and if Licensor sells or agrees to sell a certain
Training-Oriented Product on a non-exclusive basis through bricks-and-mortar
stores that are part of the Wholesale Channels, Licensee shall have the right to
sell the same Training-Oriented Product through Licensee’s bricks-and-mortar
stores that are part of the Proprietary Consumer Channel. Licensor
shall supply such products at MFN Pricing on a commercially reasonable delivery
schedule.
(d)
Licensee
acknowledges that Licensor intends to make significant investments in the
development of blogs, online communities and similar media as a method for the
delivery of Training-Oriented Products and Training-Oriented
Services. Licensee acknowledges that blogs, online communities and
similar media are useful tools for the promotion of Planners but that any such
activity, to the extent that it includes Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills, are prohibited
under this Section 2.4, provided that Licensee may continue to use the blogs and
online communities in existence as of the Effective Date under the name “Get
Organized.” Licensor agrees that:
(i)
Licensee
may modify the existing blogs and online communities or create new forms of
blogs and online communities pursuant to an annual plan prepared by Licensee and
approved by Licensor, whose consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld;
(ii)
Licensee’s
executives and employees shall be invited to participate in planning sessions
for new products under development by Licensor involving blogs and online
communities when Licensor determines, in good faith, that coordination of such
an effort would be mutually beneficial, provided that neither Licensor nor
Licensee shall have any obligation to participate in any such joint
offering.
(e)
Subject
to any restrictions contained in any agreement between Licensee and its
suppliers, the restrictions of this Section 2.4(e) and Section 2.22 and the
terms and conditions of the Supply Agreement, Licensor shall have the right to
purchase Licensed Products in any quantity from Licensee for use in connection
with its Training-Oriented Services and Training-Oriented Products at Standard
Spread; provided, however, that such Licensed Products are sold by Licensor as
an implementation tool for the Training-Oriented Products and Training-Oriented
Services and not as the principal purpose of the transaction. Such
sales of Licensed Products by Licensor are subject to the one percent (1%) sales
cap provisions of Section 2.22.
2.5
Special
Provisions: Public Programs
. The
rights granted to Licensee in Section 2.1 include the right to sell Public
Programs, subject to the following restrictions, limitations and
qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Charter Flight
” means a
Public Program that is organized by Licensee, that utilizes curriculum in the
form previously established and used by Licensor, and that is delivered by a
consultant of Licensor.
(ii)
“
On-Site Training
” means any
training seminar that takes place at the premises of an Organizational Client or
at premises chosen by the Organizational Client for the primary use of that
organization’s employees, agents, consultants or personnel.
(iii)
“
Public Program
” means a
curriculum-based training seminar with open enrollment that individuals, groups
and companies may attend (in person or virtually) for a fee, but the term does
not include On-Site Training.
(b)
Each
fiscal year, Licensee may sell up to nine (9) Public Program seats per
bricks-and-mortar store to any Organizational Client so long as such seats are
sold only through direct sales efforts at bricks-and-mortar stores owned, leased
or franchised by Licensee and operating under a name that is a Licensed
Trademark. Licensee shall sell each seat at a price not less than
Licensor’s then-current list price subject to Licensor’s standard corporate
discount structure for the relevant number of seats but not including preview
pricing. For purposes of this Section 2.5(b), “fiscal year” means the
fiscal calendar as practiced by Licensor, and “preview pricing” means the
discounted prices available on a limited basis to individuals for marketing
purposes. The following examples illustrate the calculation of limits
in this Section 2.5(b).
(i)
Example
1: An employee of Company A, which is an Organizational Client,
enters Store 1, a qualified Licensee store, and requests to purchase nine (9)
seats to a Public Program. On the same day, another employee from
Company A enters Store 2, also a qualified Licensee store, and requests to
purchase nine (9) seats to the same Public Program. Licensee may sell
all 18 seats.
(ii)
Example
2: Licensor is on a calendar fiscal year. In February, an
employee from Company A purchases nine (9) seats to a Public Program from Store
1. In December, a different employee from Company A enters Store 1
and requests to purchase nine (9) seats to a different Public
Program. Licensee may not sell the second set of nine (9)
seats.
(iii)
Example
3: Licensor is on a calendar fiscal year. In December, an
employee from Company A purchases nine (9) seats to a Public Program from Store
1 for the first time that year. In the following January, an employee
from Company A enters Store 1 and requests to purchase nine (9) seats to the
same Public Program. Licensee may sell all 18 seats.
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything in Section 2.5(b), Licensee shall have no right to sell seats to any
Public Program that takes place outside the United States.
(d)
Licensee
shall use information obtained from Organizational Clients as a result of the
sale of Public Programs only for the purpose of selling additional Public
Program seats and only so long as seats are available for sale to such
Organizational Client under the nine (9) seat cap set forth in Section
2.5(b). Licensee shall promptly provide all relevant information
obtained from such Organizational Clients to Licensor, unless such disclosure
would violate state or federal laws. All rights to such information
not granted to Licensee shall vest in Licensor. Without limiting the
generality of the previous sentence, Licensor shall have the exclusive right to
make direct sales calls on Organizational Clients that have attended or will
attend a Public Program for the purpose of selling additional Training-Oriented
Services or Training-Oriented Products.
(e)
Other
than a Charter Flight, Licensor retains all rights (i) to appoint any
facilitator, consultant, coordinator or other group leader for any Public
Program and (ii) to manage and control all administrative matters relating
to enrollment in any Public Program.
(f)
For each
seat to a Public Program that it sells, Licensee shall pay Licensor the Public
Program Cost Of Goods. If Licensor in its sole discretion converts
any Public Program into On-Site Training and cancels the sale of such seats to
the Public Program, Licensor shall pay Licensee the Public Program Gross Margin
per cancelled seat.
(g)
Licensee
may operate a Charter Flight if such Charter Flight is not within sixty (60)
days of and not within sixty (60) miles of a Public Program scheduled by
Licensor covering the same curriculum. Licensee may designate a
facilitator for any Charter Flight subject to the consent of Licensor, whose
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Licensee shall bear all
risks relating to any Charter Flight, including all costs, and shall be entitled
to retain all revenues therefrom.
(h)
The
parties agree to work together in good faith to identify additional marketing
opportunities to promote and sell Public Programs.
2.6
Special
Provisions: Back of Room Sales
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1 include the right to conduct Back of Room
Sales at Public Programs and at certain On-Site Trainings, subject to the
following restrictions, limitations and qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Back of Room Sales
” means any
sales operation conducted at a Public Program (other than a virtual Public
Program) or On-Site Training where participants in the training event may
purchase Licensed Products.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the right but not the obligation to operate Back of Room Sales at any
Public Program (other than a virtual Public Program) and, if so requested by
Licensor or the Organizational Client, at any On-Site
Training. Licensor shall consult with Licensee to set the time,
location and merchandise selections for such Back of Room
Sales. Licensee, its employees, representatives and agents shall
conduct any Back of Room Sales operation in a professional manner.
(c)
If
Licensee declines to provide the Back of Room Sales for any Public Program or
On-Site Training, Licensor shall have the right (i) to manage such Back of
Room Sale or to engage a third-party to do so and (ii) if inventory is
available, to purchase any requested products from Licensee at Standard
Spread.
(d)
If
Licensor outsources any Public Program to a third party, Licensor shall use its
best efforts to require the sale of Licensed Products at any back-of-room sale
conducted by such third party. To the extent that Licensed Products
are permitted or required at such outsourced event, Licensee shall have the
right to supply such products at prices it sets in its own
discretion.
(e)
Licensee
shall have the right to operate Back of Room Sales only in the United States and
in countries, other than the Excluded Countries, which Licensor covers with a
direct sales office.
2.7
Special
Provisions: Content-Rich Media
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1 include the right to sell Content-Rich Media,
subject to the following restrictions, limitations and
qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Content-Rich Media
” means
content created, prepared, commissioned or licensed by Licensor and presented in
books, audio books, videos, audiotapes, CDs, DVDs and similar media (other than
Software), including each of the foregoing that is delivered in downloadable
format, not including the 7 Habits Interactive product.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the right to sell Content-Rich Media that is available to Licensee as
of the Effective Date, as set forth on Exhibit R, through the Proprietary
Consumer Channels, through International Licensees of Licensee but only to
consumers, and through other channels through which Licensee is selling
Content-Rich Media as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that Licensee
may sell downloadable Content-Rich Media
permitted
under this Section 2.7(b) only in the Proprietary Consumer Channels and only so
long as Licensor sells such downloadable title on a non-exclusive basis through
third-party wholesale channels targeting consumers. Subject to the
terms and conditions of the Supply Agreement, Licensor shall supply Content-Rich
Media available under this Section 2.7(b), other than downloadable Content-Rich
Media, to Licensee at Standard Spread.
(c)
Licensee
shall have the right to sell the 7 Habits Interactive product through the
Proprietary Consumer Channels. Subject to the terms and conditions of
the Supply Agreement, Licensor shall supply the 7 Habits Interactive product to
Licensee at MFN Pricing.
(d)
If
Licensor determines after the Effective Date that it intends to offer a new item
of Content-Rich Media for sale in Wholesale Channels through non-exclusive
distribution agreements, then Licensee shall have the exclusive right to promote
and sell that item of Content-Rich Media through the Proprietary Consumer
Channels other than Licensee’s e-commerce affiliate partners. Nothing
in this Section 2.7 shall limit Licensee’s rights under any written
agreement to which Licensee is a party as of the Effective Date and that is
listed on Exhibit N. Subject to the terms and conditions of the
Supply Agreement, to the extent Licensee chooses to be supplied by Licensor,
Licensor shall supply Content-Rich Media available under this Section 2.7(c) to
Licensee at MFN Pricing.
(e)
Licensee
may request the right to sell items of Content-Rich Media that are not otherwise
available to Licensee under this Section 2.7, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Licensor shall consider in good faith
and shall not unreasonably deny any such request. If Licensor permits
the sale of additional Content-Rich Media under this Section 2.7(e), such
products will be treated according to the terms of Section 2.7(d).
(f)
Licensee
shall pay MFN Pricing for each downloaded copy of Content-Rich
Media. Licensor acknowledges that as of the Effective Date, Licensee
purchases existing Content-Rich Media through certain distributors, and nothing
in this Section 2.7 shall be deemed to limit its right to source such products
through vendors other than Licensor.
(g)
Other
than the grant to Licensee in Section 2.7(b), (c) and (d), Licensor retains and
reserves all rights to market, distribute and sell Content-Rich
Media. Without limiting the generality of the previous sentence,
Licensor has the exclusive right to sell Content-Rich Media worldwide in the
Wholesale Channel and through online channels, other than the Licensee Websites
as provided in this Section 2.7.
2.8
Special
Provisions: Software
.
During the term
of the Agreement, Licensee shall have the right to sell the Software products
described below, subject to the following conditions, restrictions, limitations
and qualifications.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Assigned Software
” means the
Software assigned or otherwise transferred by Licensor to Licensee pursuant to
the Asset Purchase Agreement and includes Forms Wizard, Address/Phone Software
and Confidant.
(ii)
“
Boxed PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software currently known as PlanPlus for
Outlook, PlanPlus for Windows, PlanOne, TasksPlus and ProjectsPlus.
(iii)
“
Current Version
” means the
version of Software as it exists as of the Effective Date.
(iv)
“
Licensee Software
Modification
” means a modification to the Software code of any PlanPlus
Software commissioned and paid for by Licensee and approved by Licensor pursuant
to Section 2.8(c)(i).
(v)
“
Licensor Software
Modification
” means a modification to the Software code of any PlanPlus
Software commissioned and paid for by Licensor.
(vi)
“
Mobile PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software for use by customers through
cellular telephones or similar personal device and currently known as Mobile
PlanPlus.
(vii)
“
Online PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software currently known as the Basic,
Sales, Business and Project editions of PlanPlus Online.
(viii)
“
PlanPlus Software
” means
Boxed PlanPlus Software, Online PlanPlus Software, and Mobile PlanPlus
Software.
(ix)
“
Software Modification
” means
any Licensor Software Modification or Licensee Software
Modification.
(x)
“
Substantial Distribution
”
means that, through Licensee’s agreements, the Software in question is available
for retail sale on the store shelves of at least 30 percent of the retail stores
in a geographic region or organizational subdivision of a retail chain, as those
geographic regions or organizational subdivisions are defined by such retail
chain.
(b)
Licensee
acknowledges that Licensor’s ability to grant to Licensee the rights to resell
PlanPlus Software called for in this Section 2.8 is contingent upon obtaining
the consents of certain third-party software developers of the PlanPlus Software
and/or amending the agreements with such developers. Licensor agrees
to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consents and negotiate
such amendments on reasonably acceptable terms as soon as practicable, and
Licensee agrees to cooperate with Licensor for this purpose. No
rights shall be granted to Licensee under this Section 2.8 except as permitted
pursuant to such consents and/or amendments.
(c)
Software
Modifications.
(i)
Within
sixty (60) days after the Effective Date and thereafter within thirty (30) days
of the commencement of each fiscal year of Licensee, Licensee shall prepare and
deliver to Licensor a written plan that outlines all Licensee Software
Modifications to any PlanPlus Software that Licensee proposes during the next
fiscal year (or,
as the
case may be, during the remaining portion of the 2008 fiscal year), including
general descriptions of the functionality and estimated completion
dates. Licensor shall have ten (10) Business Days to approve any or
all of the proposed Licensee Software Modifications, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If Licensor fails to respond within such ten
(10) day period, the plan as written shall be deemed
approved. Licensee shall have the right to make all Licensee Software
Modification approved pursuant to this 2.8(c)(i) without further
approval.
(ii)
Licensee
shall, on reasonable notice by Licensor, assist in the continued development and
support of PlanPlus Software and Licensor Software Modifications for use by
Licensor so long as (A) Licensor funds the development of the features so
commissioned, (B) Licensor reimburses Licensee for the time spent by
Licensee employees in providing such assistance and (C) Licensor’s demands
for such assistance are not excessive in view of the time which Licensee can
reasonably make available without detracting from Licensee’s conduct of its
Business.
(d)
Boxed
PlanPlus Software.
(i)
Licensee
shall have the right to sell, directly or through distributors, Boxed PlanPlus
Software as follows:
(1)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version and in
versions incorporating Licensee Software Modifications in the Proprietary
Consumer Channels during the term of this Agreement;
and
|
(2)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version and in
versions incorporating Licensee Software Modifications in the Wholesale
Channels for a period of five years from the Effective Date, with the
option to renew such rights on a non-exclusive basis thereafter for
additional periods of five years.
|
(ii)
Licensor
shall have the right to sell, directly or through distributors, Boxed PlanPlus
Software as follows:
(1)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version or in
versions incorporating any Software Modification outside the Licensed
Channels;
|
(2)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in the Wholesale Channels if such
Software includes a significant training component or includes a new and
significantly different functionality not present in the version sold by
Licensee under Subsection (d)(i) above;
and
|
(3)
|
beginning
five years after the Effective Date, the non-exclusive right to sell such
Software in its Current Version or in versions incorporating any Software
Modification in the Wholesale Channels (without
limiting
|
the
exclusive rights granted under Subsection (d)(ii)(2) above).
(e)
Online
PlanPlus Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software.
(i)
Licensee
shall have the right to sell, directly or through distributors, Online PlanPlus
Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software as follows:
(1)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version and in
versions incorporating Licensee Software Modifications in the Proprietary
Consumer Channels during the term of this
Agreement;
|
(2)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version and in
versions incorporating Licensee Software Modifications in the Wholesale
Channels for a period of three years from the Effective Date, with the
option to renew such rights thereafter only on an exclusive basis for
additional periods of three years only in those specific accounts (or
geographic regions or organizational subdivisions within accounts) in
which Licensee achieved Substantial Distribution in the last year of the
initial three-year period after the Effective Date and the last year of
any subsequent additional three-year periods for which Licensee achieves
exclusive rights under this Subsection
(e)(i)(2);
|
(3)
|
beginning
three years after the Effective Date, the exclusive right to sell such
Software in its Current Version and in versions incorporating Licensee
Software Modifications in order to service renewals by parties who were
customers of Licensee as of the end of the three-year exclusivity period
and who were acquired through accounts (or geographic regions or
organizational subdivisions within accounts) where Licensee did not
achieve Substantial Distribution in the last year of the initial
three-year period after the Effective Date or the last year of any
subsequent additional three-year period for which Licensee achieves
exclusive rights under Subsection (e)(i)(2);
and
|
(4)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in versions incorporating Licensor
Software Modifications in the Proprietary Consumer Channels if Licensor
offers such modified Software on a non-exclusive basis through
consumer-oriented channels.
|
(ii)
Licensor
shall have the right to sell, directly or through distributors, Online PlanPlus
Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software as follows:
(1)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in its Current Version or in
versions incorporating any Software Modification outside the Licensed
Channels;
|
(2)
|
the
exclusive right to sell such Software in the Wholesale Channels if such
Software includes a significant training component or includes a new and
significantly different functionality not present in the version sold by
Licensee under Subsections (e)(i)(1) through (e)(i)(3) above;
and
|
(3)
|
beginning
three years after the Effective Date, the exclusive right to sell such
Software in its Current Version or in versions incorporating any Software
Modification in the Wholesale Channels, but excluding any account (or any
geographic region or organizational subdivision within any account) where
Licensee has achieved Substantial
Distribution.
|
(iii)
Licensor
shall have the non-exclusive right to sell, directly or through distributors,
the Assigned Software in its Current Version and in versions incorporating any
Software Modification outside the Licensed Channels.
(f)
Subject
to the terms and conditions of the Supply Agreement, PlanPlus Software shall be
made available to the other party, as applicable, as set forth
below:
(i)
Licensee
shall supply Licensor with requested copies of Boxed PlanPlus Software at
Standard Spread if such Software is used in connection with Licensor’s
Training-Oriented Services or Training-Oriented Products and at MFN Pricing if
such Software is sold to Licensor for any any other purpose. Licensee
shall have no obligation to make any payment to Licensor for any Boxed PlanPlus
Software sold.
(ii)
For each
unit of Online PlanPlus Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software sold by Licensee
in the three-year period following the Effective Date, Licensee shall pay to
Licensor the Standard Spread for so long as Licensee has received, in the
then-current fiscal year, EBITDA contribution from such sales of less than
$3,020,000; and Licensee shall pay MFN Pricing for each unit sold thereafter for
the remainder of such fiscal year. For each unit of Online PlanPlus
Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software sold by Licensee after the initial
three-year period following the Effective Date, Licensee shall pay to Licensor
MFN Pricing.
(iii)
Licensee
agrees to supply Licensor with requested copies of Assigned Software at MFN
Pricing.
(g)
If either
party collects proceeds of sales of any PlanPlus Software for the other party,
the party receiving the payment shall deliver it to the other party as
provided
in
Section 2.24. Licensee shall be credited with any sale of PlanPlus
Software that began with a lead from the Proprietary Consumer
Channels.
(h)
The
parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to use branding
strategies for the Software products described in this Section 2.8 to avoid
confusion in the marketplace between their respective versions.
(i)
Other
Provisions.
(i)
Licensee
shall promptly provide to Licensor all relevant information regarding customers
who purchase more than fifty (50) copies of any PlanPlus Software in a single
order, unless such disclosure would violate any applicable law.
(ii)
Licensee
shall not develop internally or contract externally with a dedicated sales force
to promote and sell PlanPlus Software to Organizational Clients, provided,
however, that Licensee may follow up all leads received in the Licensed Channels
by telephone or electronic means or in person so long as the person is an
employee of a bricks-and-mortar store of Licensee.
2.9
Special
Provisions: Education Channels
.
The rights
granted to Licensee in Section 2.1 include the conditional right to sell
Education Planners, subject to the following restrictions, limitations and
qualifications. Licensee acknowledges that the education channel is
outside of the Licensee Field and further acknowledges that Licensor is subject
to agreements with School Specialty, Inc.
that may permit sales of
certain sales of Licensed Products in the Licensed Channels. Nothing
in Section 2.1 shall be deemed to derogate from the rights already granted to
School Specialty, Inc.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Education Planner
” means a
Planner that is designed to be used by educators or students and that contains
training or Execution-Related Materials.
(b)
Except as
provided in this Section 2.9, Licensor shall retain all rights to manufacture,
distribute and sell Education Planners worldwide.
(c)
If
Licensor sells or agrees to sell any Education Planners as a stand-alone product
through a Wholesale Channel on a non-exclusive basis, Licensee shall
have:
(i)
the right
to sell the same Education Planners through the Proprietary Consumer Channels
other than Licensee’s e-commerce affiliate partners; and
(ii)
a right
of first offer to be a distributor of such Education Planners into the Wholesale
Channel unless Licensor enters into an exclusive distribution agreement with
School Specialty, Inc.
2.10
Special
Provisions: Motivational Artwork and Corporate Gift
Items
.
Subject to all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the rights granted to Licensee in
Section 2.1 as they relate to Motivational Artwork and Corporate Gift Items
shall be exclusive in the Proprietary Consumer Channels and non-exclusive in the
Wholesale
Channels.
“
Motivational Artwork
”
means any print, artwork or other display-worthy media created, prepared,
commissioned or licensed by Licensor. “
Corporate Gift Items
” means
any objects typically given as gifts in a corporate setting, including, without
limitation, paperweights, desk sets and similar items.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
Licensee
Qualified Entity
” means any
entity other than a Competitor or Prohibited Party that is (a) wholly-owned
by Licensee, but only for so long as such entity is wholly-owned by Licensee,
(b) listed on Exhibit J (including as such Exhibit may be amended in
the future), but only for so long as (I) Licensee (or a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Licensee) maintains the ownership interest that it has in such
entity as of the Effective Date as set forth on Exhibit J (or as of the
date on which Exhibit J was amended to add such Licensee Qualified Entity) and
(II) any other equity holder in such entity continues to maintain the
ownership interest that it has in such entity as of the Effective Date as set
forth on Exhibit J or, if it transfers any equity interests, it transfers
those equity interests to Licensee or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Licensee, or
(c) a franchisee of Licensee or a franchisee of a wholly-owned entity of
Licensee but only so long as such franchisee is subject to a valid, written
franchise agreement with Licensee or Licensee’s wholly-owned
entity.
(ii)
“
Licensee
Qualified Vendor
” means any
third-party distributor, manufacturer, sales organization or similar service
provider, other than a Competitor, Prohibited Party or International Licensee of
Licensee, that is engaged by Licensee in the Ordinary Course of Business to
design, manufacture, distribute and/or sell Licensed Products in the Licensee
Field or, subject to Article V, to create New Products or New Campaign
Materials.
(iii)
“
Licensor
Qualified Entity
” means any
entity other than a Prohibited Party that is (a) wholly-owned by Licensor,
but only for so long as such entity is wholly-owned by Licensor, or
(b) listed on Exhibit J, but only for so long as (I) Licensor (or
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Licensor) maintains the ownership interest that it
has in such entity as of the Effective Date as set forth on Exhibit J (or
as of the date on which Exhibit J was amended to add such Licensor Qualified
Entity) and (II) any other equity holder in such entity continues to
maintain the ownership interest that it has in such entity as of the Effective
Date as set forth on Exhibit J or, if it transfers any equity interests, it
transfers those equity interests to Licensor or a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Licensor.
(iv)
“
Licensor
Qualified Vendor
” means any
third-party distributor, manufacturer, sales organization or similar service
provider, other than a Prohibited Party or International Licensee of Licensor,
that is engaged by Licensor in the Ordinary Course of Licensor’s business to
design, manufacture, distribute and/or sell products using the Assigned
Trademarks.
(v)
“
Qualified Entity
” means any
Licensee Qualified Entity or Licensor Qualified Entity.
(vi)
“
Qualified Vendor
” means any
Licensee Qualified Vendor or Licensor Qualified Vendor.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the right to grant sublicenses of its rights under Section 2.1
only to Licensee Qualified Entities, Licensee Qualified Vendors and
International Licensees of Licensee, subject to the restrictions of this Section
2.11. Other than permitted sublicenses to Licensee Qualified
Entities, Licensee Qualified Vendors or International Licensees of Licensee, any
attempted sublicense by Licensee shall be prohibited and
void. Licensor shall have the right to grant sublicenses of its
rights under Section 2.12 only to Licensor Qualified Entities, Licensor
Qualified Vendors and International Licensees of Licensor, subject to the
restrictions of this Section 2.11. Other than permitted sublicenses
to Licensor Qualified Entities, Licensor Qualified Vendors and International
Licensees of Licensor, any attempted sublicense by Licensor shall be prohibited
and void.
(c)
Prior to,
and as a condition to the effectiveness of, any sublicense permitted under this
Section 2.11, Licensor or Licensee, as the case may be, shall enter into a
Sublicense Agreement with the intended Sublicensed Entity. Licensor
and Licensee shall each promptly notify the other party of the execution of any
Sublicense Agreement and shall provide a brief description of the purpose of the
sublicense and any services to be provided by the Sublicensed
Entity. If Licensor has a legitimate reason to be concerned and so
requests, Licensee shall provide Licensor with a copy of any Sublicense
Agreement relating to the Licensed Materials; and if Licensee has a legitimate
reason to be concerned and so requests, Licensor shall provide Licensee with a
copy of any Sublicense Agreement relating to the Assigned Trademarks; provided,
however, that each party may redact confidential financial information from such
agreements.
(d)
If
Licensee enters into any Sublicense Agreement with an International Licensee of
Licensee, Licensee will use its best efforts to structure the agreement so that
the International Licensee purchases the Licensed Products at the Standard
Spread plus the cost of the International Licensee’s royalty
payment.
2.12
Grant-Back
License
to
Assigned Trademarks
.
Subject to all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee hereby grants to Licensor a
non-exclusive, worldwide, transferable, sublicensable (subject to Section 2.11),
fully paid-up, royalty-free license, during the term set forth below, to use the
Assigned Trademarks in connection with the design, development, manufacture,
marketing, promotion, advertisement, distribution, lease and sale of products
and services in any medium and format that are both outside the Licensee Field
and in the Ordinary Course of Business as conducted by Licensor at the Effective
Date or thereafter.
2.13
Restrictions
.
As an express condition
to, and in material consideration for, the licenses hereunder, Licensee and
Licensor each expressly agrees to the following restrictions as to its use of,
respectively, the Licensed Trademarks and Assigned Trademarks:
(a)
Neither
party shall do anything inconsistent with the other party’s ownership of the
Licensed Trademarks or Assigned Trademarks, as applicable. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither party shall challenge the
validity, ownership or enforceability of any Licensed Trademark or Assigned
Trademark, as applicable.
(b)
Licensee
shall not use, reproduce or display (or authorize the use, reproduction or
display of) the Licensed Trademarks, and Licensor shall not use, reproduce or
display (or authorize the use, reproduction or display of) the Assigned
Trademarks in any manner whatsoever other than as expressly authorized by this
Agreement.
(c)
During
the term and after any termination of this Agreement, neither party shall use
any service mark, service name, trade name, trademark, design or logo that is
confusingly similar to (i) any Licensed Trademark or Assigned Trademark, as
applicable, or any element thereof or (ii) any other service mark, service
name, trade name, trademark, design, or logo of the other party without the
prior written consent of such party.
(d)
Licensee
shall not use any of the Licensed Trademarks together, or use any Licensed
Trademark in combination with any other trademark, service mark, trade name,
trading style, fictitious business name, name, word, character, symbol, design,
likeness or literary or artistic material. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Licensee may use any Assigned Trademark with the Licensed Trademarks,
but not in a manner that might create a composite or combined mark, except that
Licensee may use any Licensed Trademark in combination with “FranklinCovey”
without restriction.
(e)
Licensor
shall not use any of the Assigned Trademarks together, or use any Assigned
Trademark in combination with any other trademark, service mark, trade name,
trading style, fictitious business name, name, character, symbol, design,
likeness or literary or artistic material. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Licensor may use any Assigned Trademark in combination with
“FranklinCovey” without restriction.
(f)
Licensee
shall not register any Licensed Trademark or any Trademark confusingly similar
thereto, and Licensor shall not register any Assigned Trademark or any Trademark
confusingly similar thereto. Licensor shall retain the exclusive
right to apply for and obtain registrations for each Licensed Trademark, and
Licensee shall retain the exclusive right to apply for and obtain registrations
for each Assigned Trademark, each throughout the world, except as expressly
provided otherwise in this Agreement.
(g)
Licensee
shall not assert any adverse claim against Licensor based upon Licensee’s use of
any Licensed Trademark, and Licensor shall not assert any adverse claim against
Licensee based upon Licensor’s use of any Assigned Trademark (other than a claim
for breach of the exclusivity provisions of this Agreement).
(h)
From time
to time after the Effective Date, upon request of one party and without further
consideration, the other party will take all appropriate action and execute and
deliver any documents, instruments or conveyances of any kind that may be
reasonably requested by such party to assign to or vest in such party all right,
title and interest in and to any and all assets of Licensor or Licensee, as
applicable, including the Licensed Trademarks (as to Licensor) and Assigned
Trademarks (as to Licensee), that are not expressly granted
hereunder.
2.14
Due Diligence by
Licensee
.
During the term
of this Agreement, Licensee shall at all times use commercially reasonable
efforts to promote Licensed Products in all Licensed Channels throughout the
Licensed Territory, including expansion of sales in the Licensed
Territory
outside the United States. Licensee shall provide Licensor with plans
regarding annual sales, marketing and product development by Licensed Channel
for all initiatives affecting sales of Licensed Products, and shall provide
periodic updates thereto as reasonably requested by Licensor. If
Licensee notifies Licensor in writing that Licensee does not intend to promote
and sell Licensed Products in (i) any country that is part of the Licensed
Territory or (ii) into any sales channel that is one of the Licensed
Channels, then Licensor shall have the right to re-enter such country or channel
to sell or to permit a third party to sell Licensed Products into that country
or channel.
2.15
Trade Secret and Know-How
License
.
Unless expressly
provided otherwise in this Agreement, the license granted hereunder to Licensee
includes a license, subject to the same terms and conditions as are provided
herein, to all trade secrets and know-how of Licensor that were utilized in the
operations of the Business of Licensee as conducted on or prior to the Effective
Date.
2.16
Trademark Notice; Licensed
Trademarks
.
(a)
In
connection with the use of the Licensed Trademarks, Licensee shall
(i) include a trademark notice in a form reading, “[Licensed Trademark] is
a trademark of Franklin Covey Co.,” or (ii) place an asterisk immediately
after and slightly above the use of each Licensed Trademark referring to a
footnote reading “Trademark of Franklin Covey Co.” Further, Licensee
shall indicate when using a Licensed Trademark that the “Use of the Licensed
Trademark __________ by [Licensee] is pursuant to a trademark license from
Franklin Covey Co.” or similar wording. If a Licensed Trademark is
used multiple times on or in a particular Licensed Product, document,
advertisement or other material, the notice and statement regarding licensed use
need only be used for the first prominent use of the Licensed Trademark on or in
such Licensed Product, document, advertisement or other
material. Licensee shall comply with reasonable requests of Licensor
to use the “TM,” ® and © symbols in connection with the Licensed
Materials.
(b)
In
connection with the use of the Assigned Trademarks, Licensor shall
(i) include a trademark notice in a form reading, “[Assigned Trademark] is
a trademark of Franklin Covey Products, LLC,” or (ii) place an asterisk
immediately after and slightly above the use of each Assigned Trademark
referring to a footnote reading “Trademark of Franklin Covey Products,
LLC” Further, Licensee shall indicate when using an Assigned
Trademark that the “Use of the Assigned Trademark __________ by [Licensor] is
pursuant to a trademark license from Franklin Covey Products, LLC” or similar
wording. If an Assigned Trademark is used multiple times on or in a
particular product, document, advertisement or other material, the notice and
statement regarding licensed use need only be used for the first prominent use
of the Assigned Trademark on or in such product, document, advertisement or
other material. Licensor shall comply with reasonable requests of
Licensee to use the “TM” and ® symbols in connection with the Assigned
Trademarks.
2.17
Maintenance, Renewal and
Enforcement
.
(a)
Cooperation
. The
parties agree to cooperate with regard to the preparation and filing of any
applications, renewals or other documentation necessary or
useful to
protect a party’s Intellectual Property Rights in the Licensed Trademarks or the
Assigned Trademarks, as applicable.
(b)
Filings
. Licensor
shall have the primary right to determine whether to file or maintain
registrations for any Licensed Trademarks. Licensee may request that
Licensor file or maintain registrations for a Licensed Trademark for a country
or class, and Licensor shall either take such action at Licensor’s expense or,
if Licensor does not wish to do so, permit Licensee to do so; provided, however,
that Licensee shall make all such filings and registrations solely in the name
of Licensor or Licensor’s designee. Licensee may deduct the
reasonable out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Licensee in making any such
filings from Royalties or other amounts payable to Licensor under this
Agreement.
(c)
Recorded Licensee
Filings
. Should local counsel of either party reasonably
recommend that Licensee be appointed as a recorded licensee of Licensor for the
Licensed Trademarks in the Licensed Territory because (i) Licensor
reasonably determines that such license should be recorded with the appropriate
trademark or customs office as reasonably necessary to protect Licensor’s rights
in the Licensed Trademarks, then Licensor shall prepare and file the necessary
documents subject to Licensee’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed; or (ii) Licensee reasonably determines that such
license should be recorded with the appropriate trademark or customs office as
reasonably necessary to protect Licensee’s ability to enforce its rights in the
applicable Territory, Licensor, on behalf of Licensee, shall prepare and file
the necessary documents. Licensee agrees to sign any documents
reasonably necessary for Licensor to cause any recordals to be terminated as to
any Licensed Products upon the expiration or termination of the license
applicable to such Licensed Product hereunder. Licensee may deduct
the reasonable out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Licensee in making any
such filings from Royalties or other amounts payable to Licensor under this
Agreement.
2.18
Enforcement and Defense of
Infringement Claims
.
(a)
Notification
. The
parties shall reasonably cooperate in providing notice to each other in writing
(a “
Notice of Alleged
Infringement
”) if a party becomes aware of any use of a Licensed
Trademark in the Licensed Territory or of an Assigned Trademark, as applicable,
or any element thereof, or of any Trademark on a Licensed Product, which may be
confusingly similar to any Licensed Trademark or Assigned Trademark, as
applicable, or element thereof, by any Person.
(b)
Action by Licensor to
Enforce
. Licensor shall have the primary right, but not the
obligation, to determine whether to institute and/or pursue any proceedings to
enforce any rights in the Licensed Trademarks, as well as the right to select
counsel. Licensee shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable
manner, with Licensor in any such suit, including being joined as a party with
respect to such infringement (and execute any documents necessary to effectuate
the same) if necessary under the applicable rules of civil procedure to effect
standing, and Licensee shall be reimbursed for reasonably incurred
expenses. Licensor will be solely responsible for the costs of such
action and will retain all recoveries and awards necessary to reimburse Licensor
for any costs and expenses. Any recoveries and awards in excess of
Licensor’s costs and expenses, to the extent that such recoveries and awards are
related to Licensed Products, shall be allocated equally between the
parties. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no
event shall Licensee
be
required to satisfy or comply with any settlement or other agreement concerning
its use of the Licensed Trademarks to which Licensee has not consented (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(c)
Action by Licensee to
Enforce
. If applicable law in any jurisdiction in the Licensed
Territory requires that Licensee enforce rights in the Licensed Trademarks
against alleged infringers, or Licensor declines in writing to enforce its
rights in the Licensed Trademarks with respect to the alleged confusingly
similar use set forth in the Notice of Alleged Infringement, Licensee shall have
the right, but not an obligation, to enforce such rights with respect to
Licensed Products subject to any direction that Licensor
provides. Licensor shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable
manner, with Licensee in any such suit, including granting Licensee the right to
bring suit in Licensor’s name (and execute any documents necessary to effectuate
the same) if necessary under the applicable rules of civil procedure to effect
standing, and Licensor shall be reimbursed for reasonably incurred
expenses. Licensee will be solely responsible for the costs of such
action and will retain all recoveries and awards necessary to reimburse Licensee
for any costs and expenses. Any recoveries and awards in excess of
Licensee’s costs and expenses, to the extent that such recoveries and awards are
related to Licensed Products, shall be allocated equally between the
parties.
(d)
Licensor Defense of
Third-Party Claims
. Licensor shall have the sole right to
defend the Licensed Trademarks against imitation, infringement or any claim of
prior use. Licensee shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable
manner, with Licensor, at Licensor’s reasonable request and Licensor’s expense,
in connection with the defense of any such claim.
(e)
Licensee Defense of
Third-Party Claims
. Licensee shall have the sole right to
defend the Assigned Trademarks against imitation, infringement or any claim of
prior use. Licensor shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable
manner, with Licensee, at Licensee’s reasonable request and Licensee’s expense,
in connection with the defense of any such claim.
(f)
Updates and
Consultation
. With respect to any enforcement actions taken
pursuant to this Section 2.18, the party handling such enforcement action
shall, upon request, provide periodic updates to and request consultation from
the parties not handling the action and each party not handling the action may
hire its own counsel at its expense.
2.19
Reservation of
Rights
.
Licensee
acknowledges that, as between the parties, Licensor is the sole owner of all
right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Materials, and Licensor
acknowledges that, as between the parties, Licensee is the sole owner of all
right, title and interest in and to the Assigned Trademarks. Each
party acknowledges that it has not acquired, and shall not acquire, any right,
title or interest in or to any intellectual property of the other party, except
the limited rights granted in Sections 2.1 and 2.11, respectively, under
this Agreement. Licensor shall retain all goodwill associated with
the Licensed Materials, and any and all goodwill associated with Licensee’s use
of the Licensed Materials shall inure to the benefit of
Licensor. Licensee shall retain all goodwill associated with the
Assigned Trademarks, and any and all goodwill associated with Licensor’s use of
the Assigned Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of Licensee.
2.20
Removing Licensed Materials
from License
.
(a)
At any
time during the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall have the right to remove
any particular Licensed Trademark from the scope of the license granted under
this Agreement, upon written notice to Licensee, if Licensor receives written
notice of a cause of action or threat thereof or advice of counsel on the basis
of which Licensor reasonably determines that use of such Licensed Trademark
hereunder could infringe any intellectual property rights of any third party
that are not derived from Licensor. Licensor shall consult with
Licensee in advance of such removal. If and only to the extent that
Licensor and Licensee mutually agree, the parties shall cooperate to resolve any
infringement in a commercially reasonable manner. If the proposed
removal of the Licensed Trademark(s) would reasonably be expected to reduce the
economic value of the license rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement
materially, the parties shall negotiate in good faith prior to the removal of
such Licensed Trademark(s) in order to adjust the Royalties in an equitable
manner to reflect such reduction in economic value.
(b)
At any
time during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall have the right to remove
any particular Assigned Trademark from the scope of the license granted under
this Agreement, upon written notice to Licensor, if Licensee receives written
notice of a cause of action or threat thereof or advice of counsel on the basis
of which Licensee reasonably determines that use of such Assigned Trademark
hereunder could infringe any intellectual property rights of any third party
that are not derived from Licensee. Licensee shall consult with
Licensor in advance of such removal. If and only to the extent that
Licensee and Licensor mutually agree, the parties shall cooperate to resolve any
infringement in a commercially reasonable manner.
2.21
Additional Commitments of
Licensee
.
Licensee agrees
to cause each Sublicensed Entity to comply with all of its respective
obligations under this Agreement and under any other agreement executed in
connection herewith (including the applicable Sublicense
Agreement). Licensee shall be directly liable for (a) any act of
any Existing Sublicensed Entity in breach of any such obligation if the act is
reasonably foreseeable, and (b) any act of any New Sublicensed Entity in
breach of any such obligation (without regard to whether it was foreseeable);
for the avoidance of doubt, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section
2.21, Licensee shall be liable for any act by any Sublicensed Entity that would
be a breach of this Agreement if committed by Licensee. Licensor may
pursue claims for any such breach against Licensee in accordance with the terms
hereof, regardless of whether such breach was committed by Licensee, or another
party, and regardless of whether Licensor chooses to include any other party in
the dispute resolution process applicable to the claim. In the event
of any claim by Licensor, Licensee expressly waives any defense based on the
absence of or failure to join any other party in the dispute resolution process
or any other aspect of the claim.
2.22
Licensor
Noncompetition
.
(a)
Except as
expressly provided in this Agreement, Licensor shall have no right to sell
Licensed Products in the Licensee Field.
(b)
Except as
expressly permitted in this Agreement and this Section 2.22, Licensor agrees
that, for the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until one
year after the date on which this Agreement is terminated, Licensor shall not
(i) sell Licensed Products through stores, websites or call centers except
in a manner incidental to Licensor’s Training-Oriented Services, (ii) sell
Licensed Products to wholesalers for the purpose of distributing Licensed
Products to individual consumers through consumer retail channels,
(iii) promote a competing paper-based planner system owned by a third party
competitor of Licensee, including without limitation Day Runner or Day-Timer, or
(iv) sell Licensed Products (other than Training Planners, Educational
Planners, Motivational Artwork and Corporate Gift Items, as provided herein) to
Organizational Clients except in connection with Licensor’s Training-Oriented
Services. Licensor shall not directly or indirectly assist or permit
any Affiliate of Licensor in engaging in activity that would be prohibited under
this Section 2.22 if carried out by Licensor.
(c)
Subject
to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Supply Agreement,
Licensor shall have the right to purchase and sell Licensed Products in any
quantity for use in connection with Training-Oriented Services or
Training-Oriented Products. Licensor’s sales of Licensed Products not used in
connection with Training-Oriented Services or Training-Oriented Products shall
be subject to the following limitations:
(i)
If from
the Effective Date total cumulative revenues from Licensor’s sales of Tailored
Planners not used in connection with Training-Oriented Services or
Training-Oriented Products exceed one percent (1%) of Licensor’s worldwide
cumulative revenues on a consolidated basis, Licensor shall pay to Licensee an
amount equal to Licensor’s Gross Profit Margin from the sale of such Planners
that exceed that 1% limit.
(ii)
If from
the Effective Date total cumulative revenues from Licensor’s sales of Licensed
Products not used in connection with Training-Oriented Services or
Training-Oriented Products, other than (A) Tailored Planners not used in
connection with Training-Oriented Services or Training-Oriented Products and
(B) Training Planners exceed one percent (1%) of Licensor’s worldwide
cumulative revenues on a consolidated basis, Licensor shall pay to Licensee an
amount equal to Licensor’s Gross Profit Margin from the sale of such Licensed
Products that exceed that 1% limit.
(iii)
Sales by
Licensor in excess of the applicable 1% caps shall not give rise to any claim or
cause of action other than for payment of the Gross Profit Margin amounts set
forth above, except that a material, persistent and willful pattern of
nonpayment by Licensor under this Section 2.22(c) shall be deemed a breach of
Section 2.22(a).
(iv)
For
purposes of clarity, the following transactions are not included in the
calculations of Section 2.22(c)(ii): sales of Licensed Products by
International Licensees of Licensor as permitted in this Agreement; sales of
Licensed Products by Licensor or its agents as part of Back of Room Sales when
Licensee declines to manage such Back of Room Sales; sales of Content-Rich
Media; sales of PlanPlus Software permitted under Section 2.8, and sales of
Education Planners.
(v)
The
parties shall determine whether payments are due under (i) and (ii) above based
on revenue determined at the end of each fiscal quarter. Promptly
after the closing of each fiscal quarter, Licensor shall calculate Licensor’s
total cumulative revenues from (A) the relevant Tailored Planners (in the case
of (i) above) and (B) the relevant Licensed Products (in the case of (ii)
above), starting at the Effective Date and continuing through the end of such
fiscal quarter. The results of each of the two calculations under (A)
and (B) of this subparagraph shall each be divided by the total cumulative,
consolidated revenues of Licensor, starting at the Effective Date and continuing
through the end of the same fiscal quarter. If the result of either
calculation is greater than 1% (or, stated as a decimal, 0.01), Licensor shall
pay to Licensee, according to the provisions of Section 2.24, the Gross Profit
Margin associated with the sales of the relevant products in excess of such
threshold. After Licensor makes a payment pursuant to (i) or
(ii) above, the revenues for the sales with regard to which Licensor made such
payment shall be deducted from the numerator in the calculations set forth above
for all subsequent fiscal quarters in order to ensure that Licensor is not
required to pay Gross Profit Margin amounts to Licensee twice for the same
sales.
(d)
Licensor
shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 2.22:
(i)
solely as
a result of Licensor’s ownership as a passive investment of less than 2% of the
outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interest of any corporation
on a national securities exchange or public traded on an automated quotation
system; or
(ii)
if
Licensor enters a country or channel where Licensee has substantially
discontinued its operations in such country or channel pursuant to Section 2.14
of this Agreement or after exercising its rights to partial termination pursuant
to Section 8.3.
(e)
Because
Licensee’s current and planned sales activities are worldwide, the geographic
scope of this covenant is worldwide. Licensor acknowledges that it
has agreed to adopt this covenant as material consideration for the transactions
contemplated in the Asset Purchase Agreement and this Agreement.
(f)
If so
requested by Licensor in writing, Licensee may in its sole discretion waive the
restrictions of this Section 2.22 with respect to any product, service,
agreement or undertaking, provided that no such waiver shall be construed to
reduce the scope of this Section 2.22 Nothing in this Section 2.22
shall limit Licensor’s rights under any written agreement to which Licensor is a
party as of the Effective Date.
2.23
Licensee
Noncompetition
.
(a)
Licensee
agrees and covenants that for the period beginning on the Effective Date and
continuing for a period of one year after the date on which this Agreement is
terminated, Licensee shall not, except as may be permitted in this Agreement, in
any manner, directly or indirectly, design, develop, manufacture, market,
promote, advertise, distribute, lease, license or sell (i) any
Training-Oriented Product or Training-Oriented Service in any country, region or
territory, or (ii) any product that is competitively similar to any
Content-Rich Media or to any new product created by Licensor after the Effective
Date
that
would reasonably be included in Content-Rich Media if created prior to the
Effective Date. Licensee shall not directly or indirectly assist or
permit any Affiliate of Licensee to engage in activity that would be prohibited
under this Section 2.23 if carried out by Licensee.
(b)
Licensee
shall not be deemed to violate this Section 2.23 of the Agreement:
(i)
as a
result of any agreement by Licensee on the Effective Date and listed on
Exhibit U, or
(ii)
solely as
a result of Licensee’s ownership as a passive investment of less than 2% of the
outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interest of any corporation
on a national securities exchange or public traded on an automated quotation
system.
(c)
Because
Licensor’s current and planned training activities are worldwide, the geographic
scope of this covenant is worldwide. Licensee acknowledges that it
has agreed to adopt this covenant as material consideration for the transactions
contemplated in the Asset Purchase Agreement and this Agreement.
(d)
If so
requested by Licensee in writing, Licensor may in its sole discretion waive the
restrictions of this Section 2.23 with respect to any product, provided that no
such waiver shall be construed to reduce the scope of this Section 2.23 or any
other non-competition covenant of Licensee.
2.24
Licensor
Payments
. Licensor
shall pay to Licensee (a) any amount due pursuant to Section 2.2(b) as a result
of certain sales by International Licensees of Licensor within 45 days of the
end of the fiscal quarter in which the royalty payment is received by Licensor;
(b) any amount collected from sales of PlanPlus Software pursuant to Section 2.8
that is credited to Licensee within 45 days of the end of the fiscal quarter in
which the sale occurred; and (c) any amount owed pursuant to Section 2.22(c)
within 45 days of the end of the fiscal quarter in which sales exceeded the
relevant 1% threshold.
WEBSITE
AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
3.1
Website Linking
Agreement
.
Licensor will
provide a hypertext reference link (a ”
Link
”) from the initial, top
level display of each of the Domains listed in Section 3.1(b) below, (such
websites, any related pages and any successor websites, the ”
Licensor Websites
”), to one
or more websites to be established and maintained by Licensee (the “
Licensee Websites
”), and
Licensee will in turn provide a Link from the initial, top level display of the
principal Licensee Websites to one or more Licensor Websites, all as provided
below and subject to the following restrictions and limitations:
(a)
If
Licensee desires to register a domain name for a Licensee Website that
incorporates a Licensed Trademark or any variation of a Licensed Trademark,
Licensee shall first obtain Licensor’s written consent, which will not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. During the term of the Agreement
and subject to the requirements of the previous sentence, Licensor grants to
Licensee a non-transferable, non-sublicensable (except as set forth
in
Section 2.11 and as provided in this Section 3.1(a)), worldwide, exclusive
and restricted license (i) to use each such Licensed Trademark in the
domain name of the corresponding Licensee Website, and (ii) to refer to
each such domain name on Licensed Products and on their packaging or New
Campaign Materials. Licensee may sublicense the rights granted in
this Section 3.1(a) to any International Licensee of Licensee solely for the
purpose of registering a domain name in that International Licensee’s
territory. Licensee at its own expense will register and maintain a
registration for the domain names for the Licensee Websites.
(b)
Licensor
shall maintain the registrations of the following top-level domains (the “
Domains
”) for at least twelve
(12) months from the Effective Date:
franklincovey.com
,
franklincovey.ca
;
franklincovey.com.au
;
franklincovey.co.nz
;
franklincoveyeurope.com
and
e-franklincovey.com.mx
. If
Licensor notifies Licensee in writing that it intends to cease the use and
registration of any Domain, Licensee shall have the option to assume and
maintain that Domain.
(c)
Licensee
shall maintain the full functionality of the websites located at the Domains as
they exist as of the Effective Date from the Effective Date until the first to
occur of (i) the date on which EDS or another vendor agrees to provide such
services pursuant to a written agreement between Licensor and such party, or
(ii) the date on which Licensor demonstrates to the satisfaction of
Licensee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Licensor’s ability to
provide such services itself.
(d)
The Links
from the Licensor Websites to the Licensee Websites shall be no less prominent
than the Links connecting a user of the Licensor Websites to any other products,
services and solutions presented on the Licensor Websites. For a
period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until March 1, 2010,
Licensor shall maintain a home page located at each of the Domains described in
Section 3.1(b) with two buttons of equal size that will direct customers to a
Licensee Website designated by Licensee and a Licensor Website. Final
decisions regarding the design of the home pages of the Licensor Websites shall
rest with Licensor. The parties will use best efforts to make current
and future customers aware that Licensed Products are available through Licensee
Websites. After the Effective Date, Licensor and Licensee shall
create a transition plan to identify technical and marketing solutions to
encourage Licensee’s customers to use the Licensee Website and shall use their
best efforts to complete the transition by March 1, 2010. If at
that time Licensee reasonably believes that ending the transition plan and
removing the two-button home page would cause irreparable harm to the Business
of Licensee, the parties shall extend the transition for subsequent one-year
terms, during which Licensee shall continue to use its best efforts to complete
the transition plan by the end of the then-current one-year term. As
part of such transition plan, a joint committee consisting of at least two
representatives from each of the parties shall meet on a regular
basis.
(e)
The home
page and each page of the Licensee Website that contains other legal notices
shall contain the following statement: “The [Franklin Covey]
trademark is used under a trademark license from Franklin Covey
Co.” The home page and each prominent page of the site shall either
identify Licensee or display Licensee’s standard copyright notice in Licensee’s
name.
(f)
Licensee
shall maintain the Licensee Website (including maintaining the servers for such
sites) at its own expense. Subject to Licensor’s rights to take
actions necessary to require Licensee to comply with this Agreement or the
Quality Guidelines, Licensor shall not impede, deny, or otherwise restrict
Licensee’s access to or ability to maintain the Licensee Websites or
corresponding email addresses. The “About [Licensee],” “Contact Us”
or equivalent section of the Licensee Websites shall be reasonably prominent and
shall identify Licensee as the contact and shall contain the following
statement: “The products described on this site are made by or on
behalf of [Licensee]
and use of the [Franklin
Covey] trademarks is pursuant to a trademark license from Franklin Covey
Co.”
(g)
Licensee
shall (i) not display or use a Link to any Prohibited Party or Competitor;
(ii) not display or use a Link in a manner that could cause confusion,
mistake, or deception; (iii) display disclaimers on the Licensee Website
pursuant to the Quality Guidelines; and (iv) maintain and enforce terms of
use and other policies applicable to the Licensee Website that are commercially
reasonable.
(h)
Licensor
shall retain the bulk email domain of
“franklincoveymail.com.” Licensee shall create and register its own
bulk email domain, subject to Licensor’s prior written consent. After
the Effective Date, Licensor and Licensee shall create a transition plan to
identify technical solutions to issues that may arise with respect to bulk
email, provided that the transition plan shall end as provided for in the
transition plan described in Section 3.1(d) above.
3.2
Internet Sales of Licensed
Products
. The
rights granted to Licensee in Section 2.1, as those rights may apply to the
marketing and sale of Licensed Products through the Internet, are subject to the
following restrictions, limitations and qualifications, in addition to any and
all restrictions provided elsewhere in this Agreement.
(a)
Licensee
shall have the right to sell Licensed Products worldwide through the Licensee
Websites, provided that Licensee shall not actively promote Licensed Products
into the Excluded Countries.
(b)
Licensee
shall transfer to Licensor the Gross Profit Margin associated with any Licensed
Product that is sold through the Licensee Websites and is shipped to any
Excluded Country.
3.3
Internet Search Marketing
Terms
. Licensor
and Licensee shall have the right to bid on any of the Internet Search Terms set
forth on Exhibit O, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.3
and the Search Terms Use Guideline set forth on Exhibit P. Each
of Exhibit O and Exhibit P may be amended from time to time by mutual
written agreement of the parties. To the extent any Internet Search
Term is a Trademark owned by Licensor, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a
limited, non-exclusive, non-sublicenseable, non-transferable, worldwide and
royalty-free license to use any Internet Search Term that is a Trademark or
other form of intellectual property of Licensor expressly for the limited
purpose of managing and controlling web searches through search
engines. All rights not granted by Licensor in this Section 3.3 are
retained and reserved to Licensor.
(a)
Subject
to any additional restrictions in the Search Terms Use Guidelines, the parties
agree that:
(i)
the
Internet Search Terms shall be divided into three
categories: (A) those terms under the exclusive control of
Licensor, (B) those terms under the exclusive control of Licensee, and
(C) those terms that are shared by Licensee and Licensor; and
(ii)
each
party shall bear all costs of bidding on and controlling those terms that are
under that party’s exclusive control, and the parties shall allocate the costs
of bidding on shared terms.
(b)
For a
period of six (6) months from the Effective Date, Licensee shall manage Internet
searches using the Internet Search Terms with the same personnel who performed
this function immediately prior to the Effective Date. Each party
shall bear its own costs for payments made for Internet Search Terms, and each
party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable related
expenses.
3.4
Database
Management
. Licensor
and Licensee shall each manage, maintain and control its own databases of
customer information, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.4
and the Database Use Guidelines set forth on Exhibit Q-1 and according to the
hygiene requirements of Exhibit Q-2. Exhibit Q may be amended
from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties.
(a)
Subject
to any additional restrictions in the Database Use Guidelines, the parties agree
that:
(i)
each
shall have the right to collect, manage and maintain information about customers
and potential customers in their respective databases and to use such
information to communicate with customers and potential customers;
and
(ii)
each
shall adhere to database hygiene standards that meet the commercial standards
set by Internet Service Providers, which rules shall become effective on the
Effective Date.
(b)
All
database hygiene rules referenced herein shall become binding on the Parties
immediately on the Effective Date.
QUALITY
CONTROL
As an
express condition to, and in material consideration for, the licenses granted to
each of the parties hereunder, Licensee expressly agrees to the following
restrictions as to its use of the Licensed Trademarks, and Licensor expressly
agrees to the following restrictions as to its use of the Assigned
Trademarks.
4.1
Quality
Guidelines
.
Licensee shall
not use, reproduce or display any Licensed Trademark, and Licensor shall not
use, reproduce or display any Assigned Trademark, in any manner whatsoever other
than as expressly authorized in the quality control guidelines for
the
Licensed
Trademarks or Assigned Trademarks, as applicable (“
Quality
Guidelines
”). Licensor shall not manufacture, distribute,
market or sell, directly or through third parties, any product or service using
the Licensed Trademarks that does not comply with the applicable Quality
Guidelines. Licensee shall not manufacture, distribute, market or
sell, directly or through third parties, any product or service using the
Assigned Trademarks that does not comply with the applicable Quality
Guidelines. The Quality Guidelines may consist of two
elements: (i) guidelines regarding the nature and quality of
products and services associated with the Licensed Trademarks or Assigned
Trademarks, as applicable, may be contained in “
Product Guidelines
”; and
(ii) guidelines related to how each Licensed Trademark or Assigned
Trademark, as applicable, is used, presented and displayed (“
Display
”) may be contained in
“
Branding
Guidelines
.” The initial Product Guidelines are attached as
Exhibit H-1, and H-2. The initial Branding Guidelines for the
Licensed Trademarks are attached as Exhibit I-1. The initial Branding
Guidelines for the Assigned Trademarks shall be developed by Licensee within six
(6) months after the Effective Date and upon the mutual agreement of the parties
shall be attached as Exhibit I-2.
4.2
Breach of Quality
Guidelines; Updates
.
Each party shall
promptly cure any breach of the Quality Guidelines upon notice from the other
party. Except as provided in this Section 4.2 and subject to all of
the terms and conditions herein, each party shall have the right, from time to
time to modify its respective Branding Guidelines after providing ninety (90)
days’ written notice. Neither party shall modify its respective
Branding Guidelines with regard to Top-Level Logos before six (6) months after
the Effective Date without the written consent of the other party.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
New Branding Effort
” means a
decision by Licensor to revise, modify or otherwise change its Top-Level Logos
in a unified effort across all or substantially all of its business units,
divisions or channels.
(ii)
“
Top-Level Logos
” means the
following Licensed Trademarks and the associated design elements as of the
Effective Date: FranklinCovey, FranklinCovey and design, Compass
logo, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, and PlanPlus.
(iii)
“
Update
” means any change to
the Quality Guidelines.
(b)
Licensor
shall have the right to modify or amend the Branding Guidelines to change
Top-Level Logos as part of a New Branding Effort after providing Licensee with
six (6) months’ written notice. Licensee shall have a reasonable time
to comply with any such Update. The parties agree that Licensee shall
have acted reasonably if:
(i)
with
respect to printed materials in its own inventory, Licensee complies with such
Updates when Licensee, in the Ordinary Course of Business, would re-order such
printed materials from its vendors;
(ii)
with
respect to point of sale materials, collateral sale materials, signage and
similar materials on the premises of third parties such as mass-market
retailers,
Licensee
complies with such Updates when Licensee, in the Ordinary Course of Business,
would be able to replace such materials; and
(iii)
with
respect to fixtures, signs and other materials that are part of any retail store
operated by Licensee (including franchised stores) and that represent capital
expenses, Licensee complies with such Updates when Licensee, in the Ordinary
Course of Business, would replace such materials.
(c)
Licensee
shall be responsible for all of the costs of complying with any Updates under
Section 4.2(b).
(d)
Licensor
may, at its option, accelerate Licensee’s timetable under Section 4.2(b)(iii) if
Licensor agrees to pay for the costs that would be incurred by Licensee to
comply with such Updates.
(e)
The
parties may make any other Update to the Quality Guidelines by agreeing in
writing to such Update. If either party believes an Update is needed
or useful and the parties cannot agree, the matter may be referred to the
Strategic Relationship Committee.
4.3
Conduct of
Business
.
(a)
Licensee
shall conduct its business in a manner that will reflect positively on the
Licensed Materials, and Licensor shall conduct its business in a manner that
will reflect positively on the Assigned Trademarks. Licensee and
Licensor, respectively, shall use the Licensed Materials and Assigned Trademarks
in a manner that does not derogate from the other’s rights in such materials or
the value of such materials. Neither party shall take any action that
would interfere with, diminish or tarnish those rights or that
value.
(b)
It shall
be a nonmaterial breach of this Agreement if either party, through the conduct
or statements of its executive leaders, acts in a manner that does not
constitute a Material Breach but that would reasonably be expected to place the
parties in a public controversy that offends large segments of the general
public or brings scorn and ridicule on either party.
4.4
Quality of
Products
.
In addition to,
and not in lieu of, any other requirements under this Agreement, (a) all
Licensed Products that use Licensed Materials shall be of such quality as will,
in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, protect and enhance the goodwill, image and
reputation adhering to the Licensed Materials, and (b) all products of
Licensor that use the Assigned Trademarks shall be of such quality as will, in
Licensee’s reasonable judgment, protect and enhance the goodwill, image and
reputation adhering to the Assigned Trademarks.
4.5
Cooperation
.
Licensee and
Licensor shall each cooperate with the other, in a commercially reasonable
manner, to permit the other to ascertain that the Licensed Products that use
Licensed Materials or products of Licensor that use the Assigned Trademarks, as
applicable, meet the applicable quality standards. Such cooperation
shall include, without limitation: promptly providing the other
party, upon request, with all material communications from third parties
regarding the quality of the Licensed Products or products using the Assigned
Trademarks, as applicable; providing the other party, as applicable,
with
names and
addresses of vendors and suppliers producing Licensed Products or components
thereof to be sold under a Licensed Trademark or producing products or
components thereof to be sold under an Assigned Trademark; and providing the
other party, as applicable, with access to product packaging and distribution
facilities for such Licensed Products or products for reasonable inspection by
Licensor or Licensee.
4.6
Cessation of Licensed
Product Sales; Recall
.
(a)
Licensor
shall have the right to request that Licensee immediately cease selling a
Licensed Product that uses Licensed Materials or Specialty Product or to revise
or cease use of any or all New Campaign Materials, and Licensee shall promptly
comply, upon written notice to Licensee if the condition of such Licensed
Product, Specialty Product or New Campaign Materials could reasonably be
expected to materially and adversely affect Licensor’s business or reputation or
if there is a reasonable basis for believing that the affected product or
category of products poses a danger to person or property. If
Licensee has a reasonable basis for disagreeing that the recall of such product
or material is necessary or prudent, Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor in
writing, and the parties shall submit the product or products to an independent
third party for testing, analysis or review.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the right to request that Licensor immediately cease selling any
product that uses the Assigned Trademarks, and Licensor shall promptly comply,
upon written notice to Licensor if the condition of such product could
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Business of
Licensee or Licensee’s reputation or if there is a reasonable basis for
believing that the affected product or category of products poses a danger to
person or property. If Licensor has a reasonable basis for
disagreeing that the recall of such product or material is necessary or prudent,
Licensor shall promptly notify Licensee in writing, and the parties shall submit
the product or products to an independent third party for testing, analysis or
review.
(c)
If
either party, as applicable, wishes to resume sale of a recalled product, the
other party shall have the right to approve such resumption.
4.7
Samples
.
Upon request by
the other party, Licensee shall submit to Licensor specimens of any and all New
Products and New Campaign Materials, and Licensor shall submit to Licensee
specimens of any and all products using the Assigned Trademarks. If
Licensor or Licensee discovers any improper use of the Licensed Materials or
Assigned Trademarks, respectively, in any such submission, Licensee or Licensor,
as applicable, shall remedy its improper use immediately upon written
notice.
4.8
Inspections
.
Licensee and
Licensor shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable manner, to ensure that
the quality standards applicable to Licensed Products or products using the
Assigned Trademarks are met by permitting the party requesting access and its
agents, subject to a mutually acceptable confidentiality agreement, to inspect
all manufacturing and other facilities related to the manufacture of such
products, no more than once per calendar year, during normal working hours, upon
reasonable written notice to the other party of no less than five (5) Business
Days, and then, only to the extent that Licensee
or
Licensor, as applicable, is authorized to provide such access and subject to all
applicable safety rules and regulations governing such manufacturing and other
facilities.
4.9
Standards
Compliance
.
If Licensee or
Licensor publicly states that any Licensed Product or product using the Assigned
Trademarks, respectively, is compliant with any applicable industry standard,
the party making the public statement shall ensure that such product is fully
compliant with all mandatory requirements of such standard.
NEW
PRODUCTS AND CAMPAIGNS
5.1
Right to Create New
Products
.
Licensee shall
have the right to create, design, manufacture, distribute and sell New Products
and Specialty Products subject to the restrictions and procedures set forth in
this Article V.
(a)
Definitions.
(i)
“
New Campaign Materials
” means
any catalog, advertising or other marketing material in any media or format that
uses the Licensed Materials or promotes Licensed Products to the general public,
but not including web pages that are part of the Licensee Websites.
(ii)
“
New Licensed Product
” means a
new product that is not substantially similar to an existing Licensed Product
and that uses Licensed Materials.
(iii)
“New Non-Licensed Product”
means a new product that is not substantially the same as an existing Licensed
Product and that does not use Licensed Materials.
(iv)
“
New Product
” means any New
Licensed Product, New Non-Licensed Product or an extension of a Specialty
Product that differs significantly from the Specialty Product.
(v)
“
Specialty Products
” means
those categories of products listed on Exhibit K that are sold by Licensee
as of the Effective Date so long as they do not use the Licensed
Materials.
(b)
Licensee
shall have the right, without notice to Licensor, to create, design,
manufacture, distribute and sell Specialty Products and extensions thereof that
do not differ significantly therefrom and that are not associated in any way
with any Competitor or Prohibited Activity. A Specialty Product
that is sold through the Proprietary Consumer Channels shall be subject to the
Quality Guidelines. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Article V, Licensee shall have the right to create, design, manufacture,
distribute and sell New Products and New Campaign Materials so long as such
product or material is not competitive and does not involve any Prohibited
Activity. For purposes of this Article V, a product is “competitive”
if it (i) could reasonably be deemed a Training-Oriented Product or
Training-Oriented Service, (ii) uses any Trademarks of Day Runner or
Day-Timer, or (iii) uses the Intellectual Property of a
Competitor. The parties agree that the written agreement with Jean
Chatzky effective May 22, 2008 that is to be assigned to Licensee
pursuant
to the Asset Purchase Agreement and further described on Exhibit U shall not be
deemed to violate this Agreement.
5.2
Notice of Plans to Release
New Products
. When
Licensee has developed reasonably definite plans to introduce or release any New
Product, Licensee shall notify Licensor of such plans in
writing. Such notice shall include (a) a complete
description of the product, (b) whether the product is a New Licensed
Product, New Non-Licensed Product, or an extension of a Specialty Product that
differs significantly from the Specialty Product, (c) the expected time
frame for the release of the New Product, and (d) if Licensee in good faith
believes that the parties may differ on whether the New Product would be deemed
competitive or would involve any Prohibited Activity, then also a complete
description of why Licensee believes the New Product is not competitive and
would not involve any Prohibited Activity. Once released by Licensee,
a New Licensed Product shall be deemed a Licensed Product for all
purposes.
5.3
Comment Rights
for New Campaign
Materials
.
When Licensee has
developed reasonably definite plans to release any New Campaign Materials,
Licensee shall provide Licensor a version of such materials in substantially
final form. Licensor shall have the right to make comments about and
recommend changes to all New Campaign Materials, which comments and
recommendations Licensee shall consider in good faith. Licensor shall
promptly provide its comments and recommendations.
5.4
Approval
Rights
.
If, after
reviewing Licensee’s plans for New Products as required in Section 5.2,
Licensor decides that a proposed New Product may be competitive or may be
inconsistent with the values promoted by Licensor and its brands, Licensor may
at its option request additional information, including the information required
in Section 5.2, about such New Product prior to release. If
Licensor determines in good faith that any New Product or New Campaign Material
is competitive or is inconsistent with the values promoted by Licensor and its
brands, Licensor may refuse to approve the release of such New Product in its
sole discretion.
5.5
Licensor Access to New
Products
.
Licensee shall
supply Licensor with all approved New Products subject to the terms and
conditions of the Supply Agreement. Unless limited by an agreement
between Licensee and its vendors, Licensor may market, distribute and sell any
approved New Product to any customer and in any channel other than the Licensed
Channels. Without limiting the generality of the previous sentence,
Licensor may sell such products to its Organizational Clients, to corporate
customers in the corporate training market and through its International
Licensees according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and subject to
Licensee’s agreements.
5.6
Licensee Approval of
Assigned Trademark Use
.
Prior to any use
or exploitation by Licensor of any products bearing one or more Assigned
Trademarks, Licensor shall submit to Licensee at least one representative
specimen of such product for approval by Licensee, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Unless the parties agree to a shorter period
based upon exceptional circumstances, Licensee shall have ten (10) Business Days
to review and approve any such product specimen. If Licensee fails to
respond within such ten (10) Business Day period, such product specimen shall be
deemed to have been approved.
ROYALTIES
6.1
Royalty
Rate
.
Commencing on the
Effective Date and expiring on the ninety-ninth (99
th
) year
anniversary thereof, Licensee shall pay Licensor as a royalty the following
amount (“
Royalties
”)
for each fiscal year of Licensee: 30% of the amount of EBITDA of
Licensee in excess of $13,000,000 each year, up to a maximum per year of
$1,250,000.
(a)
If
Licensee sells or otherwise divests a portion of the business to which this
Agreement relates, the Royalties shall be recalculated as follows:
(i)
The
parties shall calculate a reset ratio (the “
Reset Ratio
”) equal to 1.00
minus the quotient of (A) the EBITDA of the portion of the business that is
being sold or divested over the trailing 12-month period divided by (B) the
total EBITDA of Licensee for the same trailing 12-month period.
(ii)
The
parties shall determine the minimum sales threshold (the “
Reset EBITDA Threshold
”) by
multiplying the Reset Ratio by $13,000,000.
(iii)
The
parties shall determine the maximum royalties (the “
Reset Royalties Maximum
”) by
multiplying the Reset Ratio by $1,250,000.
(b)
Beginning
on the date on which the sale or divestiture is completed or such other date as
the parties may agree, Licensee shall pay Royalties equal to 30 percent of
EBITDA of Licensee in excess of the Reset EBITDA Threshold each year, up to a
maximum of the Reset Royalties Maximum.
6.2
Royalty Payments and
Reports
.
Royalty payments
shall be due and payable within forty-five (45) days after the closing of
Licensee’s books for the immediately preceding fiscal year in which the
Royalties are earned. All payments of Royalties shall be made to
Licensor in United States dollars, with all amounts converted to dollars as
provided by GAAP consolidation standards. Such Royalty payment shall
be accompanied by a written report setting forth the calculation of EBITDA for
the fiscal year then ended and certified by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief
Executive Officer of Licensee as being accurate and in compliance with GAAP
consistently applied. The receipt and acceptance by Licensor of any
such report or of any Royalties paid shall not preclude Licensor from
questioning the correctness thereof and in the event any uncontested mistakes or
inconsistencies are discovered in such statements or payments, they shall
immediately be rectified and the appropriate payment made by
Licensee.
6.3
Records;
Audit
.
To assure
compliance with the payment and reporting requirements of this Agreement,
Licensor or Licensee, as applicable, through their independent auditors or
agents, and subject to a non-disclosure agreement, may, upon no less than five
(5) Business Days’ written notice, inspect the other party's applicable records
at their own expense from time to time, and no more frequently than
annually. In the event any inspection of such party’s records
indicates an underpayment by an amount equal to or greater than five percent
(5%) of any amounts due hereunder, such party shall promptly reimburse the other
party for all reasonable expenses associated with such inspection along with the
deficient amounts and interest calculated thereon at a simple annual rate of ten
percent (10%).
Each
party shall also undertake, at its own expense, an annual audit of such
applicable records by a certified public accounting firm of national reputation
satisfactory to the other party and shall provide such other party with the
findings thereof within thirty (30) days after the closing of such party’s books
upon fiscal year end. Each party shall maintain, or cause to be
maintained, all records necessary to confirm that payments and reporting
requirements under this Agreement were properly made.
(a)
If
Licensee enters into and completes a Licensee Change of Control transaction as
provided in Section 7.3, Licensee shall have the right but not the obligation as
provided in this Section 6.4 to convert the license granted in Section 2.1
into a fully-paid up license, provided that all other terms and conditions
relating to the rights granted in Section 2.1 shall continue in full force and
effect (the “
Royalty Buy-Out
Option
”). Licensee may exercise the Royalty Buy-Out Option by
providing written notice of its intent to do so at least five (5) Business Days
prior to the closing of a Licensee Change of Control transaction and by paying
the fee as provided herein (the “
Option Fee
”) at the time of
the closing of the Licensee Change of Control transaction. The Option
Fee shall be the sum of: (i) the Royalties payable by Licensee for the
prorated portion of the then-current fiscal year and (ii) the product of
the Royalties paid by Licensee for the trailing 12-month period multiplied by
the multiple of EBITDA used by the purchaser to value Licensee.
(b)
If
Licensee enters into and completes a transaction that would constitute a
Licensee Change of Control but for the fact that the transaction involves only a
division or other portion of Licensee which is smaller than the size specified
for a Licensee Change of Control, and that fully complies with all of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee shall have the right but not the
obligation as provided in this Section 6.4 to reduce permanently the
payments required by Licensee under this Article VI, provided that all other
terms and conditions relating to the rights granted in Section 2.1 shall
continue in full force and effect (the “
Partial Royalty Buy-Out
Option
”). Licensee may exercise a Partial Royalty Buy-Out
Option with respect to a division or other portion of Licensee by:
(i) obtaining written consent from Licensor to assign or sublicense a
portion of the rights granted under this Agreement, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld; (ii) providing written notice of its intent to
exercise the Partial Royalty Buy-Out Option at least five (5) Business Days
prior to the closing of such transaction; and (iii) paying the fee as
provided herein (the “
Partial
Option Fee
”) at the time of the closing of the
transaction. The Partial Option Fee shall be the sum
of: (A) the Royalties payable by Licensee for the prorated
portion of the division or portion of Licensee to be sold for the then-current
fiscal year and (B) the product of the Royalties paid by Licensee for the
trailing 12-month period that are attributable to the division or portion of
Licensee which is subject to the transaction multiplied by the multiple of
EBITDA used by the purchaser to value the division or portion of Licensee which
is subject to the transaction. If Licensee elects not to exercise the
Partial Royalty Buyout Option, Licensor may require, as a condition to
consenting to the assignment or sublicense of rights under this Agreement, that
the purchaser of the division or other portion of Licensee exercise the Partial
Royalty Buy-Out Option or enter into a royalty agreement with Licensor with
respect to the acquired division or portion on terms comparable to the terms
contained in this Agreement.
(c)
For
purposes of calculating the multiple of EBITDA used by the purchaser to value
Licensee or a division or portion of Licensee in 6.4(a) and 6.4(b), the parties
shall use the multiple used by the purchaser to value Licensee or the division
or portion of Licensee; provided, however, that if the purchaser uses a
valuation method that does not state a multiple of EBITDA, the parties shall
calculate the multiple by dividing the purchase price by EBITDA in the
corresponding trailing 12-month period. If the transaction involves
consideration other than cash paid to Licensee, including without limitation any
option, grant, earn-out, future payment or assumption of debt, the multiple
shall include the fair market value of all such consideration in addition to all
cash consideration.
(d)
Licensor
agrees that it shall accept the Option Fee or Partial Option Fee in the same
form of consideration as the consideration received by Licensee in the Licensee
Change of Control transaction or in the transaction for the division or portion
of Licensee, as applicable, so long as the forms of consideration contain
substantially identical rights and are provided in substantially identical
proportion to the consideration received by Licensee. Licensee agrees
that, as an express condition to the right to exercise the Royalty Buy-Out
Option or Partial Royalty Buy-Out Option, Licensee shall have the obligation to
deliver to Licensor the Option Fee or Partial Option Fee in substantially
identical forms of consideration and in substantially identical proportion to
the consideration received by Licensee in the transaction giving rise to the
Licensee’s option under this Section 6.4.
GOVERNANCE,
LICENSEE CHANGE OF CONTROL
7.1
Relationship
Managers
.
For a period of
two (2) years after the Effective Date, each of Licensee and Licensor shall
appoint a relationship manager who shall serve as its primary point of contact
for the other in all matters relating to this Agreement (a “
Relationship
Manager
”). The Relationship Managers shall participate in
regular meetings to review the parties’ performance hereunder, to review the
product plan of Licensee and other Licensed Entities for Licensed Products, to
resolve any issues arising out of the rights granted to, and obligations
undertaken by, the parties hereunder, including any issues relating to Quality
Guidelines, and to otherwise manage the parties’ relationship under this
Agreement.
7.2
Strategic Relationship
Committee
.
For a period of
two (2) years after the Effective Date, which period may be extended by mutual
consent of the parties for additional one-year periods, each of Licensor and
Licensee shall appoint at least two senior executives to a joint strategic
relationship committee (the “
Strategic Relationship
Committee
”). The Strategic Relationship Committee shall meet
at least twice a year, in person, once at Licensor’s offices in Utah and once at
Licensee’s offices to be designated by Licensee, or by
videoconference. Among other things, as mutually agreed by the
parties, the Strategic Relationship Committee shall be responsible for resolving
disputes on an informal basis.
7.3
Licensor Right of First
Negotiation
.
As soon as
practicable and in any event within five (5) days after Licensee is notified of
or learns that it has received a serious expression of interest to consider a
Licensee Change of Control transaction from any third party other than a
Competitor or Prohibited Party (a “
Permitted Offeror
”), Licensee
shall notify Licensor in writing of such indication of
interest. Licensor shall have fifteen (15)
Business
Days from the date of such notice to notify Licensee in writing that it will
enter into exclusive negotiations with Licensee for a Licensee Change of Control
transaction with Licensee. Upon receipt of such written notice from
Licensor, the parties shall engage in exclusive, good faith discussions
regarding a possible Licensee Change of Control transaction by Licensor for a
period of at least forty-five (45) days unless, as a result of a bona fide
requirement imposed on Licensee by the Permitted Offeror, a shorter period is
necessary, in which case for the period of time required to comply with the
condition of the Permitted Offeror’s offer but in no event shorter than fifteen
(15) Business Days (the “
Negotiation
Period
”). If Licensor fails to provide written notice to
Licensee within the required fifteen (15) day response period or if the parties
fail to agree in principle to a Licensee Change of Control transaction within
the Negotiation Period, Licensee may thereafter negotiate and/or enter into a
final, binding agreement with respect to a Change in Control transaction with
the Permitted Offeror or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Permitted Offeror,
provided, however, the Licensee shall not enter into any agreement for a
Licensee Change of Control transaction on terms equal to or less favorable to
Licensee than the final written offer, if any, made by Licensor. If
Licensee is notified of or learns that it has received a serious expression of
interest to consider a Licensee Change of Control transaction from any
additional third party other than a Competitor or Prohibited Party or if the
Permitted Offeror materially alters the terms of its offer to the detriment of
Licensee, Licensee shall notify Licensor as provided in the first sentence of
this Section 7.3 and shall follow all the procedures set forth
herein.
EFFECTIVENESS,
TERM AND TERMINATION
8.1
Effectiveness;
Term
.
This Agreement
shall become effective immediately upon the closing of the transactions
contemplated in the Asset Purchase Agreement, which shall be the date first set
forth above (the “
Effective
Date
”), and shall continue in full force and effect unless and until
terminated as provided in this Article VIII.
8.2
Termination for
Cause
.
(a)
Each
party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in the event of a
Material Breach that is not cured within ninety (90) days after the
non-breaching party provides written notice to the other party of the breach,
provided, however, that the running of the ninety (90) day period shall stop if,
during such ninety (90) day period, either party elects to commence non-binding
arbitration as provided in Section 12.7(d) with respect to whether
(i) a Material Breach has occurred under this Agreement or
(ii) any Material Breach that has occurred has been
cured. Immediately upon the delivery of the written opinion of the
arbitrator, if unfavorable to the breaching party, the running of the ninety
(90) day cure period shall resume and shall expire at the end of the 90th day so
counted or at the end of the 10th Business Day after the ninety (90) day cure
period resumed, whichever is later. A party may exercise its option
to use non-binding arbitration only once for each alleged Material
Breach.
(b)
Licensor
may terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon written notice by
Licensor if Licensee enters into a binding agreement for a Licensee Change of
Control transaction that is (i) in breach of Sections 7.3 or 12.1, or
(ii) to a Competitor or a Prohibited Party.
8.3
Partial
Termination
.
If Licensee
releases any product or marketing material that, as a result of Licensee’s
involvement with any Prohibited Party, has a material adverse effect on the
Business of Licensee or on the business of Licensor in any particular geographic
area, product category or channel partner, Licensor shall have the right to
amend Exhibits A, C, E and F to terminate Licensee’s rights under this Agreement
with respect to the particular geographic area, product category or channel
partner thus affected, provided that Licensor shall have no rights to amend such
exhibits under this Section 8.3 for the effect of any New Products or New
Campaign Materials released in compliance with all of the terms and conditions
of Article V. Licensor shall provide Licensee with ninety (90) days’
written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section
8.3. The amended Exhibit or Exhibits shall become effective at the
end of such ninety (90) day period unless the material adverse effect is cured
prior to that date. At any time during the ninety (90) day period, a
party may elect to commence non-binding arbitration as provided in
Section 12.7(d) with respect to whether (i) the alleged breach by Licensee
gives rise to the right of partial termination or (ii) the material adverse
affect has been cured. The running of the ninety (90) day period
shall stop if and when a party elects to commence non-binding
arbitration. Immediately upon the delivery of the written opinion of
the arbitrator, if unfavorable to Licensee, the running of the ninety (90) day
cure period shall resume and shall expire at the end of the 90th day so counted
or at the end of the 10th Business Day after the ninety (90) day cure period
resumed, whichever is later. A party may exercise its option to use
non-binding arbitration only once for each incident or series of related
incidents giving rise to a claim for partial termination.
8.4
Effects of
Termination
.
(a)
For Cause by
Licensor
.
Upon termination
of this Agreement by Licensor in accordance with Section 8.2 or otherwise upon
expiration of this Agreement, all rights and licenses granted to Licensee
hereunder (including any Sublicense Agreements executed pursuant hereto) shall
immediately terminate, and Licensee and any Licensed Entities, as applicable,
subject to the rights granted in Sections 8.5 and 8.6, shall cease all use of
the Licensed Materials, including any variations used in domain names and
Internet Search Terms that are confusingly similar to the Licensed Trademarks or
are derivative works of the Licensed Copyrights. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Licensee may use the Licensed Materials or Assigned Trademarks, as
applicable, for historical reference, including to keep records and other
historical or archived documents (including customer contracts and marketing
materials) containing or referencing the Licensed
Trademarks. Termination of this Agreement by Licensor in accordance
with Section 8.2 shall be without prejudice to any other right or remedy under
this Agreement or applicable law. The license granted to Licensor in
Section 2.12 shall convert to a fully paid-up, perpetual license upon
termination of this Agreement for cause by Licensor in accordance with Section
8.2.
(b)
For Cause by
Licensee
. Upon termination of this Agreement by Licensee in
accordance with Section 8.2 or otherwise upon expiration of this Agreement, all
rights and licenses granted to Licensor hereunder (including any Sublicense
Agreements executed pursuant hereto) shall immediately terminate, and Licensor
shall cease all use of the Assigned Trademarks. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Licensor may use the Assigned Trademarks for historical reference,
including to keep records and other historical or archived documents (including
customer contracts and marketing materials) containing or
referencing
the
Assigned Trademarks. Termination of this Agreement by Licensee in
accordance with Section 8.2 shall be without prejudice to any other right or
remedy under this Agreement or applicable law. The license granted to
Licensee in Section 2.1 shall convert to a royalty-free, perpetual license upon
termination of this Agreement for cause by Licensee in accordance with Section
8.2.
8.5
Termination
Inventory
.
(a)
Within
thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement which is
not the subject of a dispute resolution process of the parties, Licensee shall
prepare and deliver to Licensor a written summary of Licensed Products remaining
in inventory, including a complete and accurate schedule as of the date of
expiration or termination of all completed Licensee Products on hand, work in
process; and all packaging materials, advertising and promotional materials and
other documents or items that bear the Licensed Materials in Licensee’s
possession or control or in the process of manufacture for
Licensee.
(b)
Within
thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensor
shall prepare and deliver to Licensee a written summary of products using the
Assigned Materials remaining in inventory, including a complete and accurate
schedule as of the date of expiration or termination of all such completed
products on hand, work in process; and all packaging materials, advertising and
promotional materials and other documents or items that bear the Assigned
Trademarks in Licensor’s possession or control or in the process of manufacture
for Licensor.
(c)
Each
party shall have the option, exercisable within ten (10) days after receipt of
the written inventory received from Licensee or Licensor, as applicable, to
purchase all or any portion of the items in the inventory of the other party for
a purchase price equal to the other party’s cost. Such party shall
deliver to the other party the items in the inventory to be purchased, within
five (5) days after receipt of notice exercising its option to purchase, and the
purchasing party shall pay the purchase price within thirty (30) days after
receipt of all items purchased.
8.6
Termination Inventory
Sales
.
For a period of
six (6) months after the expiration of a party’s option to purchase inventory
under Section 8.5, the other party may sell finished Licensed Products and
products using the Assigned Trademarks, as applicable, remaining in inventory or
finished work in process in the remaining inventory, on a non-exclusive basis,
in accordance with all of the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with
the Quality Guidelines. Any items in the inventory not sold and
remaining after the selling period provided for in this Section 8.5 shall be
delivered to the other party, disposed of, or destroyed in accordance with the
other party’s written instructions.
8.7
Survival
.
The following
provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any
reason: Articles I, VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII and Sections 2.22
and 2.23. Termination of this Agreement by a party shall
be without prejudice to any other right or remedy of such party under this
Agreement or applicable law.
INDEMNIFICATION
9.1
Indemnification by
Licensee
.
Subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 10.2, Licensee shall, at its own expense,
indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Licensor and its Affiliates, and their
respective officers, directors, employees and representatives from and against
any claim, demand, cause of action, liability, expense (including attorney’s
fees and costs), or damages to the extent arising from a third-party claim with
respect to:
(a)
Licensed
Products, including any claim alleging product liability, injury to property or
Person or infringement of Intellectual Property Rights (except to the extent
that Licensor is obligated to provide indemnification for such infringement
claim under Section 9.2(a));
(b)
use of
any Licensed Trademark by Licensee or any Sublicensed Entity (except (i) to
the extent that Licensor is obligated to provide indemnification for such claim
under Section 9.2(a) and (ii) to the extent the Sublicensed Entity is an
Existing Sublicensed Entity and the act or acts giving rise to indemnification
were not reasonably foreseeable);
(c)
any
breach of this Agreement (or any applicable Sublicense Agreement) by Licensee or
by any New Sublicensed Entity;
(d)
any
breach of this Agreement (or any applicable Sublicense Agreement) by any
Existing Sublicensed Entity if such breach is reasonably foreseeable;
and
(e)
any
material violation by Licensee of a domestic or international law or regulation
relating to relating to consumer privacy or communication with consumers through
e-mail.
9.2
Indemnification by
Licensor
.
Subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 10.2, Licensor shall, at its own expense,
indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Licensee and its Affiliates, and their
respective officers, directors, employees and representatives, from and against
any claim, demand, cause of action, liability, expense (including attorney’s
fees and costs), or damages to the extent arising from a third-party claim with
respect to:
(a)
Licensee’s
alleged infringement of third-party copyright or trademark rights arising from
Licensee’s Display or other commercial exploitation of registered Licensed
Trademarks or Licensed Copyrights in the Licensed Territory except to the extent
that such infringement arises from Licensee’s non-compliance with Licensor’s
requirements for Display of the Licensed Trademarks or from any Licensed
Trademark or Licensed Copyright that is licensed to Licensor by a third party;
(b)
use of
any Assigned Trademark or Licensed Copyright by Licensor or any Sublicensed
Entity (except to the extent that Licensee is obligated to provide
indemnification for such claim under Section 9.1(a));
(c)
any
breach by Licensor of this Agreement; and
(d)
any
material violation by Licensor of a domestic or international law or regulation
relating to relating to consumer privacy or communication with consumers through
e-mail.
9.3
Procedures
.
The party seeking
to be indemnified pursuant to this Article IX (as applicable, the “
Indemnified Party
”) shall be
entitled to indemnification hereunder only (a) if it gives written notice
to the party obligated to provide such indemnification hereunder (the “
Indemnifying Party
”) of any
claims, suits or proceedings by third parties which may give rise to a claim for
indemnification with reasonable promptness after receiving written notice of
such claim (or, in the case of a proceeding, is served in such proceeding);
provided, however, that failure to give such notice shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of its obligation to provide indemnification, except if and
to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually and materially prejudiced
thereby, and (b) once the Indemnifying Party confirms in writing to the
Indemnified Party that it is prepared to assume its indemnification obligations
hereunder, the Indemnifying Party has sole control over the defense of the
claim, at its own cost and expense; provided, however, that the Indemnified
Party shall have the right to be represented by its own counsel at its own cost
in such matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying
Party shall not settle or dispose of any such matter in any manner which would
require the Indemnified Party to make any admission, or to take any action
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each party shall reasonably
cooperate with the other party and its counsel in the course of the defense of
any such suit, claim or demand, such cooperation to include using reasonable
efforts to provide or make available documents, information and witnesses and to
mitigate damages.
REPRESENTATIONS,
LIMITATION OF WARRANTY AND LIABILITY
(a)
Exhibit A
sets forth, as of the date hereof, an accurate and complete list of the Licensed
Trademarks.
(b)
Except as
set forth in Exhibit S, to Licensor’s Knowledge, the registered Licensed
Trademarks are valid and enforceable. To Licensor’s Knowledge,
Licensor has received no notice or claim challenging or questioning the validity
or enforceability of the Licensed Trademarks.
(c)
Except as
set forth in Exhibit S, Licensor has timely paid all filing, examination,
issuance, post registration and maintenance fees, annuities and the like
associated with or required with respect to the material registered Licensed
Trademarks.
(d)
Except as
set forth in Exhibit S, to Licensor’s Knowledge, none of the registered
Licensed Trademarks infringes upon, misappropriates, violates, dilutes or
constitutes the unauthorized use of any Intellectual Property Rights of any
third party which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect, and, except as set forth in Exhibit S, to Licensor’s Knowledge,
Licensor has not received any notice or claim asserting that any such
infringement, misappropriation, violation, dilution or unauthorized use
is
occurring
or has occurred, nor is there any reasonable basis therefor, which could
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. No Licensed
Materials is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, decree or stipulation
restricting the use thereof by Licensor. To Licensor’s Knowledge, no
third party is misappropriating, infringing, diluting or violating any Licensed
Trademark which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect.
(e)
EXCEPT AS
SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 10.1, LICENSOR HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY, ENFORCEABILITY,
TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS, AND ANY WARRANTIES THAT MAY
ARISE DUE TO COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, WHETHER
RELATED TO THE LICENSED MATERIALS OR OTHERWISE.
(a)
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY, ITS AFFILIATES,
OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, LICENSORS, SUPPLIERS
OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE LIABILITY, OR LIABILITY FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, OR LOSS OF GOODWILL ARISING FROM OR RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LICENSED MATERIALS, EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY IS
EXPRESSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
(b)
IF
LICENSOR OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
EMPLOYEES AND REPRESENTATIVES (EACH A “LICENSOR PARTY” AND COLLECTIVELY THE
“LICENSOR PARTIES”), IS HELD OR FOUND TO BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND
REPRESENTATIVES (EACH A “LICENSEE PARTY” AND COLLECTIVELY THE “LICENSEE
PARTIES”), FOR ANY MATTER RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM A BREACH OF ANY
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT (A ”GLOBAL CAP
LOSS”), WHETHER BASED ON AN ACTION OR CLAIM IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, THE AMOUNT OF DAMAGES RECOVERABLE, IN THE AGGREGATE, FROM THE
LICENSOR PARTIES WILL NOT EXCEED $3,200,000 MINUS THE SUM OF (I) THE
AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF GLOBAL CAP LOSSES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND PAID BY
ANY LICENSOR PARTY TO ANY LICENSEE PARTY, AND (II) THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
ANY LIABILITIES FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM A BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR
WARRANTY CONTAINED IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT PAID BY ANY LICENSOR PARTY TO ANY
LICENSEE PARTY.
(c)
IF ANY
LICENSOR PARTY IS HELD OR FOUND TO BE LIABLE TO ANY LICENSEE PARTY FOR ANY
MATTER RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM A BREACH OF ANY COVENANT OR AGREEMENT
CONTAINED IN THIS
AGREEMENT,
OTHER THAN A BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OR A PROMISE TO PAY FOR
SERVICES DELIVERED AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 10.2(f) (A “COMMERCIAL LOSS”) WHETHER
BASED ON AN ACTION OR CLAIM IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, TORT OR OTHERWISE, THE
AMOUNT OF DAMAGES RECOVERABLE FROM THE LICENSOR PARTIES WILL NOT EXCEED $500,000
FOR EACH INCIDENT OR SERIES OF RELATED INCIDENTS GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY,
PROVIDED THAT THIS SECTION 10.2(c) SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM A
BREACH OF SECTION 2.22 OF THIS AGREEMENT.
(d)
IF ANY
LICENSEE PARTY IS HELD OR FOUND TO BE LIABLE TO ANY LICENSOR PARTY FOR ANY
MATTER RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM A COMMERCIAL LOSS, WHETHER BASED ON AN ACTION
OR CLAIM IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, TORT OR OTHERWISE, THE AMOUNT OF DAMAGES
RECOVERABLE FROM THE LICENSEE PARTIES WILL NOT EXCEED $500,000 FOR EACH INCIDENT
OR SERIES OF RELATED INCIDENTS GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY, PROVIDED THAT THIS
SECTION 10.2(d) SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM A BREACH OF SECTION
2.23 OF THIS AGREEMENT.
(e)
NEITHER
PARTY SHALL HOLD THE OTHER PARTY LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS THAT ARISES AS A
RESULT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF A THIRD PARTY TO WHOM A PARTY HAS REASONABLY
DELEGATED ITS DUTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOSS
RESULTING FROM THE HOSTING OR MAINTENANCE OF THE LICENSOR WEBSITE BY A THIRD
PARTY, UNLESS SUCH LOSS ARISES AS A RESULT OF THE DELEGATING PARTY’S WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE
OTHER PARTY ARISING FROM SUCH A COMMERCIAL LOSS, AND AGREES TO COOPERATE IN GOOD
FAITH TO SEEK RECOVERY AGAINST THE THIRD PARTY.
(f)
THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 10.2(b), (c) AND (d) SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIM BY ONE
PARTY TO ENFORCE A PROMISE BY THE OTHER PARTY TO PAY FOR SERVICES OR RIGHTS
PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR PURSUANT TO ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE PROMISE TO PAY ROYALTIES PURSUANT TO
ARTICLE VI OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROMISE TO MAKE PAYMENTS IN EXCESS OF THE
1% CAPS IN SECTION 2.22 OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROMISES OF EACH PARTY TO MAKE
PAYMENTS TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR GOODS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THE SUPPLY AGREEMENT,
AND THE PROMISE BY LICENSEE TO MAKE PAYMENTS TO LICENSOR FOR SERVICES PROVIDED
UNDER THE SHARED SERVICES AGREEMENT.
CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION
11.1
Definition
.
“
Confidential Information
”
means all information disclosed by one party (the “
Discloser
”) to any other
party (the “
Recipient
”)
(in writing, orally or in any other form) that is designated, at or before the
time of disclosure, as confidential. Confidential
Information
does not include information or material that (a) is now, or hereafter
becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of the Recipient,
generally known or available; (b) is or was known by the Recipient at or
before the time such information or material was received from the Discloser, as
evidenced by a contemporaneous writing; (c) is furnished to the Recipient
by a third party that is not under an obligation of confidentiality to the
Discloser with respect to such information or material; or (d) is
independently developed by the Recipient, as evidenced by a contemporaneous
writing.
11.2
Restrictions on
Use
.
The Recipient
shall hold Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose to
third parties or use such information for any purpose whatsoever other than as
necessary in order to fulfill its obligations or exercise its rights under this
Agreement. The Recipient shall take all reasonable measures to
protect the confidentiality of the other party’s Confidential Information in a
manner that is at least protective as the measures it uses to maintain the
confidentiality of its own Confidential Information of similar
importance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient may disclose
the other party’s Confidential Information (a) to employees and consultants
that have a need to know such information, provided that each such employee and
consultant is under a duty of nondisclosure that is consistent with the
confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions herein, and (b) to the extent
the Recipient is legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information,
provided that the Recipient shall give advance notice of such compelled
disclosure to the other party, and shall cooperate with the other party in
connection with any efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such disclosure or
use of the Confidential Information.
11.3
Nonsolicitation
.
During the term
of this Agreement, neither party shall, directly or indirectly, (a) solicit
or hire, or assist any other Person in soliciting or hiring (i) any Person
who is then, or within the previous twelve (12) month period was, employed by
the other party or (ii) any Person who is then in the process of being
recruited by Licensor, or (b) induce any such employee to terminate his or
her employment with the other party.
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1
Assignment
. Subject
to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee may assign this
Agreement only as part of a Licensee Change of Control transaction permitted
under Section 7.3, provided that Licensee shall not assign this Agreement to any
Person that is a Competitor or a Prohibited Party. Subject to all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor may assign this Agreement
(a) to a wholly owned subsidiary of Licensor, the parent corporation of
Licensor, or an entity wholly owned by Licensor’s parent corporation or (b) to
any entity that, as a result of a Licensor Change of Control transaction, is a
successor in interest to Licensor, to Licensor’s parent corporation or to a
wholly owned subsidiary of Licensor’s parent. No attempted assignment
of the Agreement by either party shall be effective unless and until the
assignee expressly agrees in writing that it will assume all of the obligations
of this Agreement and all of the material provisions of the Ancillary Agreements
then in effect. Except as provided herein, any purported assignment,
sale, transfer, sublicense, delegation or other disposition by either party
shall be null and void. Any attempt by Licensee to assign this
Agreement except as provided herein shall be void and shall be deemed a Licensee
Change of Control.
12.2
Injunctive
Relief
.
The parties
acknowledge that a breach of their obligations under this Agreement, would cause
the non-breaching party irreparable damage. Accordingly, each party
agrees that in the event of such breach or threatened breach, in addition to
remedies at law, the non-breaching party shall have the right to injunctive or
other equitable relief, without the necessity of posting any bond or other
security, to prevent breaching party’s violations of its obligations hereunder,
in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in
equity.
12.3
Severability
.
If any provision
of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person, place or
circumstance, are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void
or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum
extent possible so as to effect the intent of the parties, or, if incapable of
such enforcement, shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement, and the
remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other Persons,
places and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.
12.4
Interpretation
.
Unless otherwise
indicated to the contrary in this Agreement by the context or use
thereof: (a) the words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
Section, Article or paragraph hereof; (b) references in this Agreement to
Sections, Articles or paragraphs refer to sections, articles or paragraphs of
this Agreement; (c) headings of Sections are provided for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;
(d) words importing the masculine gender shall also include the feminine
and neutral genders, and vice versa; (e) words importing the singular shall
also include the plural, and vice versa; (f) the words “include”,
“includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed in each case by the
phrase “without limitation”; (g) any reference to a statute refers to the
statute, any amendments or successor legislation, and all regulations
promulgated under or implementing the statute, as in effect from time to time;
(h) any reference to an agreement, contract or other document as of a given
date means the agreement, contract or other document as amended, supplemented
and modified from time to time through such date; (i) ”$” and “Dollars”
mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and any threshold set
in Dollars herein shall be deemed to refer to the equivalent amount in any other
currency, as the context may require; and (j) ”or” shall include the
meanings “either” or “both.”
12.5
Amendment and
Waiver
.
This Agreement
may not be amended, a provision of this Agreement or any default,
misrepresentation or breach of warranty or agreement under this Agreement may
not be waived, and a consent may not be rendered, except in a writing executed
by the party against which such action is sought to be
enforced. Neither the failure nor any delay by any Person in
exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will operate as a
waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of
any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise
of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. In addition, no course of dealing between or among any
Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify
or amend any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person
under or by reason of this Agreement. The rights and remedies of the
parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.
12.6
Governing
Law
.
The domestic law,
without regard to conflicts of laws principles, of the State of Utah will govern
all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this
Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this
Agreement.
12.7
Consent to
Jurisdiction
.
(a)
Each of
the parties submits (and Licensee shall cause all Licensed Entities sublicensed
hereunder irrevocably to submit on or prior to the execution of the relevant
Sublicense Agreement) to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal
court sitting in Salt Lake City, Utah, in any action or proceeding arising out
of or relating to this Agreement or any Sublicense Agreement and agrees that all
claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any
such court. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other
court. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum
to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond,
surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect
to any such action or proceeding.
(b)
Licensee
further agrees, and Licensee agrees to cause the Licensed Entities to agree, and
Licensor further agrees, that service of any process, summons, notice or
document by U.S. registered mail to such Person’s respective address set forth
above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding
in the state and federal courts located in the State Utah with respect to any
matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the
immediately preceding clause (a). In addition, Licensee
irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and Licensee agrees to cause the
Licensed Entities irrevocably and unconditionally to waive, and Licensor
irrevocably and unconditionally waives, application of the procedures for
service of process pursuant to the Hague Convention for Service Abroad of
Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents in Civil or Commercial
Matters.
(c)
EACH
PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE
IT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
(I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS
REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE
EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) IT
UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVER, (III) IT
MAKES SUCH WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO
THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER AND CERTIFICATIONS IN
THIS SECTION.
(d)
Either
party may refer any of the disputes described in Section 8.2(a) and
Section 8.3 as subject to possible arbitration to non-binding arbitration
by a single
arbitrator
in accordance with the CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration then currently
in effect. The arbitrator shall deliver a written ruling on the
disputed question or questions within one hundred twenty (120) days from the
date on which the arbitration is commenced. If either party disagrees
with the opinion delivered by the arbitrator, such party may initiate litigation
subject to all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this
Section 12.7(d) shall limit a party’s right to bring any action for
injunctive relief under Section 12.2 at any time.
12.8
Independent
Contractors
.
Each party is an
independent contractor and neither party’s personnel are employees or agents of
the other party for federal, state or other taxes or any other purposes
whatsoever, and are not entitled to compensation or benefits of the
other. Except for the specific obligations set forth in this
Agreement, nothing hereunder shall be deemed to constitute, create, give effect
to or otherwise recognize a joint venture, partnership or business entity of any
kind, nor shall anything in this Agreement be deemed to constitute either party
the agent or representative of the other.
12.9
Notices
.
All notices,
demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of
the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have
been given (a) when delivered if personally delivered by hand,
(b) when received if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier
service (receipt requested), (c) five business days after being mailed, if
sent by first class mail, return receipt requested, or (d) when receipt is
acknowledged by an affirmative act of the party receiving notice, if sent by
facsimile, telecopy or other electronic transmission device (provided that such
an acknowledgement does not include an acknowledgment generated automatically by
a facsimile or telecopy machine or other electronic transmission
device). Notices, demands and communications to Licensee and Licensor
will, unless another address is specified in writing, be sent to the address
indicated below:
|
If
to Licensor:
|
Franklin
Covey Co.
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 817-8069
|
With
a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
136
South Main Street, Suite 1000
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84010
|
|
Facsimile
No. (801) 933-7373
|
|
If
to Licensee:
|
Franklin
Covey Products, LLC
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 817-8069
|
With
a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
15
West South Temple, Suite 1200
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84101
|
|
Facsimile
No. (801) 257-1800
|
12.10
Publicity
.
The parties shall
use reasonable efforts to cooperate in issuing a joint press release upon
execution of this Agreement and in issuing further press releases related to
this Agreement. If at any time disclosure regarding this Agreement is
required under public reporting requirements of applicable securities laws and
the parties are not able to agree on the content and manner of issuing such
disclosure, Licensor will be authorized to issue a sole
release. Prior to issuing such a sole release, Licensor shall provide
Licensee with an opportunity to review and comment on a draft of such release
and will consider in good faith any comments that Licensee communicates in a
timely fashion on such draft press release.
12.11
Complete
Agreement
. This
Agreement and all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto and, when executed and
delivered, the Ancillary Agreements, contain the complete agreement between the
parties and supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by
or between the parties, written or oral. Licensee acknowledges that
Licensor has made no representations, warranties, agreements, undertakings or
promises except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in agreements
referred to herein that survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.
12.12
Signatures,
Counterparts
.
This Agreement
may be executed in one or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain
the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together
will constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile signature
will be considered an original signature.
12.13
Construction
. The
parties and their respective counsel have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In addition, each of the
parties acknowledges that it is sophisticated and has been advised by
experienced counsel and, to the extent it deemed necessary, other advisors in
connection with the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. The
parties intend that each representation, warranty and agreement contained in
this Agreement will have independent significance. If any party has
breached any representation, warranty or agreement in any respect, the fact that
there exists another representation, warranty or agreement relating to the same
subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party
has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in
breach of the first representation, warranty or agreement. The
headings preceding the text of articles and sections included in this Agreement
and the headings to the schedules and exhibits are for convenience only and are
not be deemed part of this Agreement or given effect in interpreting this
Agreement. References to sections, articles, schedules or exhibits
are to the sections, articles, schedules and exhibits contained in, referred to
or attached to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. The word
“including” means “including without limitation.” A statement that an
action has not occurred in the past means that it is also not presently
occurring. When any party may take any permissive action, including
the granting of a consent, the waiver of any provision of this Agreement
or
otherwise,
whether to take such action is in its sole and absolute
discretion. The use of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender or
the singular or plural form of words will not limit any provisions of this
Agreement. A statement that an item is listed, disclosed or described
means that it is correctly listed, disclosed or described, and a statement that
a copy of an item has been delivered means a true and correct copy of the item
has been delivered.
[
Remainder of page left intentionally
blank.
]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first
set forth above.
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
|
Name
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and
President
|
Exhibit
10.2
SUPPLY
AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
AND
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCT SALES, INC.
MADE
EFFECTIVE AS OF
JULY 5,
2008, 11:59 P.M., MOUNTAIN DAYLIGHT TIME
|
Page
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
9
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
Exhibit
A
Standard
Spread
SUPPLY
AGREEMENT
This
SUPPLY AGREEMENT
(this
“
Agreement
”) between
Franklin Covey Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“
FC Products LLC
”), and
Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation (“
FC Sales Inc.
”), dated July
7, 2008 is made effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M. Mountain Daylight
Time.
Recitals
WHEREAS
, Franklin Covey Co., a
Utah corporation (“
Franklin
Covey Co
.”), certain Affiliates of Franklin Covey Co., FC Sales Inc., and
FC Products LLC are parties to a Master Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May
22, 2008, as amended (the “
Asset Purchase Agreement
”), a
Master License Agreement made effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M. Mountain
Daylight Time (the “
License
Agreement
”), a Master Shared Services Agreement made effective as of July
5, 2008, 11:59 P.M. Mountain Daylight Time (the “
Shared Services Agreement
”),
a Sublease Agreement between Franklin Development Corporation and FC Products
LLC (the “
Lease
Agreement
”) and a Sub-sublease Agreement between FC Products LLC and
Franklin Covey Co. (the “
Sub-sublease Agreement
”)
(collectively the “
Ancillary
Agreements
”); and
WHEREAS,
the parties wish to
supply Products and to receive Products to fulfill the purposes of the License
Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
1.1
Definitions
.
All capitalized
terms used in this
Agreement have the meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.
“
Affiliate
” means, when used
with reference to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, has control of the first Person, or of which
the first Person has control, or which is under common control with the first
Person.
“
Agreement
” has the meaning
set forth in the Preamble.
“
Ancillary Agreements
” has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Asset Purchase Agreement
” has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Assigned Software
” means the
Software assigned to FC Products LLC pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement
and includes the Forms Wizard, Address/Phone and Confidant software
products.
“
Assigned Trademarks
” means
the Trademarks listed on Exhibit B of the License Agreement.
“
Binders And Totes
” means
those products sold by FC Products LLC (i) that can be used to organize and
manage Planners and other Paper-Based Products or (ii) that are used to
carry materials, including bags, cases and satchels.
“
Boxed PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software currently known as PlanPlus for
Outlook, PlanPlus for Windows, PlanOne, TasksPlus and ProjectsPlus.
“
Business Day
” means any day,
other than Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in the United States of
America are open for business.
“
Confidential Information
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
“
Content-Rich Media
” means
content created, prepared, commissioned or licensed by Licensor and presented in
books, audio books, videos, audiotapes, CDs, DVDs and similar media (other than
Software), including each of the foregoing that is delivered in downloadable
format, not including the 7 Habits Interactive Product.
“
Corporate Gift Items
” means
those objects typically given as gifts in a corporate setting, including,
without limitation, paperweights, desk sets and similar items.
“
Delivery Date
” means the date
on which the parties agree to deliver any Product subject to a Purchase
Order.
“
Discloser
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 11.1.
“
EBITDA
” means earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense
generated in the production of inventory shall be included in inventory’s
standard cost and the amortization of certain costs directly associated with the
generation of revenue may be included in the EBITDA calculation (i.e. will lower
EBITDA). Examples of these costs include the depreciation of
equipment specifically used for the production of inventory or the amortization
of a prepaid author royalty.
“
Education Planner
” means a
Planner that is designed to be used by educators or students and that contains
training or Execution-Related Materials.
“
Effective Date
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
“
Execution-Related Materials
”
means information included in a Planner that assists an individual in performing
tasks required or recommended by an employer, client or similar
entity. As an example and without limitation, execution-related
materials include information in a Planner for a retail manager that sets out
steps to be followed in preparation for the peak retail selling
season.
“
FC Sales Inc. Change of
Control
” means (i) the acquisition of FC Sales Inc. by a third party by
means of any transaction or series of transactions (including, without
limitation, any acquisitions, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization,
stock purchase, merger or consolidation); (ii) a sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all the assets of FC Sales Inc.; (iii) any of the foregoing
transactions involving the parent corporation of FC Sales Inc.; or (iv) the
acquisition of equity securities by a Person or Persons acting as a
group,
which together with equity securities already held by such Person or Persons,
constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the parent corporation of
FC Sales Inc.
“
Indemnified Party
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
“
Indemnifying Party
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
“
Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills
” means any
and all organizational, management, leadership or personal effectiveness skills
and the techniques and strategies for attaining such skills including, without
limitation, executive coaching, management coaching, performance review,
trust-building (in or out of an organizational setting), execution-related
skills, personal time management, personal performance, personal goal-setting
(including personal time-management, performance and goal setting in any
academic or educational environment), family effectiveness, family organization,
family goal-setting, family values, personal fitness, wellness and life balance,
and any other form of training.
“
Lease Agreement
” has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
License Agreement
” has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Licensed Copyrights
” means
the copyrights and copyrighted materials, whether registered or not, that are
listed on Exhibit C of the License Agreement.
“
Licensed Materials
” means the
Licensed Trademarks and the Licensed Copyrights as set forth and defined in the
License Agreement.
“
Licensed Products
” means
those products listed on Exhibit D of the License Agreement.
“
Licensed Trademarks
” means
those trademarks listed on Exhibit A of the License Agreement.
“
MFN Pricing
” means the party
purchasing the good shall receive a price no less favorable than the price
available to other similarly situated purchasers for the same good at the time
of the sale.
“
Mobile PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software for use by customers through
cellular telephones or similar personal device and currently known as Mobile
PlanPlus.
“
Motivational Artwork
” means
any print, artwork or other display-worthy media that incorporates Licensed
Trademarks and/or Licensed Copyrights.
“
New Licensed Product
” means a
new product that is not substantially similar to an existing Licensed Product
and that uses Licensed Materials.
“
New Non-Licensed Product
”
means a new product that is not substantially the same as an existing Licensed
Product and that does not use Licensed Materials.
“
New Product
” means any New
Licensed Product, New Non-Licensed Product or an extension of a Specialty
Product that differs significantly from the Specialty Product.
“
Online PlanPlus Software
”
means the planning and organizational Software currently known as the Basic,
Sales, Business and Project editions of PlanPlus Online.
“
Ordering Party
” has the
meaning given in Section 2.1.
“
Paper-Based Products
” means
all Planners and any additional paper-based Products produced by FC Products
LLC, including forms, tabs, journals, loose paper, fillers and like
products.
“
Person
” means an individual,
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company,
unincorporated association, trust, joint venture, union or other organization or
entity, including a governmental entity.
“
Planner
” means any
paper-based product (i) bearing Trademarks of Franklin Covey Co. or its
Affiliates and (ii) organized consecutively by date so that its user may
organize, plan and schedule events and tasks, along with ancillary pages that
serve a related purpose, including, by way of example, pages to organize
addresses and phone numbers and pages to take notes at meetings.
“
Price Competitive
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3.2.
“
Price List
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 5.1(a).
“
Products
” means the goods
available for supply under this Agreement and, with respect to FC Products LLC,
means any Licensed Product available to FC Sales Inc. pursuant to the License
Agreement (including without limitation all Planners), New Products, Assigned
Software and Boxed PlanPlus Software and, with respect to FC Sales Inc., means
Content-Rich Media, the 7 Habits Interactive Product, Supplied Software and
Training-Oriented Products.
“
Prohibited Activity
” means
(i) publishing or promoting indecent or pornographic materials,
(ii) deriving a substantial portion of revenue from gaming activities or
the promotion or sale of alcoholic beverages, tobacco products or firearms,
(iii) having as a primary purpose the advocacy of a particular political or
moral position or (iv) illegal activities.
“
Prohibited Party
” means any
Person that, directly or indirectly through Affiliates, engages in a Prohibited
Activity.
“
Purchase Order
” has the
meaning given in Section 2.2.
“
Recipient
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 11.1.
“
Revised Purchase Order
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.
“
Shared Services Agreement
”
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Software
” means computer
programs or data, whether in object code or source code, regardless of the media
format of such Software, and all documentation relating thereto.
“
Specialty Products
” means
those categories of products listed on Exhibit K of the License Agreement
that are sold by FC Products LLC as of the Effective Date so long as they do not
use the Licensed Materials.
“
Specifications
” means any
specific requirements included in a Purchase Order placed by FC Sales Inc. for
the purchase of any Training Planner, Education Planner, or any other Product
where special instructions are required.
“
Standard Planner
” means a
Planner in the general form available to the general public in retail channels
as of the Effective Date and not including training or Execution-Related
Materials. For the avoidance of doubt, the content contained in
Planners available to the general public in retail channels as of the Effective
Date shall not be deemed “training or Execution-Related Materials.”
“
Standard Spread
” has the
meaning set forth in Exhibit A.
“
Strategic Relationship
Committee
” means the committee established pursuant to the License
Agreement.
“
Sub-sublease Agreement
” has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“
Supply Relationship Manager
”
has the meaning given in Section 7.1.
“
Supplying Party
” has the
meaning given in Section 2.1.
“
Supplied Software
” means
Online PlanPlus Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software.
“
Tailored Planner
” means a
Planner that has been customized according to the specifications of an
Organizational Client or other organizational customer to contain logos,
employee directory information, a listing of company holidays and any other
information approved by Franklin Covey or its Affiliates not including and
training or Execution-Related Materials.
“
Testing Period
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
“
Trademark
” means rights in
trademarks, trade names, service marks, service names, design marks, logos,
trade dress, or similar rights with respect to identification of origin, whether
registered or unregistered, as well as rights in internet domain names, uniform
resource locators and e-mail addresses.
“
Training-Oriented Product
”
means any good, product or thing in any tangible form (including Software) that
is designed to teach individuals or organizations Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills.
“
Training-Oriented Service
”
means any seminar, session, online course, webinar, consultation or similar
interaction, whether or not for a fee, where the subject matter of such service
relates to or includes Individual Effectiveness, Management/Leadership and/or
Organizational Execution Skills.
“
Training Planner
” means a
Planner that has been customized according to the specifications of an
Organizational Client or other organizational customer and that does contain
training and/or Execution-Related Materials. A Training Planner may
include logos, employee director information, a listing of company holidays and
other information supplied by the Organizational Client or other organizational
customer.
ART
ICLE II. MANUFACTURE AND SUPPLY
2.1
Manufacture and Supply
.
The
Supplying Party agrees that it will manufacture and supply, directly or through
Affiliates or other third parties, the Products that the Ordering Party may
order hereunder, in accordance with all of terms and conditions of this
agreement. “
Supplying Party
” means the
party supplying Products pursuant to this Agreement. “
Ordering Party
” means a party
to this Agreement or any of its Affiliates that orders Products pursuant to this
Agreement.
2.2
Purchase Orders
.
The
Ordering Party may order Products by submitting a Purchase Order (as further
described in Section 2.2(c), a “
Purchase Order
”) from time to
time to the Supplying Party by means of a mailed, couriered, electronic or
facsimile communication. The Supplying Party shall be deemed to have
received a Purchase Order on the date of its electronic or electronically
confirmed facsimile receipt or upon its delivery to the Supplying Party by mail
or courier service.
(a)
Purchase
Orders for Products supplied by FC Products LLC in small quantities that are
intended as a special accommodation for FC Sales Inc.’s or its Affiliates’
customers shall be placed at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Delivery
Date, subject to the FC Products LLC’s inventory. FC Products LLC
agrees to use commercial best efforts to accept Purchase Orders on a shorter
time frame for such accommodation orders. Purchase Orders for
Products supplied by FC Products LLC in large quantities shall be submitted
prior to the required Delivery Date as follows:
(i)
The
Purchase Order for Paper-Based Products shall be placed at least sixty (60)
calendar days prior to the Delivery Date.
(ii)
The
Purchase Order for Binders And Totes shall be placed at least one hundred twenty
(120) calendar days prior to the Delivery Date.
(iii)
The
Purchase Order for Boxed PlanPlus Software shall be placed at least thirty (30)
calendar days prior to the Delivery Date.
(iv)
The
Purchase Order for Specialty Products shall be placed at least thirty (30)
calendar days prior to the Delivery Date.
(b)
Purchase
Orders for Products supplied by FC Sales Inc. shall be placed at least thirty
(30) Business Days prior to the Delivery Date, subject to FC Sales Inc.’s
inventory.
(c)
Each
Purchase Order shall include:
(i)
a unique
Purchase Order number;
(ii)
the
delivery address;
(iii)
the
bill-to address;
(iv)
the date
of the Purchase Order;
(v)
terms for
payment;
(vi)
mode of
shipment;
(vii)
terms for
title transfer of shipment (e.g. FOB [Location]);
(viii)
a
description of the Products;
(ix)
Specifications,
if applicable; and
(x)
the
Delivery Date(s).
(d)
This
Agreement shall govern each Purchase Order, and any conflict or inconsistency
between the terms of this Agreement and a Purchase Order shall be resolved in
favor of this Agreement. No additional or conflicting terms in any
acknowledgement or acceptance from the Supplying Party shall
govern.
(e)
Except as
provided in Sections 2.7, 3.2 and 3.3, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict
a Supplying Party from procuring the Products from any third party.
2.3
Acceptance
of Purchase Orders
.
(a)
The
Supplying Party shall notify the Ordering Party within five (5) Business Days of
receipt of any Purchase Order setting forth either (i) its acceptance of
the Purchase Order; or (ii) any proposed amendments to the Delivery
Date(s), quantities and/or Specifications for the Products
ordered. Failure by the Supplying Party to notify the Ordering Party
within five (5) Business Days of receipt of a Purchase Order shall be deemed a
rejection of the Purchase Order.
(b)
If the
Supplying Party responds pursuant to 2.3(a)
(ii)
above, the Ordering
Party and the Supplying shall negotiate in good faith and in a timely manner
such Delivery Dates, quantities and Specifications, if
applicable. Upon agreement of the parties, an authorized
representative of each party shall execute the Purchase Order and upon the date
of the Supplying Party’s execution the Purchase Order shall be deemed
accepted.
(c)
If FC
Products LLC is the Supplying Party and the price of any Product ordered as
calculated according to the terms of this Agreement is higher than the price of
such Product on the Price List, FC Products LLC shall include the current price
in its notification under Section 2.3(a), after which notice FC Sales Inc. shall
have an additional two (2) Business Days to reject the Purchase Order by giving
FC Products LLC written notice of its intent to reject the Purchase
Order. Failure by FC Sales Inc. to provide such written notice after
a price change notification shall be deemed acceptance of all the terms of the
Purchase Order, including price.
(d)
Each
Purchase Order shall become binding upon the parties upon
acceptance.
2.4
Purchase Order Adjustments
.
The
Ordering Party may at any time request a change in a Purchase Order (including
in any Specifications), by submitting written notice by means of a mailed,
couriered, electronic or facsimile communication to the Supplying Party
detailing the nature, extent and proposed manner of performance of the proposed
change, and estimated scheduling, pricing and cost information relating
thereto. The Supplying Party shall evaluate each such request, and
submit to the Ordering Party a written response, unless otherwise agreed by the
parties, to each such request within five (5) Business Days following receipt
thereof. The Supplying Party’s written response shall address any
impact the proposed changes will have on the Purchase Order. The
parties shall negotiate the desired changes in good faith. If the
parties agree to the changes, the Ordering Party shall prepare a written
description of the agreed changes (a “
Revised Purchase Order
”),
which will become effective when accepted in writing by the Supplying
Party. Upon acceptance by the Supplying Party, the Revised Purchase
Order will replace the original Purchase Order and will prevail over any
inconsistent terms of the original Purchase Order. The Supplying
Party agrees to implement such agreed changes in an expeditious and commercially
prudent manner. If the parties do not agree to the changes requested
via the Revised Purchase Order within five (5) Business Days of first receipt by
the Supplying Party of written notice of the changes, the Ordering Party may
terminate the Purchase Order to which the changes relate, in whole or in part,
with written notice to Supplying Party. The Ordering Party shall
reimburse the Supplying Party for the actual costs incurred by the Supplying
Party that are directly related to the cancelled Purchase Order and that cannot
be mitigated by the Supplying Party through returns, reuse or other commercially
reasonable measures.
2.5
Cancellations
.
A
Purchase Order may be canceled, in whole or in part, upon written notice by
Ordering Party at any time prior to thirty (30) days before the applicable
Delivery Date(s), provided that Purchase Orders for Binders and Totes must be
cancelled at least sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Delivery
Date(s). The Ordering Party shall reimburse the Supplying Party for
the actual costs incurred by the Supplying Party that are directly related to
the cancelled Purchase Order and that cannot be mitigated by the Supplying Party
through returns, reuse or other commercially reasonable measures. In
no event shall an Ordering Party be liable for any incidental, special,
consequential or punitive damages for cancellation of any Purchase Orders
submitted under this Agreement.
2.6
Forecasts
.
FC
Sales Inc. shall provide FC Products LLC with a written forecast setting forth
estimated orders FC Sales Inc. expects to place for all Planners at least twelve
(12) months prior to the start date of such Planners. Eight (8)
months prior to the
start
date for any January 1 Planner and six (6) months prior to the start date of any
other Planner, FC Sales Inc. shall confirm its estimated orders, as adjusted, in
a written confirmation. FC Sales Inc. commits to purchase, and shall
submit Purchase Orders for, at least 75 percent of the estimated orders of each
type of Planner stated in such written confirmations. As used in this
Section 2.6, “start date” means the first dated page contained in the
Planner.
2.7
Vendor Quality Standards
.
The
Supplying Party shall not engage any third party to manufacture or supply
Products pursuant to this Agreement that is a Prohibited Party or that would
damage or derogate from the goodwill, image and reputation of FC Products LLC,
FC Sales Inc. or any Licensed Trademarks or Assigned Trademarks.
2.8
Quality Standards
.
In
addition to all the terms and conditions of the License Agreement, Products
delivered by the Supplying Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be of the same
quality as like products sold by the Supplying Party in its usual channels of
commerce.
ARTI
CLE III. SUPPLY OF PRODUCTS
3.1
Products Supplied
.
Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the License Agreement, each
party shall manufacture, directly or indirectly, and supply the other party with
its Products as set forth in any Purchase Order.
(a)
FC Sales
Inc. shall purchase all Products available for supply from FC Products LLC under
this Agreement exclusively from FC Products LLC so long as the prices of such
Products are price competitive (as described in the next sentence, “
Price
Competitive
”). A price will be deemed Price Competitive if the
invoice price prepared by FC Products LLC for such Product (excluding delivery
and overhead costs such as freight and warehouse expenses) is at least as good
as the invoice price FC Sales Inc. could obtain by sourcing the same product at
the same quality and quantity levels and under the same time constraints in
other channels, taking into account the totality of the business relationship
provided by FC Sales Inc.; provided that prices supplied by a prospective vendor
that are below the actual cost of production of the product (a loss leader)
shall not be used for comparison.
(b)
If FC
Sales Inc. determines that any Product supplied by FC Products LLC subject to
this Section 3.2 is no longer Price Competitive, FC Sales Inc. shall have
the right to purchase such Product from a third party, subject to the
restrictions of Section 2.7. If at any time FC Sales Inc.
determines in good faith that FC Products LLC is no longer Price Competitive in
the aggregate, FC Sales Inc. may solicit a bid or bids from third parties for
all of the business it conducts under this Agreement or a substantial portion
thereof. FC Products LLC shall have the right to match the bid and
retain the business.
3.3
Right of First
Offer
.
(a)
FC Sales
Inc. agrees that it will purchase the Products listed in this Section 3.3
subject to a right of first offer to FC Products LLC to manufacture such
Products. FC Products LLC shall have the exclusive right to
manufacture any product subject to this
Section 3.3
if FC Products LLC meets FC Sales Inc.’s cost, quality and timeliness
requirements as contained in the Purchase Order issued by FC Sales Inc.
(including any Specifications).
(b)
The
following Products are subject to the right of first offer of this
Section 3.3:
(i)
Tailored
Planners;
(ii)
Training
Planners;
(iii)
Education
Planners; and
(iv)
Training-Oriented
Products.
(c)
If FC
Products LLC declines to provide the Products listed in Section 3.3(b) on
the terms and conditions provided by FC Sales Inc., FC Sales Inc. shall not
source the same Product or Products from any third party on terms more favorable
to such third party.
ART
ICLE IV. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE
4.
1
Shipment
.
The
Supplying Party shall ship Products in accordance with each binding Purchase
Order. Products shall be marked for shipment to the Ordering Party,
and delivered to a carrier designated by Ordering Party, F.O.B. the Supplying
Party’s facility.
(a)
Delivery
of all shipments to the Ordering Party shall be at a minimum 95% on time on the
Delivery Date (up to two days late). At its option, the Ordering
Party (i) may, by notice to Manufacturer, cancel a Purchase Order, in whole
or in part, for any Products which are not timely delivered, or (ii) may
require a late shipment discount, as set forth in
Section 4.2(b).
(b)
Ordering
Party’s late shipment discounts are as follows:
(i)
If the
date on which the Ordering Party takes delivery of a Product is between three
(3) and five (5) Business Days after the Delivery Date on the Purchase Order,
the Ordering Party may take a five percent (5%) discount off the invoice price
of such Product.
(ii)
If the
date on which the Ordering Party takes delivery of a Product is between six (6)
and ten (10) Business Days after the Delivery Date on the Purchase Order, the
Ordering Party may take a seven percent (7%) discount off the invoice price of
such Product.
(iii)
If the
date on which the Ordering Party takes delivery of a Product is eleven (11) or
more Business Days after the Delivery Date on the Purchase Order, the Ordering
Party may take a ten percent (10%) discount off the invoice price of such
Product.
4.3
Acceptance
.
Notwithstanding
any written confirmation from the Supplying Party, any Product manufactured or
supplied hereunder shall be received by the Ordering Party subject to inspection
and performance testing in a commercially reasonable manner. The
Ordering Party shall have five (5) Business Days from the date of receipt of
each shipment of Products to determine to its reasonable satisfaction whether
the Products are of the correct count and conform in all material respects to
the applicable Specifications (the “
Testing
Period
”). The Ordering Party’s failure to provide notice of
acceptance or rejection (pursuant to Section 4.4 below) to the Supplying
Party prior to the end of the applicable Testing Period shall be deemed
acceptance. The acceptance of any Product shall in no way limit the
Ordering Party’s rights under any warranty or for indemnification
hereunder.
4.4
Rejection
.
If the
Ordering Party reasonably determines that the Products (or any of them) are not
of the correct count or do not conform to the Specifications, if applicable, or,
to the quality standards set forth in Section 2.8, the Ordering Party may, at
its option, reject the same by giving the Supplying Party written notice thereof
by no later than the close of business on the last day of the applicable Testing
Period. The Ordering Party may hold for the Supplying Party or return
any rejected Products to the Supplying Party for credit for the full price of
the rejected Products. Any exceptions to the foregoing sentence, in
the form of replacement of rejected Products with reworked or new Products, will
be negotiated by both parties. At the mutual agreement of the
parties, the Supplying Party may recommend a remedy or workaround to cure any
faults in the Products so that such Products are acceptable to the Ordering
Party. All costs of return or destruction of rejected Products shall
be borne by the Supplying Party.
AR
TICLE V. PRICE AND PAYMENT
5.1
Prices of Products Supplied by FC Products
LLC
.
FC
Products LLC shall supply its Products to FC Sales Inc. at the prices set forth
in this Section 5.1.
(a)
At least
once a year, FC Products LLC shall provide FC Sales Inc. with a list of prices
applicable to all Products under this Agreement (the “
Price List
”), which FC
Products LLC may, at its option, update from time to time. Prices on
the Price List will apply to Products ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order,
provided that FC Products LLC may indicate that a price has increased as
provided in Section 2.3.
(b)
Products
purchased pursuant to the right of first offer in Section 3.3 of this
Agreement shall be supplied at the price agreed upon by the
parties.
(c)
Products
that are special orders because the requested Delivery Date does not comply with
Section 2.2 or for some other reason shall be supplied at the price agreed upon
by the parties.
(d)
Assigned
Software shall be supplied at MFN Pricing.
(e)
Boxed
PlanPlus Software shall be supplied at Standard Spread if to be used in
connection with the Training-Oriented Products or Training-Oriented Services of
an Affiliate of FC Sales Inc. and at MFN Pricing for all other
uses.
(f)
Except as
otherwise provided in this Section 5.1, all Products supplied by FC
Products LLC shall be supplied at Standard Spread.
5.2
Prices of Products Supplied by FC Sales
Inc
.
FC Sales
Inc. shall supply its Products to FC Products LLC at the prices set forth in
this Section 5.2.
(a)
Content-Rich
Media that is available to FC Products LLC as of the Effective Date and that is
listed on Exhibit R of the License Agreement, other than downloadable versions
of such Content-Rich Media, shall be supplied to FC Products LLC at Standard
Spread.
(b)
There
shall be no direct charge to FC Products LLC by FC Sales Inc. for sales of Boxed
PlanPlus Software, and the parties agree that all charges payable by FC Products
LLC shall be made directly to the software developer.
(c)
For each
unit of Online PlanPlus Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software sold by FC
Products LLC in the three-year period following the Effective Date, FC Products
LLC shall pay to FC Sales Inc. the Standard Spread for so long as FC Products
LLC has received, in the then-current fiscal year, EBITDA contribution from such
sales of less than $3,020,000; and FC Products LLC shall pay MFN Pricing for
each unit sold thereafter for the remainder of such fiscal year. For
each unit of Online PlanPlus Software and Mobile PlanPlus Software sold by FC
Products LLC after the initial three-year period following the Effective Date,
FC Products LLC shall pay to FC Sales Inc. MFN Pricing.
(d)
Except as
otherwise provided in Section 5.2 and subject to the terms and conditions
of the License Agreement, all Products supplied by FC Sales Inc., including, for
the avoidance of doubt, the 7 Habits Interactive Product, all downloadable
versions of Content-Rich Media, and all Content-Rich Media created after the
Effective Date, shall be supplied at MFN Pricing.
5.
3
Invoices
.
The
Supplying Party shall invoice the Ordering Party for the Product price upon
shipment of Products under each Purchase Order. The Supplying Party
shall invoice the Ordering Party for any other amounts due hereunder within five
(5) days of the end of the month in which such amounts arose.
5.4
Payment
.
Undisputed
payment for Products shall be due forty five (45) days from the date of receipt
by the Ordering Party of invoice; provided, that if the Ordering Party rejects
such Products pursuant to Section 4.4, and the parties agree to delivery of
replacement products therefore, then payment shall be due for such replacement
Products within forty five (45) days after receipt by the Ordering Party of
invoice for replacement Products.
5.5
Taxes
.
All
amounts due hereunder are inclusive of all taxes, duties, sales taxes, value
added taxes, assessments, and similar taxes and duties relating to the
Products.
ARTI
CLE VI. RECORD-KEEPING; AUDITS; RECALLS
6.1
Record-Keeping
.
The
Supplying Party shall maintain adequate records concerning the manufacturing,
packaging and labeling of Products supplied pursuant to this
Agreement. The Supplying Party agrees that Ordering Party may review
and obtain copies of
such
records from the Supplying Party upon reasonable notice for the purposes of:
(a) confirming that Products were manufactured in compliance with this
Agreement and the License Agreement, and (b) that the prices charged to the
Ordering Party pursuant to Article VI were calculated correctly.
6.2
Inspections
.
FC
Products LLC and FC Sales Inc. shall cooperate, in a commercially reasonable
manner, to ensure that the quality standards applicable to the Products are met
by permitting the party requesting access and its agents, subject to a mutually
acceptable confidentiality agreement, to inspect all manufacturing and other
facilities related to the manufacture of such Products, no more than once per
calendar year, during normal working hours, upon reasonable written notice to
the other party of no less than five (5) Business Days, and then, only to the
extent that FC Products LLC or FC Sales Inc., as applicable, is authorized to
provide such access and subject to all applicable safety rules and regulations
governing such manufacturing and other facilities.
6.3
Records; Audit
.
To assure
compliance with the payment requirements of this Agreement, each of FC Products
LLC and FC Sales Inc., through its independent auditors or agents, and subject
to a confidentiality agreement, may, upon no less than five (5) Business Days’
written notice, inspect the other party’s applicable records at the requesting
party’s expense from time to time, and no more frequently than
annually. If any inspection of the other party’s records indicates an
underpayment by an amount equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of any
amounts due hereunder, such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for
all reasonable expenses associated with such inspection along with the deficient
amounts and interest calculated thereon at a simple annual rate of ten percent
(10%). At the reasonable request of the other party, each party shall
also undertake, at its own expense, an annual audit of such applicable records
by a certified public accounting firm of national reputation reasonably
satisfactory to the other party and shall provide such party with the findings
thereof within thirty (30) days after the closing of FC Products LLC’s or FC
Sales Inc.’s books, as applicable, upon fiscal year end. Each of FC
Products LLC and FC Sales Inc. shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, all
records necessary to confirm that the prices charged by such party as Supplying
Party pursuant to this Agreement were correctly calculated.
6.4
Recalls
.
If either
party is required (or voluntarily decides) to initiate a recall of any Products,
whether or not such recall has been requested or ordered by any federal, state
or foreign agency, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to manage the
recall and to allocate the costs of the recall.
7.1
Supply Relationship Managers
.
For a
two-year period after the Effective Date, each of FC Sales Inc. and FC Products
LLC shall appoint a relationship manager who shall serve as its primary point of
contact for the other in all matters relating to this Agreement (each, a “
Supply Relationship
Manager
”). Any Supply Relationship Manager may be removed by
the party appointing such person by providing two (2) Business Days written
notice to the other party. The Supply Relationship Managers shall
participate in regular meetings to review the parties’ performance hereunder, to
resolve any issues arising out of the Agreement, and to otherwise manage the
parties’ relationship under this Agreement.
7.2
Strategic Relationship
Committee
.
Issues
arising under this Agreement may be referred to the Strategic Relationship
Committee. Among other things, as mutually agreed by the parties, the
Strategic Relationship Committee shall be responsible for resolving disputes on
an informal basis.
ART
ICLE VIII. EFFECTIVENESS, TERM AND
TERMINATION
8.1
Effectiveness; Term
.
This
Agreement shall become effective immediately upon the closing of the
transactions contemplated in the Asset Purchase Agreement, which shall be the
date first set forth above (the “
Effective Date
”), and shall
continue in full force and effect unless and until terminated as provided in
this Article VIII.
8.2
Termination
.
(a)
Each
party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective immediately
upon the termination of the License Agreement.
(b)
FC Sales
Inc. shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if FC Sales Inc. or any
Affiliate agrees to purchase FC Products LLC or any Affiliate pursuant to the
Right of First Negotiation contained in the License Agreement, which termination
shall be effective as of the effective date of the transaction.
(c)
Each
party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective immediately
upon:
(i)
|
the
filing by the other party of a petition in bankruptcy or
insolvency;
|
(ii)
|
any
adjudication that the other party is bankrupt or insolvent;
|
(iii)
|
the
filing by the other party of any legal action or document seeking
reorganization, readjustment or arrangement of such party’s business under
any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency;
|
(iv)
|
the
appointment of a receiver for all or substantially all of the property of
the other party;
|
(v)
|
the
making by the other party of any assignment for the benefit of creditors;
or
|
(vi)
|
sixty
(60) days after the institution of any proceedings for the liquidation or
winding up of the business of, or for the termination of the corporate
charter of, the other party if such proceedings are not dismissed such
sixty (60) day period.
|
8.3
Termination of a Purchase Order; Partial
Termination
.
(a)
A
Purchase Order may be terminated early by a non-breaching party with notice to
the other party if the other party is in breach of any of its material
obligations under a Purchase Order and fails to remedy that breach within thirty
(30) days after receipt of written notice of such breach from the non-breaching
party.
(b)
Upon a
material breach of this Agreement by FC Products LLC that is not cured within
ninety (90) days after FC Sales Inc. provides written notice to FC Products LLC
of the breach, FC Sales Inc. shall be released of its obligations under Sections
3.2 and 3.3. At any time during the ninety (90)-day period, FC
Products LLC may elect to commence non-binding arbitration as provided in
Section 12.7(d) with respect to question of whether either (i) the alleged
breach by FC Products LLC gives rise to the right of partial termination or (ii)
whether the material breach has been cured. The running of the ninety
(90) day period shall stop if and when FC Products LLC elects to commence
non-binding arbitration. Immediately upon the delivery of the written
opinion of the arbitrator, if unfavorable to FC Products LLC, the running of the
ninety (90) day cure period shall resume and shall expire at the end of the 90th
day so counted or at the end of the 10th Business Day after the ninety (90) day
cure period resumed, whichever is later. FC Products LLC may exercise
its option to use non-binding arbitration only once for each incident or series
of related incidents giving rise to a claim for partial
termination.
8.4
Effect of Termination
.
(a)
Upon any
termination of this Agreement, in addition to the parties’ other rights and
remedies at law and in equity, the parties shall have the following rights and
obligations:
(i)
the
parties shall negotiate in good faith the delivery and payment of any Products
under any outstanding binding Purchase Orders; and
(ii)
except to
the extent necessary to complete performance pursuant to Section 8.4(a) of
this Agreement and to exercise the rights to sell termination inventory as set
forth in Sections 8.5 and 8.6 in the License Agreement: (A) any license
granted hereunder shall immediately terminate; and (B) each party shall
return to the other party any of the other party’s Confidential Information in
such party’s possession or control.
(b)
Upon any
termination of a Purchase Order pursuant to Section 8.3, the Ordering Party
may return any Products purchased under such Purchase Order in return for
reimbursement by the Supplying Party for all amounts paid for such
Products. If the Ordering Party exercises its rights pursuant to the
previous sentence, the Supplying Party shall refund any amounts paid by the
Ordering Party for which no Products have been received by the Ordering Party,
and the Ordering Party shall have no further obligations under the terminated
Purchase Order. The Supplying Party shall pay for all costs of
delivering Products returned pursuant to this Section 8.4(b).
8.5
Survival
.
The
following provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination of this
Agreement for any reason: Articles I, VIII, IX, X, XI and
XII.
Termination
of this Agreement by a party shall be without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of such party under this Agreement or applicable law.
ARTI
CLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION
9.1
Indemnification by FC Products
LLC
.
FC
Products LLC shall, at its own expense, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless FC
Sales Inc. and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors,
employees and representatives, from and against any claim, demand, cause of
action, liability, expense (including attorney’s fees and costs), or damages to
the extent arising from a third-party claim with respect to:
(a)
Products
supplied by FC Products LLC, including any claim alleging product liability,
injury to property or person or infringement of intellectual property rights
(except to the extent that FC Sales Inc. is obligated to provide indemnification
for such infringement claim under the License Agreement or Asset Purchase
Agreement);
(b)
any
breach by FC Products LLC of this Agreement;
(c)
any
material violation by FC Products LLC of a domestic or international law or
regulation relating to relating to the manufacturing, import or export of
Products; and
(d)
any
negligence or willful misconduct of FC Products LLC or its agents, employees,
directors or officers.
9.2
Indemnification by FC Sales Inc
.
FC Sales
Inc. shall, at its own expense, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless FC Products
LLC and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees and
representatives, from and against any claim, demand, cause of action, liability,
expense (including attorney’s fees and costs), or damages to the extent arising
from a third-party claim with respect to:
(a)
Products
supplied by FC Sales Inc., including any claim alleging product liability,
injury to property or person or infringement of intellectual property
rights;
(b)
any
breach by FC Sales Inc. of this Agreement;
(c)
any
material violation by FC Sales Inc. of a domestic or international law or
regulation relating to relating to the manufacturing, import or export of
Products; and
(d)
any
negligence or willful misconduct of FC Sales Inc. or its agents, employees,
directors or officers.
9.3
Procedures
.
The party
seeking to be indemnified pursuant to this Article IX (as applicable, the “
Indemnified Party
”) shall be
entitled to indemnification hereunder only (i) if it gives written notice
to the party obligated to provide such indemnification hereunder (the “
Indemnifying Party
”) of any
claims, suits or proceedings by third parties which may give rise to a claim for
indemnification with reasonable promptness after receiving written notice of
such claim (or, in the case of a proceeding, is served in such proceeding);
provided, however, that failure to give such notice shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of its
obligation
to provide indemnification, except if and to the extent that the Indemnifying
Party is actually and materially prejudiced thereby, and (ii) once the
Indemnifying Party confirms in writing to the Indemnified Party that it is
prepared to assume its indemnification obligations hereunder, the Indemnifying
Party has sole control over the defense of the claim, at its own cost and
expense; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to
be represented by its own counsel at its own cost in such
matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party shall
not settle or dispose of any such matter in any manner which would require the
Indemnified Party to make any admission, or to take any action (except for
ceasing use or distribution of the items subject to the claim) without the prior
written consent of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. Each party shall reasonably cooperate with the
other party and its counsel in the course of the defense of any such suit, claim
or demand, such cooperation to include using reasonable efforts to provide or
make available documents, information and witnesses and to mitigate
damages.
ARTI
CLE X. WARRANTIES, LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES AND
LIABILITY
10.1
Warranties
.
(a)
FC
Products LLC warrants to FC Sales Inc. that the Products supplied by FC Products
LLC shall (i) conform to the Specifications, if applicable, and to the
quality standards set forth in Section 2.8; (ii) meet and be manufactured
in conformity with the License Agreement and Section 2.7 of this Agreement;
(iii) be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance; (iv) be
merchantable; and (v) be new.
(b)
FC Sales
Inc. warrants to FC Products LLC that the Products supplied by FC Sales Inc.
shall (i) conform to the quality standards set forth in Section 2.8;
(ii) be manufactured in conformity with Section 2.7 of this Agreement;
(iii) be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance; (iv) be
merchantable; and (v) be new.
(c)
EXCEPT AS
SET FORTH IN SECTION 10.1(a) AND (b), THE PARTIES HEREBY SPECIFICALLY
DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY,
ENFORCEABILITY, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS, AND ANY
WARRANTIES THAT MAY ARISE DUE TO COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR
USAGE OF TRADE, WHETHER RELATED TO THE LICENSED MATERIALS OR
OTHERWISE.
10.2
Damages
.
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL FC PRODUCTS LLC, FC SALES
INC., THEIR AFFILIATES, OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES, LICENSORS, LICENSEES, SUPPLIERS OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVES BE LIABLE
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE LIABILITY, OR
LIABILITY FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, OR
LOSS OF GOODWILL ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE
LICENSED
MATERIALS
OR THE ASSIGNED TRADEMARKS, EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
ARTICL
E XI. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
11.1
Definition
.
“
Confidential Information
”
means all information disclosed by one party (the “
Discloser
”) to any other
party (the “
Recipient
”)
(in writing, orally or in any other form) that is designated, at or before the
time of disclosure, as confidential. Confidential Information does
not include information or material that (a) is now, or hereafter becomes,
through no act or failure to act on the part of the Recipient, generally known
or available; (b) is or was known by the Recipient at or before the time
such information or material was received from the Discloser, as evidenced by a
contemporaneous writing; (c) is furnished to the Recipient by a third party
that is not under an obligation of confidentiality to the Discloser with respect
to such information or material; or (d) is independently developed by the
Recipient, as evidenced by a contemporaneous writing.
11.2
Restrictions on Use
.
The
Recipient shall hold Confidential Information in confidence and shall not
disclose to third parties or use such information for any purpose whatsoever
other than as necessary in order to fulfill its obligations or exercise its
rights under this Agreement. The Recipient shall take all reasonable
measures to protect the confidentiality of the other party’s Confidential
Information in a manner that is at least protective as the measures it uses to
maintain the confidentiality of its own Confidential Information of similar
importance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient may disclose
the other party’s Confidential Information (a) to employees and consultants
that have a need to know such information, provided that each such employee and
consultant is under a duty of nondisclosure that is consistent with the
confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions herein, and (b) to the extent
the Recipient is legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information,
provided that the Recipient shall give advance notice of such compelled
disclosure to the other party, and shall cooperate with the other party in
connection with any efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such disclosure or
use of the Confidential Information.
11.3
Nonsolicitation
.
During
the term of this Agreement, neither party shall, directly or indirectly,
(a) solicit or hire, or assist any other Person in soliciting or hiring
(i) any person who is then, or within the previous twelve (12) month period
was, employed by the other party or (ii) any person who is then in the
process of being recruited by FC Sales Inc., or (b) induce any such
employee to terminate his or her employment with the other party.
ARTIC
LE XII. MISCELLANEOUS
(a)
FC
Products LLC shall have no right to assign, sell, transfer, delegate or
otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law
or otherwise, this Agreement, in whole or in part, except to (i) a wholly owned
subsidiary of FC Products LLC or (ii) a Person who jointly and concurrently
receives a valid assignment of the License Agreement as a valid assignee subject
to all of the terms and conditions of the License
Agreement
and any such assignee receiving the assignment (whether under clause (i) or
(ii)) expressly agrees in writing to assume all of the obligations of FC
Products LLC under this Agreement.
(b)
FC Sales
Inc. may assign this Agreement without FC Products LLC’s consent to (i) a wholly
owned subsidiary of FC Sales Inc., the parent corporation of FC Sales Inc., or a
wholly owned subsidiary of the parent corporation of FC Sales Inc., or (ii)
pursuant to an FC Sales Inc. Change of Control transaction, provided that that
any such assignee receiving the assignment (whether under clause (i) or (ii))
expressly agrees in writing to assume all of the obligations of FC Sales Inc.
under this Agreement.
(c)
Except as
provided herein, any purported assignment, sale, transfer, delegation or other
disposition hereunder shall be null and void.
12.
2
Injunctive Relief
.
Each
party acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations under this Agreement,
including its obligations set forth in Article XI would cause the other party
irreparable damage. Accordingly, each party agrees that in the event
of such breach or threatened breach, in addition to remedies at law, the other
party shall have the right to injunctive or other equitable relief, without the
necessity of posting any bond or other security, to prevent the other’s
violations of its obligations hereunder, in addition to any other remedy to
which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.
12.3
Severability
.
If any
provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person, place or
circumstance, are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void
or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum
extent possible so as to effect the intent of the parties, or, if incapable of
such enforcement, shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement, and the
remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other Persons,
places and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.
12.4
Interpretation
.
Unless
otherwise indicated to the contrary in this Agreement by the context or use
thereof: (a) the words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
Section, Article or paragraph hereof; (b) references in this Agreement to
Sections, Articles or paragraphs refer to sections, articles or paragraphs of
this Agreement; (c) headings of Sections are provided for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;
(d) words importing the masculine gender shall also include the feminine
and neutral genders, and vice versa; (e) words importing the singular shall
also include the plural, and vice versa; (f) the words “include”,
“includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed in each case by the
phrase “without limitation”; (g) any reference to a statute refers to the
statute, any amendments or successor legislation, and all regulations
promulgated under or implementing the statute, as in effect from time to time;
(h) any reference to an agreement, contract or other document as of a given
date means the agreement, contract or other document as amended, supplemented
and modified from time to time through such date; (i) “$” and “Dollars”
mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and any threshold set
in Dollars herein shall be deemed to refer to the equivalent amount in any other
currency, as the context may require; and (j) “or” shall include the
meanings “either” or “both.”
12.5
Amendment and Waiver
.
This
Agreement may not be amended, a provision of this Agreement or any default,
misrepresentation or breach of warranty or agreement under this Agreement may
not be waived, and a consent may not be rendered, except in a writing executed
by the party against which such action is sought to be
enforced. Neither the failure nor any delay by any Person in
exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will operate as a
waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of
any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise
of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. In addition, no course of dealing between or among any
Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify
or amend any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person
under or by reason of this Agreement. The rights and remedies of the
parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.
12.6
Governing Law
.
The
domestic law, without regard to conflicts of laws principles, of the State of
Utah will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and
interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed
by this Agreement.
12.7
Consent to Jurisdiction
.
(a)
Each of
the parties and all their Affiliates submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any
state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake City, Utah, in any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all
claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any
such court. Each party and all of their Affiliates also agree not to
bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in
any other court. Each of the parties and all of their Affiliates
waive any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or
proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might
be required of any other party with respect to any such action or
proceeding.
(b)
Each
party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by
U.S. registered mail to such person’s respective address set forth above shall
be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in the state
and federal courts located in the State Utah with respect to any matters to
which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately
preceding clause (a). In addition, each party irrevocably and
unconditionally waives application of the procedures for service of process
pursuant to the Hague Convention for Service Abroad of Judicial and
Extrajudicial Documents in Civil or Commercial Matters.
(c)
EACH
PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE
IT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS
REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT
SUCH
OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING
WAIVER, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH
WAIVER, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER
AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
(d)
Either
party may refer any of the disputes described in Section 8.3(b) as subject
to possible arbitration to non-binding arbitration by a single arbitrator in
accordance with the CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration then currently in
effect. The arbitrator shall deliver a written ruling on the disputed
question or questions within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date on
which the arbitration is commenced. If either party disagrees with
the opinion delivered by the arbitrator, such party may initiate litigation
subject to all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this
Section 12.7 shall limit a party’s right to bring any action for injunctive
relief under Section 12.2 at any time.
12.8
Independent Contractors
.
Each
party is an independent contractor and neither party’s personnel are employees
or agents of the other party for federal, state or other taxes or any other
purposes whatsoever, and are not entitled to compensation or benefits of the
other. Except for the specific obligations set forth in this
Agreement, nothing hereunder shall be deemed to constitute, create, give effect
to or otherwise recognize a joint venture, partnership or business entity of any
kind, nor shall anything in this Agreement be deemed to constitute either party
the agent or representative of the other.
12.9
Notices
.
All
notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by
reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed
to have been given (i) when delivered if personally delivered by hand,
(ii) when received if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier
service (receipt requested), (iii) five (5) business days after being
mailed, if sent by first class mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) when
receipt is acknowledged by an affirmative act of the party receiving notice, if
sent by facsimile, telecopy or other electronic transmission device (provided
that such an acknowledgement does not include an acknowledgment generated
automatically by a facsimile or telecopy machine or other electronic
transmission device). Notices, demands and communications to FC
Products LLC and FC Sales Inc. will, unless another address is specified in
writing, be sent to the address indicated below:
If to
Franklin Covey Product Sales Inc.:
|
|
|
Franklin
Covey Product Sales Inc.
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 817-8069
|
With a
copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
136
South Main Street, Suite 1000
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84010
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 933-7373
|
If to
Franklin Covey Products, LLC:
|
|
|
Franklin
Covey Products, LLC
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 817-0280
|
With a
copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
15
West South Temple, Suite 1200
|
|
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84101
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (801) 257-1800
|
12.10
Publicity
.
The
parties shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate in issuing a joint press
release upon execution of this Agreement and in issuing further press releases
related to this Agreement. If at any time disclosure regarding this
Agreement is required under public reporting requirements of applicable
securities laws and the parties are not able to agree on the content and manner
of issuing such disclosure, FC Sales Inc. will be authorized to issue a sole
release. Prior to issuing such a sole release, FC Sales Inc. shall
provide FC Products LLC with an opportunity to review and comment on a draft of
such release and will consider in good faith any comments that FC Products LLC
communicates in a timely fashion on such draft press release.
12.11
Complete Agreement
.
This
Agreement and all Exhibits attached hereto and, when executed and delivered, the
Ancillary Agreements, contain the complete agreement between the parties and
supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between
the parties, written or oral. FC Products LLC acknowledges that FC
Sales Inc. has made no representations, warranties, agreements, undertakings or
promises except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in agreements
referred to herein that survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.
12.12
Signatures, Counterparts
.
This
Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, any one of which need not
contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken
together will constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile
signature will be considered an original signature.
12.13
Construction
.
The
parties and their respective counsel have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In addition, each of the
parties acknowledges that it is sophisticated and has been advised by
experienced counsel and, to the extent it deemed necessary, other advisors in
connection with the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. The
parties intend that each representation, warranty and agreement contained in
this Agreement will have independent significance. If any party has
breached any representation, warranty or agreement in any respect, the fact that
there exists another representation, warranty or agreement relating to the same
subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party
has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in
breach of the first representation, warranty or agreement. The
headings preceding the text of articles and sections included in this Agreement
and the headings to the schedules and exhibits are for convenience only and are
not be deemed part of this Agreement or given effect in interpreting this
Agreement. References to sections, articles, schedules or exhibits
are to the sections, articles, schedules and exhibits contained in, referred to
or attached to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. The word
“including” means “including without limitation.” A statement that an
action has not occurred in the past means that it is also not presently
occurring. The use of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender or the
singular or plural form of words will not limit any provisions of this
Agreement. A statement that an item is listed, disclosed or described
means that it is correctly listed, disclosed or described, and a statement that
a copy of an item has been delivered means a true and correct copy of the item
has been delivered.
[Remainder
of page left intentionally blank.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first
set forth above.
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCT
SALES,
INC.
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
|
By:
|
/s/ Steve Young
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Steve Young
|
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and
President
|
Exhibit
A Standard Spread
EXHIBIT A
STANDARD
SPREAD
1. Standard
Spread shall be calculated in the following manner.
2. Definitions
|
(a)
|
“
Paper-Based Products
”
means any paper-based Product manufactured or supplied by FC Products LLC,
including without limitation all
Planners.
|
|
(b)
|
“
Non-Paper Products
”
means (i) with respect to FC Products LLC, any Product other than a
Paper-Based Product that is sourced or purchased by FC Products LLC and
supplied to FC Sales Inc., including binders, specialty products,
technology and other categories, and (ii) with respect to FC Sales Inc.,
any Content-Rich Media that is listed on Exhibit R of the License
Agreement other than downloadable versions of such Content-Rich Media, any
Online PlanPlus Software, and any Mobile PlanPlus Software supplied by FC
Sales Inc.
|
|
(c)
|
“
Direct Acquisition
Cost
” means (i) for a Paper-Based Product directly
manufactured by FC Products LLC, the allocated cost of the materials to
manufacture such Product; (ii) for a Paper-Based Product supplied by
FC Products LLC through a third-party manufacturer, the price listed on
the invoice and paid by FC Products LLC plus the cost of shipping the
Product to FC Sales Inc.’s facilities; and (iii) for Non-Paper
Products, the price listed on the invoice and paid by the Supplying Party
for the Product plus the cost of shipping the Product to the Supplying
Party’s facilities.
|
|
(d)
|
“
Paper Production
Margin
” means the Direct Acquisition Cost of the Paper-Based
Product multiplied by 21.8 percent.
|
|
(e)
|
“
Overhead Charge
” means
(i) for Paper-Based Products, the product of 5 percent multiplied by
the sum of (A) the Direct Acquisition Cost and (B) the Paper
Production Margin, and (ii) for Non-Paper Products, the product of 8
percent multiplied by the Direct Acquisition
Cost.
|
|
(f)
|
“
Surcharge
” means an
International Surcharge (as defined below) and/or a Back of Room Sales
Surcharge (as defined below).
|
3. Base
Formulas
|
(a)
|
For
Paper-Based Products, Standard Spread equals the sum of (i) Direct
Acquisition Cost, (ii) the Paper Production Margin, (iii) the
Overhead Charge and (iv) any applicable
Surcharge.
|
|
(b)
|
For
Non-Paper Products, Standard Spread equals the sum of (i) the Direct
Acquisition Cost, (ii) the Overhead Charge and (iii) any
applicable Surcharge.
|
4. Surcharges
|
(a)
|
Surcharges
shall be applied to the result of the formulas set forth above if FC
Products LLC must (i) ship the Product outside of the United States
(an “
International
Surcharge
”) or (ii) provide the Product for Back of Room Sales
(a “
Back of Room Sales
Surcharge
”).
|
|
(b)
|
For
all Products supplied at Standard Spread, the International Surcharge is
the product of the base formula multiplied by 15
percent.
|
|
(c)
|
For
all Products supplied at Standard Spread, the Back of Room Sales Surcharge
is the product of the base formula multiplied by fifty percent
(50%). If a Product is supplied to a Back of Room Sale outside
the United States, the Back of Room Surcharge is calculated after adding
in the International Surcharge.
|
Exhibit
10.3
MASTER
SHARED SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE FCP
COMPANIES IDENTIFIED HEREIN
AND
THE
SHARED SERVICES COMPANIES IDENTIFIED HEREIN
MADE
EFFECTIVE AS OF
JULY 5,
2008, 11:59 P.M., MOUNTAIN DAYLIGHT TIME
MASTER
SHARED SERVICES AGREEMENT
This
MASTER SHARED SERVICES
AGREEMENT
(this “
Agreement
”), dated as of July
7, 2008, and effective as of July 5, 2008, at 11:59 P.M. Mountain Daylight
Time, is made by and among Franklin Covey Products, LLC, a Utah limited
liability company (“
FCP
”), Franklin Covey
Products Canada ULC, a Canadian corporation (“
FCP Canada
”), Franklin Covey
Products Europe Limited, a company registered in the United Kingdom (“
FCP Europe
”), and FC Products
de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. (“
FCP
Mexico
” and, together with
FCP, FCP Canada and FCP Europe, the “
FCP Companies
”), and Franklin
Covey Co., a Utah corporation (the “
Company
”), Franklin Covey
Client Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation (“
Client Sales
”), Franklin
Covey Product Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation (“
Product Sales
”), Franklin
Development Corp., a Utah corporation (“
Development
”), Franklin Covey
de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. (“
FC
Mexico
”), Franklin Covey
Canada, Ltd. (“
Canada
”), and Franklin Covey
Europe, Ltd. (“
Europe
” and together with the
Company, Client Sales, Product Sales, FC Mexico and Canada, the “
Shared
Services
Companies
”).
Recitals
WHEREAS
, the Shared Services
Companies and FCP, together with the other Selling Companies named therein,
are parties to a Master Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of
May 22, 2008, as amended (the “
Master
Asset Purchase Agreement
”)
and the Ancillary Agreements contemplated therein (collectively, the “
Transaction Agreements
”),
including the Master License Agreement effective as of July 5, 2008 at 11:59
P.M. Mountain Daylight Time (the “
Master License Agreement
”),
pursuant to which the Selling Companies have agreed to sell and license
to FCP or the other FCP Companies, and FCP has agreed to buy and
license, or cause the other FCP Companies to buy and license, from the
Selling Companies, certain assets relating to the Company’s Consumer Solution
Business Unit (the “
Business
”) as identified
therein; and
WHEREAS
, in connection with
the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, the Shared Services
Companies, FCP and the other FCP Companies have agreed to enter into
this Agreement to provide for the provision of certain shared services on the
terms and conditions and for the time periods set forth in this
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE,
in
consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
1.
Definitions
.
Any term used
herein that is not defined in this Agreement but is defined in the Transaction
Agreements has the meaning ascribed to it in the Transaction
Agreements.
2.
Shared
Services
.
(a)
Services
. On
the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, from and after the
Closing Date, the Shared Services Companies will provide to the FCP
Companies the services described on the Schedules attached to this Agreement
(the “
Shared Services
”)
and other services described in this Agreement. A list of the
Schedules is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1. Unless
otherwise provided in any Schedule, the term
“
Consistent With Past
Practice
” means substantially in the same scope, nature and manner as
such services were provided immediately prior to the Closing Date.
(b)
Pricing
. In
consideration of the provision of each of the Shared Services, the
applicable FCP Companies will pay the amounts set forth on each of the
Schedules attached hereto (as such schedules may be amended from time to time,
the “
Schedules
”). Except
as provided on the Schedules, on or before the first day of each month, the
applicable FCP Companies will pay to the Company, in advance, any fixed fee
amounts for Shared Services to be provided by the Shared Services Companies to
any FCP Companies in each month, as set forth on the
Schedules. Unless otherwise set forth on the Schedules, the Company
will invoice FCP monthly for all other Shared Services rendered through the
end of each month, or as otherwise provided in the Schedules or agreed by the
parties in writing, and FCP will pay, or will cause the other FCP
Companies to pay, as applicable, all invoices in full within
forty-five (45) days of receipt. The parties agree that (i)
the amounts set forth in the Schedules (including, but not limited to, the fixed
fees set forth in Schedule A and Schedule B) are based upon historical
allocations of costs attributable to the Business prior to the Closing Date,
and (ii) none of such amounts set forth in the Schedules represent a
premium or mark-up above the Company’s historical allocated or estimated costs
to provide such Shared Services.
(c)
Third-Party
Services
.
(i)
On the
terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company will use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the services set forth on the Schedules
attached hereto, which prior to the Closing Date were provided to the Business
by third parties (“
Third-Party
Services
”), to be provided to the FCP Companies as set forth on the
Schedules attached hereto. If any additional services are provided to
the Business by third parties and such services have not been assigned
to FCP pursuant to the Master Asset Purchase Agreement or have not
otherwise been provided for in this Agreement or in the Ancillary Agreements,
the Company and FCP will, in good faith, seek to enter into any additional
Schedules pursuant to Section 2(d) of this Agreement so that such services
may be provided to the FCP Companies.
(ii)
If the
Company has not obtained all Required Consents pursuant to the Master Asset
Purchase Agreement, and irrespective of such failure, the Closing occurs, then,
in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Master Asset Purchase Agreement, the
Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such Required
Consents as promptly as reasonably practicable following
Closing. Prior to obtaining such unobtained Required Consents, the
Shared Services Companies will (1) as requested by FCP, (A) use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide the benefits of the Restricted Assets
to the FCP Companies in substantially the same manner as such benefits were
provided to the Business immediately prior to the Closing Date, or (B)
cooperate in good faith with the FCP Companies to pursue and effectuate any
reasonable and lawful alternative arrangement to provide the benefits of the
Restricted Assets to the FCP Companies including, with respect to
unobtained Required Consents relating to leases of real property, entering into
subleases to the extent permitted under the terms of the applicable lease
agreements; and (2) as reasonably requested by any FCP Company,
enforce any rights of the Shared Services Companies under any
Restricted
Asset or, to the extent permitted under any agreement that is the subject of an
unobtained Required Consent, assign the right to enforce such rights to
the FCP Companies.
(iii)
FCP shall
reimburse the Company for any actual costs, expenses or other obligations to
third parties that the Company incurs in performing services related to the
Restricted Assets or enforcing any rights under the Restricted Assets pursuant
to Section 2(c)(ii). Pursuant to Section 2(b), the Company
will provide FCP an invoice containing a reasonably detailed description of
the services provided by the Company under this Section 2(c)(iii),
and FCP shall pay the Company, for such actual costs, expenses or other
obligations for which it is entitled to reimbursement pursuant to this
Section 2(c)(iii) as set forth in the invoice. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall
any FCP Company be obligated to reimburse the Company for any costs,
expenses or other obligations incurred by the Company in connection with
obtaining any Required Consent.
(iv)
If the
Company successfully obtains a Required Consent following the Closing Date, the
Restricted Assets related to such Required Consent will be transferred to
the FCP Companies pursuant to the terms of the Master Asset Purchase
Agreement and will no longer be subject to the terms of this
Agreement.
(d)
Other Shared
Services
. During the term of this Agreement, the Shared
Services Companies may provide additional services to the FCP Companies
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement that are not specifically referenced in
this Section 2 or on the Schedules, provided that such additional services
are requested by FCP in writing, are consistent with the types of services
provided by the Shared Services Companies to the Business prior to the Closing
Date, and are described in a Schedule executed by the parties and attached to
and incorporated into this Agreement.
3.
Standard
of Performance
.
For Shared
Services provided directly by the Shared Services Companies, the Shared Services
Companies will perform such Shared Services in a timely, competent and
workmanlike manner and in a nature and at levels Consistent With Past Practice;
provided, however, that if the Shared Services are of a kind that the Shared
Services Companies provide internally or to other Shared Services Companies,
and, following the Closing Date, the Shared Services Companies provide such
Shared Services in a manner or at a level higher than such Shared Services were
provided prior to the Closing Date, such Shared Services Companies will in good
faith provide such Shared Services consistent with the manner or level at which
they are then providing such Shared Services.
4.
Relationship
Managers
.
Each of the
Company and FCP shall appoint a relationship manager who shall serve as its
primary point of contact in all matters relating to this Agreement (a “
Relationship
Manager
”). The Relationship Managers shall participate in
regular meetings to review the parties’ performance hereunder, to resolve any
issues arising out of the rights granted to and obligations undertaken by, the
parties hereunder, to prepare and execute revised and/or additional Schedules
for Shared Services, and otherwise to manage the parties’ relationship under
this Agreement.
5.
Confidentiality
.
(a)
Definition
. “
Confidential Information
”
means all information disclosed by a FCP Company or a Shared Services
Company (the “
Discloser
”) to a Shared
Services Company or a FCP Company, respectively (the “
Recipient
”) (in writing,
orally or in any other form) that is designated, at or before the time of
disclosure, as confidential. Confidential Information does not
include information or material that (i) is now, or hereafter becomes,
through no act or failure to act on the part of the Recipient, generally known
or available; (ii) is or was known by the Recipient at or before the time
such information or material was received from the Discloser; (iii) is
furnished to the Recipient by a third party that is not under an obligation of
confidentiality to the Discloser with respect to such information or material;
or (iv) is independently developed by the Recipient.
(b)
Restrictions on
Use
. The Recipient shall hold Confidential Information in
confidence and shall not disclose to third parties or use such information for
any purpose whatsoever other than as necessary in order to fulfill its
obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement. The
Recipient shall take all reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of
the Discloser’s Confidential Information in a manner that is at least protective
as the measures it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own Confidential
Information of similar importance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Recipient may disclose the Discloser’s Confidential Information (i) to
employees and consultants that have a need to know such information, provided
that each such employee and consultant is under a duty of nondisclosure that is
consistent with the confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions herein,
and (ii) to the extent the Recipient is legally compelled to disclose such
Confidential Information, provided that the Recipient shall give advance notice
of such compelled disclosure to the Discloser, and shall cooperate with the
Discloser in connection with any efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such
disclosure or use of the Confidential Information.
6.
Term and
Termination
.
(a)
Term
. The
term of this Agreement will commence on the date hereof and continue until the
termination of the last to terminate of the Schedules attached hereto, unless
earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 6, provided that in no
event shall the provisions of Sections 2(c)(ii), (iii) and (iv)
terminate unless and until all Required Consents have been
obtained.
(b)
Termination
. Except
as otherwise provided in any Schedule, either the Company or FCP may
terminate any of the Shared Services contemplated in any Schedule at any time
without cause by providing the number of days advance written notice as is
specified in such Schedule for the Shared Services to be
terminated. Such termination will not affect FCP’s obligation to
make full payment for all services actually rendered under this Agreement prior
to such termination or the parties’ obligations with regard to other Schedules
still in force.
(c)
Bankruptcy
. If
either the Company or FCP hereto becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed to take
charge of its property and such proceeding is not vacated or terminated within
ninety (90) days after its commencement or institution, the other may
immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice. Any such
termination will be without prejudice to accrued rights of the terminating
party, and to other rights and remedies for default.
7.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Assignment
. Unless
this Agreement is (i) assigned by any FCP Company to another FCP
Company or (ii) assigned jointly and concurrently with the Master
License Agreement to the same assignee as the valid assignee of the Master
License Agreement subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Master
License Agreement, and any such assignee (whether under clause (i)
or (ii)) expressly agrees in writing to assume all of the obligations of
the FCP Companies or the applicable assigning FCP Company under this
Agreement, no FCP Companies shall, and shall have the right to, assign,
sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, this Agreement or any of their
rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of
the Company in its sole discretion. Unless this Agreement is assigned
by any Shared Services Company to another Shared Services Company, by operation
of law or pursuant to a Change in Control (as defined below), such Shared
Services Company shall not have the right to, assign, sell, transfer, delegate
or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of their rights or obligations
under this Agreement to any third-party without the prior written consent
of FCP in its sole discretion;
provided
that any
Shared Services Company may assign the performance of any Shared Services to
another Shared Services Company without the consent
of FCP. Except as expressly provided herein, any purported
assignment, sale, transfer, delegation or other disposition hereunder shall be
null and void. The term “
Change in Control
”
means (i) a merger, consolidation or reorganization of a Shared Services
Company other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization resulting in the
voting securities of such Shared Services Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent at least 50% of the combined voting power
of the securities of such Shared Services Company or the surviving entity or any
parent thereof outstanding immediately thereafter, (ii) the acquisition by
a person or persons acting as a group of equity securities,
which
together with equity securities already held by such person or persons,
constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of such Shared Services
Company or (iii) any transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all such Shared Services Company’s assets.
(b)
Severability
. If
any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person, place
or circumstance, are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid,
void or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum
extent possible so as to effect the intent of the parties, or, if incapable of
such enforcement, shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement, and the
remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other persons,
places and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.
(c)
Interpretation
.
(i)
Unless
otherwise indicated to the contrary in this Agreement by the context or use
thereof: (a) the words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
Section, Article or paragraph hereof; (b) references in this Agreement
to Sections or paragraphs refer to sections, articles or paragraphs of this
Agreement; (c) headings of Sections are provided for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; (d)
words importing the masculine gender shall also include the feminine and neutral
genders, and vice versa; (e) words importing the singular shall also
include the plural, and vice versa; (f) the words “include”, “includes” and
“including” shall be deemed to be followed in each case by the phrase “without
limitation”; (g) any reference to a statute refers to the statute, any
amendments or successor legislation, and all regulations promulgated under or
implementing the statute, as in effect from time to time; (h) any reference
to an agreement, contract or other document as of a given date means the
agreement, contract or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from
time to time through such date; (i) “$” and “Dollars” mean the lawful
currency of the United States of America and any threshold set in Dollars herein
shall be deemed to refer to the equivalent amount in any other currency, as the
context may require; and (j) “or” shall include the meanings “either” or
“both;” (k) any statements that an action has not occurred in the past
means that it is also not presently occurring; and (l) any statement that
an item is listed, disclosed or described means that it is correctly listed,
disclosed or described, and a statement that a copy of an item has been
delivered means a true and correct copy of the item has been
delivered.
(ii)
The
parties and their respective counsel have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In addition, each of the
parties acknowledges that it is sophisticated and has been advised by
experienced counsel and, to the extent it deemed necessary, other advisors in
connection with the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. The
parties intend that each representation, warranty and agreement contained in
this Agreement will have independent significance. Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement, when any
party may take any permissive action, including the granting of a consent, the
waiver of any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, whether to take such
action is in its sole and absolute discretion.
(d)
Amendment and
Waiver
. Except
as otherwise provided herein, including the addition or revision of Schedules
pursuant to Sections 2(d) and 4, this Agreement may not be amended, a
provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation or breach of
warranty or agreement under this Agreement may not be waived, and a consent may
not be rendered, except in a writing executed by the party against which such
action is sought to be enforced. Neither the failure nor any delay by
any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will
operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial
exercise of any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or
further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege. In addition, no course of dealing between
or among any parties having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed
effective to modify or amend any part of this Agreement or any rights or
obligations of any party under or by reason of this Agreement. The
rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not
alternative.
(e)
Governing
Law
. The
domestic law, without regard to conflicts of laws principles, of the State of
Utah will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and
interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed
by this Agreement.
(f)
Consent to
Jurisdiction
.
(i)
Each of
the parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court
sitting in Salt Lake City, Utah, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action
or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Each
party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties
waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or
proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might
be required of any other party with respect to any such action or
proceeding.
(ii)
The
parties further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document
by U.S. registered mail to such person’s respective address set forth above
shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in the
state and federal courts located in the State of Utah with respect to any
matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the
immediately preceding clause (i).
(iii)
EACH
PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER
PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT,
IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) IT
UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVER, (III) IT
MAKES SUCH WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER
INTO THIS
AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
SECTION.
(iv)
The
parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute or claim arising out
of or relating to this Agreement promptly by confidential mediation under
the CPR Mediation Procedure in effect on the Effective Date, before
resorting to litigation. If such dispute or claim is not settled by
the parties through mediation within forty-five (45) days after the first
meeting of the parties with the mediator to discuss the matter, or if the
parties agree to terminate mediation sooner, then either party may initiate a
litigation action subject to all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.
(g)
Limitation on
Liability
.
(i)
Except as
otherwise set forth in any Schedule, if any of the Shared Services Companies, on
the one hand, or any of the FCP Companies, on the other (in either case,
the “
Liable Party
Group
”), is held or found to be liable to any of the FCP Companies,
on the one hand, or any of the Shared Services Companies, on the other (the
“
Recipient Party
Group
”), for any claim, liability, loss or expense (a “
Loss
”) relating to or arising
from a breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement,
whether based on an action or claim in contract, negligence, tort or otherwise,
the amount of damages recoverable for such Loss by the Recipient Party Group
from the Liable Party Group will not exceed $3,200,000 minus the sum
of (A) the aggregate amount of Losses arising under this Agreement and paid
by the Liable Party Group to the Recipient Party Group, and (B) the
aggregate amount of any liabilities for damages arising from a breach of any
representation or warranty contained in any Transaction Agreement paid by the
Liable Party Group to the Recipient Party Group.
(ii)
Except as
otherwise set forth in any Schedule, the Shared Services Companies shall have no
liability to any FCP Company for any Loss arising from or relating
to (A) the Shared Services except to the extent such Loss is caused by the
willful misconduct or fraud of a Shared Services Company or (B) any
services provided by a third party in connection with the Shared Services,
provided, however, that, as reasonably requested by FCP, the Company will
use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce any rights the Shared Services
Companies may have against any such third party or, to the extent permitted
under any agreement with such third party, use commercially reasonable efforts
to assign the right to enforce such rights to FCP. FCP shall
bear the costs of any enforcement action taken by any Shared Services Company as
contemplated in clause (B) in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2(c)(iii) of this Agreement.
(iii)
Except as
otherwise set forth in any Schedule, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the
Shared Services Companies from pursuing all rights and remedies that may be
available to them relating to all amounts due and payable to the Shared Services
Companies by any FCP Company pursuant to this Agreement or any of the
Schedules.
(h)
Independent
Contractors
. Each
party is an independent contractor and neither party’s personnel are employees
or agents of the other party for federal, state or other taxes or any other
purposes whatsoever, and are not entitled to compensation or benefits of the
other.
Except
for the specific obligations set forth in this Agreement, nothing hereunder
shall be deemed to constitute, create, give effect to or otherwise recognize a
joint venture, partnership or business entity of any kind, nor shall anything in
this Agreement be deemed to constitute either party the agent or representative
of the other.
(i)
Notices
. All
notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by
reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed
to have been given (i) when delivered if personally delivered by
hand, (ii) when received if sent by a nationally recognized overnight
courier service (receipt requested), (iii) five business days after being
mailed, if sent by first class mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) when
receipt is acknowledged by an affirmative act of the party receiving notice, if
sent by facsimile, telecopy or other electronic transmission device (provided
that such an acknowledgement does not include an acknowledgment generated
automatically by a facsimile or telecopy machine or other electronic
transmission device). Notices, demands and communications to
the FCP Companies and the Shared Services Companies will, unless another
address is specified in writing, be sent to the address indicated
below:
If
to the Shared Services Companies:
Franklin
Covey Co.
2200
West Parkway Blvd.
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
Attn: Lori
Smith
Facsimile
No. (801) 817-8747
|
With
a copy to:
Dorsey
& Whitney LLP
136
South Main Street, Suite 1000
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84010
Attn: Nolan
S. Taylor
Facsimile
No. (801) 933-7373
|
If
to the FCP Companies:
Franklin
Covey Products, LLC
2250
West Parkway Blvd.
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84119
Attn: Robert
Sumbot
Facsimile
No.
|
With
a copy to:
Snell
& Wilmer L.L.P.
15
West South Temple, Suite 1200
Salt
Lake City, Utah 84101
Attn: John
G. Weston
Facsimile
No. (801) 257-1800
|
(j)
Complete
Agreement
. This
Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto and, when executed and
delivered, the Master Asset Purchase Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements,
contain the complete agreement between the parties and supersede any prior
understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties, written
or oral. FCP acknowledges that the Company has made no
representations, warranties, agreements, undertakings or promises except for
those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in agreements referred to herein
that survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
(k)
Signatures,
Counterparts
.
This Agreement
may be executed in one or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain
the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together
will constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile signature
will be considered an original signature.
[
signature page
follows
]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the
parties hereto have caused this Master Shared Services Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first
above written.
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS CANADA ULC
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS EUROPE LIMITED
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
|
FC
PRODUCTS DE MEXICO, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
Title:
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CLIENT SALES, INC.
|
By:
|
/s/ Steve Young
|
Name:
|
Steve Young
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCT SALES, INC.
|
By:
|
/s/ Steve Young
|
Name:
|
Steve Young
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORP.
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
Title:
|
President
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CANADA, LTD.
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
Title:
|
President
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY EUROPE, LTD.
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
Title:
|
President
|
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY DE MEXICO S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Name:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
Title:
|
President
|
Exhibit
10.4
AMENDED
AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
AMENDED
AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
THIS
AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of July
7, 2008 but effective as of July 5, 2008 at 11:59 pm Mountain Daylight Time (the
“Effective Date”), by and among FRANKLIN COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited
liability company (“Franklin Covey Products”), PETERSON PARTNERS V, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (“Peterson”), FRANKLIN COVEY CLIENT SALES, INC., a
Utah corporation (“FC”), SARAH MERZ, an individual, GORDON WILSON, an
individual, RICK WOODEN, an individual, JEFF ANDERSON, an individual, BOB
SUMBOT, an individual, KENT FROGLEY, an individual, MIKE CONNELLY, an
individual, BRYAN WILDE, an individual and ERIC BRIGHT, an individual, as
members of the Company (the “Members”) and JORDAN CLEMENTS, an individual, JAMES
B. NELSON, an individual, ROBERT A. WHITMAN, an individual, and SARAH MERZ, an
individual, as managers of the Company (the “Managers”).
For the
consideration of their mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the Company and
the Members and Managers hereby agree as follows:
RECITALS
WHEREAS
, the Company was
formed upon the filing of Articles of Organization on May 22, 2008 and entered
into that certain Operating Agreement of the Company dated May 22, 2008 (the
“Original Operating Agreement”);
WHEREAS
, the Company entered
into the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to purchase and
otherwise acquire the Business;
WHEREAS
, in connection with
the Closing, Peterson and certain other Members are contributing certain amounts
to the Company in exchange for Class A Units, as further described in this
Agreement;
WHEREAS
, in connection with
the Closing, FC is contributing a certain amount to the Company in exchange for
Class B Units, as further described in this Agreement;
WHEREAS
, in connection with
the Closing, FC is also contributing one million dollars ($1,000,000) for which
no additional Units will be issued to FC but with respect to which FC shall be
entitled to the FC Preferred Return and a priority distribution as set forth in
this Agreement;
WHEREAS
, the Company desires
to issue the Profits Interest Units as further described in this Agreement to
certain key executives of the Company, and the key executive desire to receive
such Profits Interest Units; and
WHEREAS
,
on the date hereof or
soon thereafter, the Company shall file amended and restated Articles of
Organization with the Division to reflect the current Managers.
NOW, THEREFORE
,
in consideration of
mutual representations, warranties, and agreements contained in this Amended and
Restated Operating Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties amend and
restate the Original Agreement, and agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Definitions
. Appendix
1 hereof sets forth the definitions of certain terms relating to the maintenance
of Capital Accounts and accounting rules. In addition, the following
terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
“
Acquired Assets
” is
defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Act
” means the Utah
Revised Limited Liability Company Act, Utah Code Ann. § 48-2c-101,
et seq
., as amended from time
to time.
“
Affiliate
” means any
Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common
control with another Person. “Control,” “controlled” and “controlling” means the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
Person and shall be deemed to exist if any Person directly or indirectly owns,
controls, or holds the power to vote fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting
securities of such other Person.
“
Agreement
” means the
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement as set forth in paragraph one of this
Agreement, as amended from time to time.
“
Ancillary Agreements
”
means as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement, provided that for the purpose
of this Agreement the term shall not include this Agreement.
“
Asset Purchase
Agreement
” means the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2008,
among the Company and Franklin Covey Co., a Utah corporation, Franklin Covey
Canada, Ltd., a Canadian
corporation, Franklin
Covey de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company, Franklin Covey Europe,
Ltd., a UK registered company, FC, Franklin Covey Catalog Sales, Inc., a Utah
corporation, Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation, and
Franklin Covey Printing, Inc., a Utah corporation, as the same may be amended
from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“
Assumed Liabilities
”
means as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Business
” is defined
in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Capital Contribution
”
means any contribution to the capital of the Company whenever
made. The initial Capital Contribution of each Member is listed in
Exhibit A.
“
Cause
” shall mean any
one or more of the following: (A) a Restricted Member or Manager’s continued
willful failure, neglect, or refusal to perform his duties with respect to the
Company which continues beyond thirty (30) days after a written demand for
substantial performance is delivered to such Restricted Member or Manager by the
Company; (B) conduct by a Restricted Member or Manager involving fraud, material
dishonesty or breach of trust in connection with such Restricted Member or
Manager’s performance of his duties to the Company as reasonably determined by
the Management Board; (C) the conviction of a Restricted Member or Manager of a
crime involving theft, dishonesty or moral turpitude (or upon such Restricted
Member or Manager’s entry of a guilty plea to or entry of a nolo contendere plea
to a criminal charge involving theft, dishonesty or moral turpitude); (D) a
Restricted Member or Manager’s willful and continued failure or refusal to
follow lawful and material directions of the Management Board or any other
substantial and continued acts of insubordination by such Restricted Member or
Manager as reasonably determined by the Management Board; or (E) any other act
or omission that (in the reasonable determination by the Management Board) has
caused or is likely to cause detrimental notoriety or other comparable material
harm to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.
“
Change of Control
”
means (i) the acquisition of the Company by a successor entity by means of any
transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, any
acquisition, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, merger or
consolidation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in
which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction
or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power
represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other
surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or
resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary immediately following such
acquisition, its parent); or (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a
whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except
where such sale or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company.
“
Class A Member
” means
a Member holding Class A Units.
“
Class A Preferred
Return
” means a sum equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, determined on
the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual
number of days occurring in the period for which the Class A Preferred Return is
being determined, cumulative and compounded annually to the extent not
distributed in any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.1(c) or Section 12.2(d), of
the average daily balance of a Class A Members’ Class A Unreturned Contribution
Balances, from to time, during the period to which the Class A Preferred Return
relates, commencing on the date each Class A Member first makes a Capital
Contribution.
“
Class A Unit
” means a
Class A Unit of the Company having the rights described herein and otherwise
governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other Equity
Securities into which such Class A Units may be exchanged or converted in
accordance with this Agreement.
“
Class A Unreturned
Contribution Balance
” means the total amount of Capital Contributions
made to the Company by a Class A Member less the amount of distributions made to
such Class A Member in accordance with Section 5.1(d) and Section 12.2(e) of
this Agreement.
“
Class B Member
” means
a Member holding Class B Units.
“
Class B Unit
” means a
Class B of the Company having the rights described herein and otherwise governed
by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other Equity Securities
into which such Class B Units may be exchanged or converted in accordance with
this Agreement.
“
Class B Unreturned
Contribution Balance
” means the total amount of Capital Contributions
made to the Company by the Class B Member other than the FC Priority
Contribution less the amount of distributions made to such Member in accordance
with Section 5.1(e) and Section 12.2(f) of this Agreement.
“
Class C Member
” means
a Member holding Class C Units.
“
Class C Unit
” means a
Class C Unit of the Company having the rights described herein and otherwise
governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other Equity
Securities into which such Class C Units may be exchanged or converted in
accordance with this Agreement.
“
Closing
” means the
“Closing” under the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Code
” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. All
references herein to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding
provision or provisions of succeeding law.
“
Company
” means
Franklin Covey Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company.
“
Covered Person
” means
(i) a Member, a Manager or an Officer, (ii) an Affiliate of a Member, a Manager
or an Officer, and, (iii) directly or indirectly, the respective officers,
directors, shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, beneficiaries,
employees, representatives or agents of a Member, a Manager or an Officer, or an
Affiliate of a Member, a Manager or an Officer.
“
Disabling Conduct
”
means an admission in writing or conviction of fraud, a willful violation of
this Agreement after notice and an opportunity to cure, commission of a felony
or other crime involving moral turpitude, or gross negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of duties.
“
Division
” means the
Utah Department of Commerce, Division of Corporations and Commercial
Code.
“
Equity Securities
”
means (i) any Units, (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any
Units and any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for (or entitling the holder thereof to subscribe for) Units, (iii) any equity
securities distributed in respect of the Units pursuant to dissolution of the
Company or otherwise, and (iv) any securities issued directly or indirectly with
respect to the foregoing securities by way of a split, dividend, or other
division of securities, or in connection with an exchange or combination of
securities, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other
reorganization.
“
FC Preferred Return
”
means a sum equal to ten percent (10%) per annum, determined on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days
occurring in the period for which the FC Preferred Return is being determined
cumulative and compounded to the extent not distributed in any Fiscal Year
pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 12.2(c) of the average daily balance of
the FC Unreturned Priority Contribution, commencing on the date FC first makes
the FC Priority Contribution.
“
FC Priority
Contribution
” means the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000)
contributed by FC to the Company on the Effective Date with respect to which FC
shall not receive any additional Units from the Company, but with respect to
which FC shall be entitled to the FC Preferred Return and a priority
distribution as set forth in this Agreement.
“
FC Unreturned Priority
Contribution
” means the FC Priority Contribution less any amounts
distributed to FC by the Company that is designated by the Management Board as a
return of the FC Priority Contribution in accordance with Section 3.12 and
Section 4.2(bb) hereof, including, but not limited to, any distributions made to
FC in accordance with Section 5.1(b).
“
Fiscal Year
” means
the Company’s taxable year, which shall be a calendar year except as otherwise
required by law.
“
Governmental Body
”
means any government, any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or
authority, including any department, commission, board, bureau, branch, agency
or instrumentality thereof, any administrative or regulatory body obtaining
authority from any of the foregoing, any contractor acting on behalf of any of
the foregoing, and any court, tribunal, judicial or arbitral body, mediation or
conciliation or self-regulatory authority, in each case whether federal, state,
regional, county, city or of any other political subdivision, whether domestic
or foreign.
“
Initial Capital
Contributions
” means any Capital Contributions made pursuant to Section
3.1 upon the formation of the Company.
“
Initial Members
”
means Peterson, FC, Sarah Merz, Gordon Wilson, Rick Wooden, Jeff Anderson, Bob
Sumbot, Kent Frogley, Mike Connelly, Bryan Wilde and Eric Bright.
“
Law
” means any
treaty, code, statute, law (including common law), rule, regulation, convention,
ordinance, Order, legally binding regulatory policy statement or similar legally
binding guidance, binding directive or decree of any kind of any Governmental
Body, as well as any common law.
“
Liquidity Event
”
means (i) the acquisition of the Company by a successor entity by means of any
transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, any
acquisition, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, merger or
consolidation but excluding any sale of equity securities for capital raising
purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which
the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately
prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series
of transactions, at least ten percent (10%) of the total voting power
represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other
surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or
resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary immediately following such
acquisition, its parent); or (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a
whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except
where such sale or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company.
“
Majority Vote
” means
the written consent or affirmative vote of (i) Members holding more than fifty
percent (50%) of the outstanding Units entitled to vote held by all Members, in
connection with action by the Members; or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of
the Managers then in office in connection with action by the Management Board,
each Manager being entitled to one vote.
“
Management Board
”
means the five (5) individuals appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.1. The initial Managers shall be JORDAN CLEMENTS, JAMES B.
NELSON, ROBERT A. WHITMAN, SARAH MERZ and a Manager to be appointed by
Peterson.
“
Manager
” shall be any
individual serving on the Management Board. The initial Managers
shall be JORDAN CLEMENTS, JAMES B. NELSON, ROBERT A. WHITMAN, SARAH MERZ and a
Manager to be appointed by Peterson.
“
Master License
Agreement
” is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Material Competitor
”
means any Person that, directly or indirectly through Affiliates, is engaged in
the marketing, distribution or sale of Training-Oriented Products or
Training-Oriented Services. The following terms used in this
definition of “Material Competitor” shall have the following
meanings: (i) “Training-Oriented Product” means any good, product or
thing in any tangible form (including software) that is designed to teach
individuals or organizations Individual Effectiveness, Management/Leadership
and/or Organizational Execution Skills; (ii) “Training-Oriented Service” means
any seminar, session, online course, webinar, consultation or similar
interaction, whether or not for a fee, where the subject matter of such service
relates to or includes Individual Effectiveness, Management/Leadership and/or
Organizational Execution Skills; and (iii) “Individual Effectiveness,
Management/Leadership and/or Organizational Execution Skills” means any and all
organizational, management, leadership or personal effectiveness skills and the
techniques and strategies for attaining such skills including, without
limitation, executive coaching, management coaching, performance review,
trust-building (in or out of an organizational setting), execution-related
skills, personal time management, personal performance, personal goal-setting
(including personal time-management, performance and goal setting in any
academic or educational environment), family
effectiveness,
family organization, family goal-setting, family values, personal fitness,
wellness and life balance, and any other form of training.
“
Member
” means (a)
each Initial Member until such time, if any, that any such Person becomes a
Withdrawn Member, (b) any Person acquiring Units directly from the Company in
accordance with this Agreement until such time, if any, that any such Person
becomes a Withdrawn Member, and (c) any Person who acquires Units in the Company
in a Permitted Transfer and who is deemed, or is admitted as, a Substitute
Member until such time, if any, that such Person becomes a Withdrawn
Member.
“
Net Available Cash
Flow
” means, with respect to any period, the Company’s gross cash
receipts derived from any source whatsoever, excluding Capital Contributions,
reduced by the portion thereof used to pay or establish reasonable reserves for
all Company expenses, debt payments and accrued interest (including principal
and interest payments on loans made to the Company by non-Members and by the
Members), contingencies, and proposed acquisitions, as determined by the
Management Board. “Net Available Cash Flow” shall not be reduced by
depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, or similar
allowances.
“
Officer
” means as set
forth in Section 4.10. The initial Officers of the Company are as
follows:
Chairman
of the Management
Board: Robert
A. Whitman
Chief
Executive Officer and
President: Sarah
Merz
Chief
Financial
Officer: Robert
Sumbot
“
Order
” means any
judgment, writ, decree, directive, decision, injunction, ruling, stipulation,
award, order (including any consent decree or cease and desist order) or
determination of kind issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental
Body.
“
Original Operating
Agreement
” is defined in the Recitals.
“
Percentage Interest
”
means, at any particular time, the percentage interest of each Member or Unit
Holder of the Company and determined with respect to a particular Member or Unit
Holder at any particular time by dividing the number of Units owned by such
Member or Unit Holder by the aggregate number of outstanding Units.
“
Person
” means any
individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust,
estate, association or other legal entity.
“
Priority Members
”
means the Class A Members and the Class B Members.
“
Profits
” means the
profits of the Company as defined in Section A1 of Appendix 1.
“
Public Offering
”
means any underwritten sale of any Equity Securities pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the SEC on Form S-1
(or a successor form) after which such Equity Securities are (i) listed on a
national securities
exchange
and (ii) registered under the Securities Exchange Act; provided that the
following shall not be considered a Public Offering: (A) any issuance of Equity
Securities as consideration or financing for a merger or acquisition and (B) any
issuance of Equity Securities or rights to acquire Equity Securities to
employees as part of an incentive or compensation plan.
“
Quorum
” shall mean
(i) at least fifty percent (50%) of the Managers then in office, in the case of
a meeting of the Management Board; or (ii) Members who own, in the aggregate, a
majority of the outstanding Units held by all Members entitled to vote at the
meeting, in the case of a meeting of the Members.
“
Regulations
” mean the
Income Tax Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code as such Regulations
may be amended and in effect from time to time (including corresponding
provisions of succeeding Regulations).
“
Reset Ratio
” is
defined in the Master License Agreement.
“
SEC
” means the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission and any Governmental Body or agency
succeeding to the functions thereof.
“
Securities Act
” means
the Securities Act of 1933.
“
Securities Exchange
Act
” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“
Selling Companies
” is
defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
“
Substitute Member
”
means a Person who acquires Units from a Member and who satisfies all of the
conditions of Section 11.5.
“
Taxing Jurisdiction
”
means any state, local, or foreign government that collects tax, interest, and
penalties, however designated, on any Member’s share of income or gain
attributable to the Company.
“
Tax Matters Partner
”
means the Person so designated in Section 9.4(b).
“
Transfer
” means, when
used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, gift, transfer,
or other disposition and, when used as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily to
sell, assign, gift, dispose, or otherwise transfer.
“
Unanimous Consent
”
means the written consent of all of the Members.
“
Unit
” means the
economic interest in the Company acquired by a Member or Unit Holder
representing the economic rights of a Member or Unit Holder and the Member’s or
Unit Holder’s permitted assignees and successors to share in distributions of
cash and other property from the Company pursuant to the Act and this Agreement,
together with the Member’s or Unit Holder’s distributive share of the Company’s
Profits and Losses and shall include the Class A Units, the Class B Units, and
the Class C Units.
“
Unit Holder
” means a
Person who owns Units of the Company but who is not a Member including, except
as otherwise provided herein, a Member who becomes a Withdrawn
Member.
“
Unsuitable
Transferee
” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through
Affiliates, engages in any of the following
activities: (i) publishing or promoting indecent or pornographic
materials, (ii) deriving a substantial portion of revenue from gaming activities
or the promotion or sale of alcoholic beverages, tobacco products or firearms,
(iii) having as a primary purpose the advocacy of a particular political or
moral position or (iv) illegal activities.
“
Withdrawal Notice
”
means as set forth in Section 10.4(a).
“
Withdrawal Event
”
means the occurrence of any of the following events: (1) the Member
voluntarily withdraws from the Company; (2) the Member is expelled as a member,
as provided in the Act; (3) the Member does any of the following: (a) makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) files a voluntary petition in
bankruptcy; (c) is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent; (d) files a petition or
answer seeking for itself or himself any reorganization, arrangement,
composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law
or rule; (e) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest
the material allegations of a petition filed against it or him in a bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding; (f) seeks, consents to or
acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Member
or of all or any substantial part of its or his property; (4) if a Member is a
natural person: (a) his death; (b) the entry of an order or judgment by a court
of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage his person or
his estate; (5) if a Member is acting as a Member by virtue of being a trustee
of a trust, the termination of the trust but not merely the substitution of a
new trustee; (6) if a Member is a general or limited partnership, the
dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (7) if a Member
is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent
for the corporation or revocation of its charter; (8) if a Member is an estate,
the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the
Company; (9) if a Member is another foreign or domestic limited liability
company, the filing of articles of dissolution or termination or their
equivalent for the foreign or domestic limited liability company and (10) the
Member ceases to be a member of the Company for any other reason pursuant to
Section 708 of the Act.
“
Withdrawn Member
”
means a Member following the occurrence of a Withdrawal Event with respect to
such Member.
The
following terms not defined above are defined in the sections indicated
below:
Definition
|
Defined
|
Additional
Capital Shortfall
|
3.2(b)
|
Capital
Account
|
Sec.
A1, App. 1
|
Claims
|
8.2(a)
|
Contributing
Member
|
3.2(b)
|
CPR
Institute
|
13.2
|
Damages
|
8.2(a)
|
Depreciation
|
Sec.
A1, App. 1
|
Designated
Office
|
2.4
|
Disposing
Member
|
11.4(b)
|
Disposition
Notice
|
11.4(b)
|
Dispute
Notice
|
3.10(a)
|
Drag-Along
Notice
|
11.8(a)
|
Drag-Along
Right
|
11.8
|
Expenses
|
14.14
|
FC
Manager
|
4.1(b)
|
Gross
Asset Value
|
Sec.
A1, App. 1
|
Losses
|
Sec.
A1, App. 1
|
Management
Services Agreements
|
4.15
|
Noncontributing
Member
|
3.2(b)
|
Non-Disposing
Members
|
11.4(b)
|
Notice
Period
|
11.4(b)
|
Offered
Units
|
11.9(a)
|
Performance-Based
Restricted Units
|
3.9(c)(ii)
|
Permitted
Transfer
|
11.2
|
Peterson
Managers
|
4.1(b)
|
Peterson/FC
Manager
|
4.1(b)
|
Presumed
Tax Liability
|
5.7
|
Proceeding
|
8.2(a)
|
Profits
Interest Grant Letter
|
3.4(e)(i)
|
Profits
Interest Pool
|
3.4(e)(i)
|
Profits
Interest Units
|
3.9
|
Proposed
Transfer
|
11.9(a)
|
Purchase
Option
|
10.4(b)
|
Purchase
Option Notice
|
10.4(c)
|
Redemption
Date
|
3.9(b)
|
Remaining
Member
|
11.9
|
Repurchase
Notice
|
3.10(a)
|
Repurchase
Price
|
3.10(a)
|
Restricted
Member
|
3.4(e)(ii)
|
Restricted
Unit
|
3.4(e)(ii)
|
Safe
Harbor
|
3.4(v)(A.2)
|
Safe
Harbor Election
|
3.4(v)(A.2)
|
Successor
Corporation
|
2.9
|
Tag-Along
Demand
|
11.9(c)
|
Tag-Along
Rights
|
11.9(a)
|
Tax
Advances
|
5.8
|
Tax
Distribution
|
5.7
|
Time
Vested Restricted Units
|
3.9(c)(i)
|
Transferring
Member
|
11.8
|
Withdrawal
Notice
|
10.4(a)
|
Withdrawn
Member
|
10.4(e)
|
ARTICLE
II
FORMATION
OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
2.1
General
. The
Company has been formed pursuant to the Act and the terms of the Original
Operating Agreement, effective upon the filing of the Articles of Organization
on May 22, 2008. The Members shall execute and acknowledge any and
all certificates and instruments and do all filing, recording, and other acts as
may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Act
relating to the formation, operation, and maintenance of the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2.2
Name
. The
name of the Company is “Franklin Covey Products, LLC,” and the business of the
Company shall be carried on in this name with such variations and changes as the
Management Board deems necessary or appropriate to comply with requirements of
the jurisdiction(s) in which the Company’s operations shall be
conducted.
2.3
Purposes and
Powers
. The business purpose of the Company shall be to
transact any lawful business as may be authorized under the
Act. Without limiting the foregoing, the purposes for which the
Company is formed are (i) to operate the Business, directly or indirectly
through subsidiaries, and in connection therewith to enter into the Ancillary
Agreements, and (ii) such other purposes as may be approved by the Majority Vote
of the Managers consistent with the Company’s Articles of
Organization.
2.4
Designated
Office
. The designated office of the Company (the “Designated
Office”) shall be located at 2250 West Parkway Blvd., Salt Lake City, Utah
84119. The Management Board shall be authorized to change the
location of the designated office of the Company; provided, however, that such
change is authorized under the Act, the Management Board provides written notice
of such change to all of the Members, and the Managers deliver a statement of
change to the Division.
2.5
Registered Agent; Registered
Office
. The registered agent for service of process on the
Company in the State of Utah is Robert Sumbot and the registered office of the
Company shall be located at the same address as the Designated
Office.
2.6
Term
. The
term of the Company commenced on the filing of the Articles of Organization for
the Company and shall not expire except in accordance with the provisions of
Article XII hereof or in accordance with the Act.
2.7
Company
Classification
. The Members intend that, until such time, if
any, as the Company is converted to a corporation in accordance with this
Agreement, the Company always be operated in a manner consistent with its
treatment as a “partnership” for federal and state income tax
purposes. The Members also intend that the Company not be operated or
treated as a “partnership” for purposes of Section 303 of the Federal Bankruptcy
Code. None of the Management Board, the Managers, or the Members may
take any action inconsistent with the express intent of the parties
hereto. The Company is not a “partnership” for purposes of the Utah
General and Limited Liability Partnerships (Utah Code Ann. § 48-1-1 et seq.) or
the Utah
Revised
Uniform Limited Partnership Act (Utah Code Ann. § 48-2a-101 et seq.) and the
Members are not partners for the purposes of such provisions.
2.8
Qualification in Other
Jurisdictions
. The Management Board, or any employee of the
Company designated by the Management Board as an officer of the Company, shall
cause the Company to be qualified or registered under foreign entity or assumed
or fictitious name statutes or similar Laws in any jurisdiction in which the
Company owns property or transacts business to the extent such qualification or
registration is necessary or advisable in order to protect the limited liability
of the Members or to permit the Company lawfully to own property or transact
business. In connection with the foregoing, any Manager or any such
officer, acting alone, may execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any
amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to
do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct
business.
2.9
Conversion to
Corporation
. The Management Board may elect to cause the
Company to be converted from a limited liability company to a corporation (the
“Successor Corporation”). All of the rights, privileges, and powers
of the Company and all property and assets of the Company shall remain vested in
the Successor Corporation, and all debts, liabilities, and duties of the Company
shall remain attached to the Successor Corporation, all as more provided by
applicable Law. Upon consummation of the conversion: (a) all Members
shall be issued such class or series and amount of preferred or common stock or
other securities in the Successor Corporation which reflects their relative
economic interests in the Company with respect to the class or series of Equity
Securities owned by them prior to the conversion and whose terms best preserve
the rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and limitations of such
applicable class or series of Equity Securities as provided under this
Agreement, including but, not limited to, the rights to receive those dollar
amounts that would be allocated to each class or series of Equity Securities if
the Company were to be liquidated in accordance with this Agreement at the time
of such conversion, and (b) the Members shall enter into, and cause the
Successor Corporation to enter into, a shareholders agreement with respect to
the equity securities of the Successor Corporation setting forth rights and
obligations of the parties equivalent to those set forth in this
Agreement. Any such shareholders agreement shall also include
substantially equivalent demand and piggy back registration rights for the
benefit of the Priority Members (and excluding the Members holding Class C
Units) on customary terms and conditions.
2.10
Statutory
Compliance
. The Members shall make all filings and disclosures
required by, and shall otherwise comply with, all Laws in connection with this
Agreement or the Business. The Members shall execute, file and record
in the appropriate records any assumed or fictitious name certificate required
by Law to be filed or recorded in connection with the formation of the Company
and shall execute, file and record such other documents and instruments as may
be necessary or appropriate with respect to the formation of, and conduct of
business by, the Company. Each Member shall, and shall cause its
Affiliates to, cooperate reasonably with the other Member with respect to all
filings that the Company or a Member is required or otherwise elects to make
under Law in connection with this Agreement or the
Business.
ARTICLE
III
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1
Initial Capital
Contributions
. As of the Effective Date, the Initial Members
of the Company shall contribute property as set forth in Exhibit A to the
Company in exchange for their Units. In addition, FC shall contribute
the FC Priority Contribution with respect to which FC shall not be issued any
additional Units.
3.2
Additional Capital
Contributions by the Members
.
(a)
The
Management Board may, from time to time, determine that Capital Contributions in
addition to the Members’ prior Capital Contributions are needed to enable the
Company to conduct its business. Upon making such a determination,
notice shall be given to all Members in writing at least thirty (30) days before
the date on which the Members may make such additional Capital
Contributions. The notice shall set forth the amount of additional
Capital Contribution needed, the purpose for which it is needed, and the date by
which the Members may contribute such additional amounts. No Member
shall be required to make an additional Capital
Contribution. However, each Member shall be given the opportunity to
make such additional Capital Contribution in proportion to such Member’s
Percentage Interest in relation to Units then held by all
Members. Upon payment of the additional Capital Contribution, the
Company shall issue a new Class of Units to each contributing Member, each new
Unit having a value as determined by the Management Board,
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not issue any Units with superior rights to the Class A Units or
the Class B Units without the written consent of a majority of the issued and
outstanding Class A Units and the Class B Units, voting together as a single
class and not as a separate class. The value of the Units shall be
reasonably determined by the Management Board after consultation with
knowledgeable professionals based on the then current value of the Company;
provided, however, that unless required by the Management Board, the Company
shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of the Company.
(b)
If a
Member fails to make an additional Capital Contribution, which such Member has
an option to make under Section 3.2(a), at the time specified in the notice (a
“Noncontributing Member”), the Management Board shall, within five (5) days
after said failure, notify each other Member which has made its additional
Capital Contribution in full (a “Contributing Member”) in writing of the total
amount of Noncontributing Member Capital Contributions not made (the “Additional
Capital Shortfall”), and shall specify a number of days within which each
Contributing Member may make an additional Capital Contribution, which Capital
Contribution shall not be less than an amount bearing the same ratio to the
amount of Additional Capital Shortfall as the Contributing Member’s Units bear
to the total Units of all Contributing Members. If the total amount
of Additional Capital Shortfall is not contributed, the Management Board may use
any reasonable method to provide Members the opportunity to make additional
Capital Contributions until the Additional Capital Shortfall is as fully
contributed as possible.
(c)
Immediately
before the issuance of additional Units, the Company shall adjust the Capital
Accounts of the Members who own Units in the Company before the issuance of the
additional Units in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the
Regulations. Further, following the
issuance
of the additional Units, if necessary, the Management Board shall re-compute the
Percentage Interests of the Members based on the total number of Units held by
each Member after the issuance of the additional Units.
3.3
Additional Funding;
Borrowing
. Before or after the expenditure or commitment of
Company capital, the Management Board may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain
or provide additional financing for Company activities by any method which it
believes to be appropriate under the circumstances, including issuance of
additional Units or borrowing funds for or loaning funds to the Company,
provided, however, that the Company shall not issue any Units with superior
rights to the Class A Units or the Class B Units without the written consent,
respectively, of a majority of the Class A Members with respect to the Class A
Units and a majority in interest of the Class B Members with respect to the
Class B Units. The Company may borrow, at the discretion of the
Management Board, from banks, lending institutions, or other unrelated third
parties, or from Affiliates of the Company or any Member, Manager or Officer,
and may pledge Company properties or any income therefrom to secure or provide
for the repayment of any such loans. In the event the Company elects
to borrow funds from one or more Members, each Priority Member shall have the
right, but not the obligation, to loan to the Company his or its proportionate
share of the aggregate principal amount of funds borrowed from the Member or
Members, which amount shall be based upon such Member’s Percentage Interest
(taking into account only the Percentage Interests of the Priority
Members).
3.4
Units
.
(a)
General
. The total
number of outstanding Units of the Company as of the Effective Date is one
hundred thousand (100,000) Units. The name and address of each
Initial Member and the initial number of Units and the class of Units held by
each Initial Member is set forth on Exhibit A. Exhibit A shall
reflect any additional Units issued by the Company, any Units transferred in
accordance with this Agreement, and any Person admitted as a
Member. Members or Unit Holders who change their addresses following
the issuance of Units shall advise the Company of any such change of
address. Any reference to Exhibit A in this Agreement means Exhibit A
as amended to reflect any changes in the information specified
herein. The Managers shall be authorized, but not obligated, to issue
certificates reflecting the number of Units held by each Member of the
Company.
(b)
Class A Units
. There shall be
a class of Units that shall be designated as “Class A Units” that shall have the
respective voting and economic rights set forth in this Agreement, including the
right to receive distributions pursuant to Section 5.1(c), Section 12.2(d), and
Section 12.2(e). As of the date hereof, the Company has issued and
outstanding 64,357.73 Class A Units, the number of which are held by certain
Members in exchange for a cash Capital Contribution as follows:
No. of Class A
Units
|
Member
|
Capital
Contributions
|
60,804.49
|
Peterson
|
$6,845,000
|
1,776.61
|
Sarah
Merz
|
$200,000
|
888.31
|
Rick
Wooden
|
$100,000
|
222.08
|
Gordon
Wilson
|
$25,000
|
222.08
|
Jeff
Anderson
|
$25,000
|
222.08
|
Bob
Sumbot
|
$25,000
|
222.08
|
Kent
Frogley
|
$25,000
|
(c)
Class B Units
. There shall be
a class of Units that shall be designated as “Class B Units” that shall have the
respective voting and economic rights set forth in this Agreement, including the
right to receive distributions pursuant to Section 12.2(f). As of the
date hereof, the Company has issued and outstanding 15,600 Class B Units held by
FC in exchange for a Capital Contribution in the amount of $1,755,000 by
FC.
(d)
Additional Units
. Subject to
the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 3.2 of this
Agreement, the Management Board may from time to time by its Majority Vote cause
the Company to issue Additional Units to existing Members or new Members,
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not issue any Additional Units with superior rights to the Class A
Units or the Class B Units without the written consent of a majority of the
issued and outstanding Class A Units and the Class B Units, voting together as a
single class and not as a separate class.
(e)
Class C Units/Profits Interest
Pool
.
i.
The
Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000 profits interest units (“Profits
Interest Units”) in the form of Class C Units (the “Profits Interest Pool”), of
which 18,400 shall be issued as of the Effective Date to the individuals
identified in Exhibit A, and 1,600 of which shall be issued after the Effective
Date. The Profits Interest Units in the Profits Interest Pool shall
be issued pursuant to a profits interest grant letter in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B (with such modifications as the Management Board
may determine, the “Profits Interest Grant Letter”). The Company
intends that the Profits Interest Units be treated as “profits interests” under
Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 CB 343, and, if applicable, Revenue Procedure
2001-43, 2001-2 CB 191, or any similar provisions of any future IRS guidance or
applicable law, including Treasury Regulations under Code §83.
ii.
Each
Member who receives Profits Interest Units (each such Member, a “Restricted
Member” and such Profits Interest Units, the “Restricted Units”) is willing to
subject the Restricted Units to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
including Section 3.9 and Section 3.10 and the Profits Interest Grant
Letter.
iii.
Unless
otherwise set forth in this Agreement or the Profits Interest Grant Letter, each
holder of Profits Interest Units shall be treated as a Member and shall be
subject to all of the rights and obligations of a Member under this
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
holder of a Profits Interest Unit shall be entitled to receive all allocations
of Profits and Loss with respect to any holder of Profits Interest Units
pursuant to this Agreement, and shall be entitled to all distributions with
respect to any holder of Profits Interest Units in accordance with this
Agreement, until such time as such holder of Profits Interest Units ceases to be
a Member pursuant to this Agreement.
iv.
The
Company shall adjust the Capital Accounts of all Members effective immediately
before any issuance of Profits Interest Units contemplated in this Section
3.4(e) pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(iv)(f) to reflect the fair market
value of the Company’s
assets at
the time of such adjustment. In addition, following the issuance of
Profits Interest Units, if necessary, the Management Board shall re-compute the
Percentage Interests of the Members based on the total number of Units held by
each Member after the issuance of such additional Units.
v.
The IRS
has issued proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(l) providing that
subject to such additional conditions, rules, and procedures that the IRS may
prescribe, a partnership and all of its partners may elect a safe harbor under
which the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred in
connection with the performance of services will be treated as being equal to
the liquidation value of that interest (the “Safe Harbor”). Such
proposed Treasury Regulations may become effective on the date the final
Treasury Regulations are published in the federal register. Each
Member, by executing this Agreement, hereby agrees to the
following:
A.1
The
Company and each Member shall report the fair market value of each Profits
Interest Unit that is transferred in connection with the performance of services
as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest.
A.2
The
Company is authorized and directed to elect the Safe Harbor, in accordance with
proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(l) and the proposed revenue
procedure thereunder (once such regulations and revenue procedure become
effective and, in such case, immediately before issuing any Profits Interest
Units) (the “Safe Harbor Election”), provided that if the final Treasury
Regulations issued pursuant to Section 1.83-3(l) and the proposed revenue
procedure thereunder are different in any material way than the current proposed
regulations, then the Management Board shall determine whether to make such
election.
A.3
The
Company and each Member (including any Person to whom a Profits Interest Unit is
transferred in connection with the performance of services) agree to comply with
all requirements of the Safe Harbor Election with respect to all Profits
Interest Units transferred in connection with the performance of services while
the Safe Harbor Election remains in effect, including the requirement that all
relevant U.S. federal income tax items be reported consistently with the Safe
Harbor Election as in effect at the time of the election.
A.4
The
effective date of the Safe Harbor Election shall be the earliest date that a
Profits Interest Unit is issued by the Company after such election is permitted
under the applicable regulations and revenue procedure, once effective, and the
Safe Harbor Election shall continue to apply until such time (if ever) as the
Board agree, and cause the Company, to terminate the Safe Harbor
Election.
A.5
To the
extent required under then-applicable law, the Tax Matters Partner, at the
discretion of the Management Board, shall cause the Company to file all such
forms and documents that are required to have the Safe Harbor Election apply
irrevocably with respect to all Profits Interest Units transferred in connection
with the performance of services while the Safe Harbor Election is in
effect.
A.6
The
Company shall comply with any applicable record keeping requirements for the
Safe Harbor Election, and the Company and the Members shall take all other
actions, if any, required to comply with the requirements of such Safe Harbor
Election as ultimately promulgated, to the extent practicable.
A.7
The
Members authorize the Management Board to amend this Agreement, in a manner
reasonably determined by the Board to be necessary to meet the requirements of
the final Treasury Regulations,
provided
,
however
, that no
amendment pursuant to this Section 3.4(e)(v) shall be effective if such
amendment adversely affects the economic interest of Units held by any
Member. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the reduction in or
minimization of a compensation deduction of the Company as a result of such
amendment will not be treated as adversely affecting the economic interest of
Units held by any Member.
vi.
Each
Member acknowledges that any applicable transfer restrictions under this
Agreement with respect to certain Restricted Members may result in adverse tax
consequences to such Members that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an
election under Code §83(b). Such election must be filed within the
timing requirements of Code §83(b), which generally requires that such election
be made within 30 days from the issuance of the Profits Interest Units subject
to the transfer restrictions. Each Member receiving any Profits
Interest Unit(s) acknowledges and agrees (i) that a Code Section 83(b) election
shall be timely made by such Person, and (ii) that the making of such election
is such Person’s sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, even if such Person
requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on such Person’s
behalf.
vii.
This
Section 3.4(e) shall constitute a written compensation plan and agreement within
the meaning of Rule 701 under the Securities Act and under Utah law with respect
to the issuance of Profits Interest Units.
3.5
Use of Capital
Contributions
. All Capital Contributions shall be expended
only in furtherance of the business purpose of the Company as set forth in
Section 2.3 hereof.
3.6
No Unauthorized Withdrawals
of Capital Contributions
. No Member or Unit Holder shall have
the right to withdraw or to be repaid any of such Member or Unit Holder’s
Capital Contributions, except as specifically provided in this
Agreement.
3.7
Return of
Capital
. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no
Member or Unit Holder shall be entitled to the return of the Member or the Unit
Holder’s Capital Contributions to the Company.
3.8
Third Party
Rights
. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended or
will be deemed to benefit any creditor of the Company, nor will any creditor of
the Company be entitled to require the Management Board to solicit or demand
Capital Contributions from any Member.
3.9
Automatic
Redemption
.
(a)
Each
Restricted Member is willing to subject his Restricted Units to the automatic
redemption provisions of this Section 3.9.
(b)
In the
event that a Restricted Member voluntarily terminates his services to the
Company or the Company terminates such Restricted Member’s services to the
Company for any or no reason, with or without Cause, the Restricted Units held
by such Restricted Member shall, upon the date of such termination (the
“Redemption Date”), be automatically redeemed by the Company for no
consideration (other than any Tax Distribution to which such Restricted Member
is entitled with respect to the Restricted Units in accordance with Section 5.7
following the allocation of Profits and Losses through the Redemption Date).
Upon the automatic redemption of any Restricted Units, the Company shall become
the legal and beneficial owner of the Restricted Units so redeemed and all
rights and interest therein or related thereto without further action by the
Restricted Member.
(c)
The
Restricted Units shall be released from automatic redemption pursuant to Section
3.9(b) in the following manner:
i.
One third
(1/3
rd
) of the
Restricted Units shall be considered “Time Vested Restricted
Units”. One third (1/3
rd
) of the
Time Vested Restricted Units shall be automatically released from automatic
redemption pursuant to Section 3.9(b), and shall no longer be treated as
Restricted Units for purposes of this Section 3.9, on each of the first three
annual anniversaries of the date of the grant of such Profits Interest
Units.
ii.
Two
thirds (2/3
rd
) of the
Restricted Units shall be considered “Performance-Based Restricted
Units”.
A.1
All of
the Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be released from automatic
redemption pursuant to Section 3.9(b), and shall no longer be treated as
Restricted Units for purposes of this Section 3.9, if (x) the Company’s average
12-month EBITDA for the 24 months preceding a Liquidity Event is above $19
million; and (y) the Company’s 12-month EBITDA for the second 12 months
preceding a Liquidity Event is at least 95% of the 12-month EBITDA for the first
12 months preceding the Liquidity Event.
A.2
Only
three fourths (3/4
th
) of the
Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be released from automatic redemption
pursuant to Section 3.9(b), and shall no longer be treated as Restricted Units
for purposes of this Section 3.9, if (x) the Company’s average 12-month EBITDA
for the 24 months preceding a Liquidity Event is above $18 million and up to $19
million; and (y) the Company’s 12-month EBITDA for the second 12 months
preceding a Liquidity Event is at least 95% of the 12-month EBITDA for the first
12 months preceding the Liquidity Event.
A.3
Only one
half (1/2) of the Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be released from
automatic redemption pursuant to Section 3.9(b), and shall no longer be treated
as Restricted Units for purposes of this Section 3.9, if (x) the Company’s
average 12-month EBITDA for the 24 months preceding a Liquidity Event is above
$14 million and up to $18 million; and (y) the Company’s 12-month EBITDA for the
second 12 months preceding a Liquidity Event is at least 95% of the 12-month
EBITDA for the first 12 months preceding the Liquidity Event.
A.4
Only one
fourth (1/4
th
) of the
Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be released from automatic redemption
pursuant to Section 3.9(b), and shall no longer be treated as Restricted Units
for purposes of this Section 3.9, if (x) the Company’s average 12-month EBITDA
for the 24 months preceding a Liquidity Event is above $13 million and up to $14
million; and (y) the Company’s 12-month EBITDA for the second 12 months
preceding a Liquidity Event is at least 95% of the 12-month EBITDA for the first
12 months preceding the Liquidity Event.
A.5
None of
the Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be released from automatic
redemption pursuant to Section 3.9(b) if he Company’s average 12-month EBITDA
for the 24 months preceding a Liquidity Event is $13 million or
less.
A.6
If the
Company sells or otherwise divests a portion of the Business, then “average
12-month EBITDA” and the “12-month EBITDA” used to determine the percentage of
the Performance-Based Restricted Units that shall be released under Section
3.9(b) shall be automatically adjusted downwards based on the same Reset Ratio
as used in Section 6.1(a) of the Master License Agreement.
Any
Restricted Units released from the automatic redemption provisions of this
Section 3.9 shall continue to be subject to the other restrictions on transfer
and the other provisions set forth in this Agreement.
(d)
In the
event of a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s
outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or
additional securities or other property that by reason of such transaction are
distributed with respect to any Restricted Units or into which such Restricted
Units thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the provisions
of this Section 3.9. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the
distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the Restricted
Units.
(e)
Upon the
automatic redemption of any Restricted Units pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 3.9, the Restricted Member shall no longer have any rights as a holder
of the Restricted Units so redeemed and
Exhibit A
shall be
restated to reflect the Restricted Units, if any, held by such Restricted
Member.
3.10
Company Repurchase
Right
.
(a)
Termination without Cause or
Voluntary Termination by the Restricted Member
. In the event
that the Company terminates a Restricted Member’s services to the Company
without Cause or a Restricted Member voluntarily terminates his services to the
Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase such Restricted Member’s
Restricted Units that are not subject to the automatic redemption set forth
above in Section 3.9 for a period of 270 days following such termination upon at
least ten (10) days prior written notice to such Restricted Member (the
“Repurchase Notice”). Subject to Article 3.10(b), the repurchase
price for such Restricted Units shall be a cash amount equal to the fair market
value (as determined by the Company’s Management Board) of such Restricted
Units, taking into account discounts for lack of marketability and lack of
control, to the extent applicable (the “Repurchase Price”). The Repurchase
Notice shall include the proposed Repurchase Price. If the Restricted
Member
disputes
the proposed Repurchase Price, such Restricted Member shall deliver written
notice of such dispute to the Company within twenty (20) days of receipt of the
Repurchase Notice (the “Dispute Notice”). If such Restricted Member fails to
deliver a Dispute Notice to the Company within such 20-day period, such
Restricted Member shall be deemed to have agreed with and shall be bound by the
Repurchase Price proposed in the Repurchase Notice. If such Restricted Member
delivers a Dispute Notice to the Company within such 20-day period, the Company
and such Restricted Member shall select a reputable valuation firm to determine
the fair market value of such Restricted Units. In the event that the
Company and such Restricted Member do not agree upon a valuation firm within
sixty (60) days of the date the Company delivered the Repurchase Notice to such
Restricted Member, the Company and such Restricted Member shall each select a
reputable valuation firm and instruct the valuation firms to select a third
reputable valuation firm. The fair market value of such Restricted Units shall
then be determined by such third valuation firm. The fees and costs of the
valuation firms engaged pursuant to this Article 3.9 shall be borne equally
between the Company and such Restricted Member.
(b)
Termination for
Cause
. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the
event that the Company terminates a Restricted Member’s services to the Company
for Cause, all of such Restricted Member’s Restricted Units, including those
Restricted Units previously released from automatic redemption pursuant to
Section 3.9(c), shall, upon the date of such termination, be automatically
redeemed by the Company for no consideration (other than any Tax Distribution to
which such Restricted Member is entitled with respect to the Restricted Units in
accordance with Section 5.7 following the allocation of Profits and Losses
through the Redemption Date). Upon the redemption of any Restricted Units, the
Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of such Restricted Units so
redeemed and all rights and interest therein or related thereto without further
action by the Restricted Member.
3.11
Purchase of Assets by the
Company
. Effective as of the Closing, in exchange for cash in
the amount of $32,000,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Asset
Purchase Agreement) and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, the Company
shall purchase from the Selling Companies the Acquired Assets. The
cash that is to be used to purchase the Acquired Assets may include funds
borrowed by the Company, as described in the Purchase Agreement, and the parties
agree that they shall not apply Treasury Regulation section 1.707-5(b)(1) or
1.707-4(d) to reduce the portion of the assets treated as sold to the Company
for the consideration identified in this 3.11.
3.12
The FC Preferred Return and
the FC Priority Contribution
. As of the Effective Date, FC
shall contribute the FC Priority Contribution with respect to which FC shall not
be issued any additional Units, but with respect to which FC shall be entitled
to the FC Preferred Return and the FC Priority Contribution in accordance with
Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(b) and Section 12.2(c), provided, however, that the
Company may, with unanimous consent of the Management Board, determine to make a
distribution of part or all of the FC Preferred Return or the FC Priority
Contribution before the dissolution and liquidation of the Company.
ARTICLE
IV
MANAGEMENT
4.1
Management by Management
Board
.
(a)
The
Managers shall collectively comprise the Management Board. The
Management Board shall function substantially the same manner as a board of
directors of a Utah corporation. In addition to those actions set
forth in Section 4.2 and otherwise in this Agreement, all actions by the Company
that would require board of directors or stockholder approval or for which it
would be customary, using good corporate practice, to obtain board of director
or stockholder approval if the Company were a Utah corporation shall require
Management Board approval.
(b)
The
number of Managers to serve on the Management Board shall be five (5) and may be
increased from time to time by the Management Board by Majority
Vote. The initial members of the Management Board are: (i)
three individuals appointed by Peterson (or Peterson’s transferee in the event
of a Transfer of Units by Peterson) (the “Peterson Managers”), who shall
initially be (A) JORDAN CLEMENTS, (B) JAMES B. NELSON, and (C) a Manager to be
appointed by Peterson; (ii) one individual appointed by FC (the “FC Manager”),
who shall initially be ROBERT A. WHITMAN; and (iii) one individual appointed by
the unanimous consent of the Peterson Managers and the FC Manager (the
“Peterson/FC Manager”), who shall initially be SARAH MERZ.
(c)
Robert A.
Whitman shall serve as the Chairman of the Management Board and serve in that
capacity for a minimum of three (3) years unless earlier (A) he resigns as the
FC Manager; (B) he is removed for Cause; (C) he is no longer the Chief Executive
Officer of Franklin Covey Co., a Utah corporation; or (D) the Percentage
Interest held by FC (or an Affiliate of FC) is 50% or less than the Percentage
Interest held by FC as of the Effective Date. If Mr. Whitman’s
service as the FC Manager and the Chairman terminates for any reason prior to
the termination of such three-year period, then, as long as the Percentage
Interest held by FC (or an Affiliate of FC) is greater than 50% of the
Percentage Interest held by FC as of the Effective Date, the person who replaces
Mr. Whitman as the FC Manager shall serve as the Chairman of the Management
Board and serve in that capacity until the expiration of such three-year
period. Any successor Chairman thereafter shall be appointed by the
Management Board and shall serve in that capacity until his successor shall have
been appointed by the Management Board or until his earlier
resignation.
(d)
Each
Manager shall sign a counterpart to this Agreement in his capacity as a
Manager.
(e)
Each
Manager shall hold office until his successor shall have been appointed or until
his earlier resignation.
(f)
The
Management Board may hold regular meetings at a time and place determined by the
Management Board. Any Manager may call a special meeting of the
Management Board by giving at least forty-eight (48) hours notice of the special
meeting and the time, place, and purpose for such meeting. Managers
may waive the forty eight (48)-hour notice requirement by attending the meeting
or by waiving the notice requirement in writing. Any Manager may
participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through
the use of, any means of communication by which all Managers participating may
simultaneously
hear each
other during the meeting, in which case, any required notice of the meeting may
generally describe the arrangements (rather than or in addition to the place)
for the holding thereof. A Manager participating in a meeting by this
means is deemed to be present in person at this meeting. At any
meeting of the Management Board, a Quorum of the Managers must exist in order to
transact business at such meeting.
(g)
Unless
otherwise required by the Act or otherwise specified in this Agreement, any and
all actions taken by the Management Board shall require the approval of at least
a Majority Vote of the Managers. Any action which may be taken by the
Management Board at a special or regularly scheduled meeting may be taken
without a meeting if the Managers then in office unanimously consent to the
action in writing. The Managers may not vote by proxy.
4.2
Authority of
Officers
. The business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by its Officers. Subject to Section 4.1, the Management Board
hereby delegates to the Officers full, exclusive, and complete discretion,
power, and authority, to manage, control, administer, and operate the day-to-day
business and affairs of the Company for the purposes herein
stated. The Officers have full and complete authority, power and
discretion to make any and all decisions affecting such day-to-day business and
affairs, and to do any and all things that the Officers shall deem to be
necessary or appropriate to accomplish the business objectives of the Company,
except as otherwise (i) provided in this Agreement, (ii) specifically required
by the non-waivable provisions of the Act, (iii) directed by the Management
Board; or (iv) provided in this Section 4.2. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Agreement, the following actions shall require the
consent of the Management Board:
(a)
acquire
by purchase, lease, or otherwise, any real or personal property, tangible or
intangible in excess of $500,000;
(b)
construct,
operate, maintain, finance, and improve, and to own, sell, convey, assign,
mortgage, or lease any real estate and any personal property in excess of
$250,000;
(c)
sell,
dispose, trade, or exchange Company assets in the ordinary course of the
Company’s business in excess of $250,000;
(d)
sell,
dispose, trade, or exchange any of the Company subsidiaries;
(e)
enter
into agreements and contracts and to give receipts, releases, and discharges for
products and/or services in excess of $1,000,000;
(f)
purchase
liability and other insurance to protect the Company’s properties and
business;
(g)
borrow
money in excess of $250,000 for and on behalf of the Company, and, in connection
therewith, execute and deliver instruments authorizing the confession of
judgment against the Company;
(h)
execute
or modify leases, with respect to any part of all of the assets of the Company,
in excess of $250,000;
(i)
increase,
modify, accelerate, refinance or extend any existing loan or existing
indebtedness of the Company;
(j)
pledge,
mortgage, grant a security interest in or encumber or otherwise encumber any
asset or property of the Company other than in the ordinary course of
business;
(k)
prepay,
in whole or in part, refinance, amend, modify, or extend any mortgages or deeds
of trust which may affect any asset of the Company and in connection therewith
to execute for and on behalf of the Company any extensions, renewals, or
modifications of such mortgages or deeds of trust;
(l)
invest
and reinvest Company reserves in anything other than short-term instruments or
money market funds;
(m)
take any
action which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business or
accomplish the purposes of the Company, except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement;
(n)
take any
action which would cause the termination of the Company for federal income tax
purposes or the dissolution of the Company under the Act or this Agreement or
cause the Company to be classified as an “association” taxable as a corporation
under the Code;
(o)
change or
reorganize the Company into any other legal form;
(p)
amend or
terminate any agreement or arrangement that was required to be approved by the
consent of the Management Board at the time such agreement or arrangement was
entered into;
(q)
authorize
or approve the sale, transfer, assignment, exchange or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
(r)
initiate
any lawsuit or other judicial proceeding or arbitration in the name of the
Company;
(s)
commence
bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar proceedings with respect to the
Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(t)
lend any
money to a Member, Manager or Officer or a Affiliate thereof;
(u)
confess a
judgment against the Company or settle any proceeding brought against the
Company in an amount in excess of $250,000;
(v)
change
the nature of the business of the Company or enter into any business other than
or in addition to that contemplated by this Agreement;
(w)
make any
investment in an entity (other than in short-term temporary investments of
working capital);
(x)
cause the
formation of any entity to be owned or controlled by the Company;
(y)
authorize
or approve the merger, consolidation or other combination of the Company with or
into another entity;
(z)
convert
the Company into a corporation or otherwise change the form of the entity in
which the Company does business;
(aa)
issue any
additional Units or Equity Securities of the Company;
(bb)
make a
distribution of the FC Preferred Return or the FC Priority Contribution except
as set forth in Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b) before the dissolution and
liquidation of the Company in accordance with Section 12.2, which action shall
require the unanimous consent of the Management Board;
(cc)
enter
into any agreement, arrangement or understanding, written or oral, to do any of
the foregoing; or
(dd)
take
actions which, pursuant to this Agreement, specifically require action by, or
the consent of, the Management Board.
4.3
Independent
Activities
. Except to the extent otherwise provided in this
Article IV and the Act, (i) a Member, a Manager, or any Affiliate of a Member or
Manager may engage in whatever activities such Person chooses without having or
incurring any obligation to offer any interest in such activities to the Company
or to any other Member or Manager; and (ii) neither this Agreement nor any
obligation undertaken pursuant hereto shall prevent a Member, a Manager, or any
Affiliate of a Member or Manager from engaging in such activities, or require a
Member, Manager, or any Affiliate of a Member or Manager to permit the Company
or any other Member or Manager to participate in any such activities, and as a
material part of the consideration for the execution of this Agreement by the
Members and the Managers and the admission of each Member, each Member and each
Manager hereby waives, relinquishes, and renounces any such right or claim of
participation.
4.4
Fiduciary
Responsibilities
. Notwithstanding Section 4.3, each Manager
and Member shall, in all events, account to the Company and to the Members for
any benefit, and hold, as trustee for the Company and the Members, any benefit
or profits derived by such Manager or Member without the prior consent of the
Members, by Majority Vote, from any transaction connected with the formation,
conduct or liquidation and winding up of the Company or from any use by such
Manager or Member of Company property, including, but not limited to,
confidential or proprietary information of the Company or other matters
entrusted to such Person in his or its capacity as a Manager or a Member, and
such duty extends to the personal representatives of any deceased Manager or
Member involved in the liquidation and winding up of the Company. All
management, investments, accountings, and distributions shall be conducted by
the Managers or Members, as the case may be, subject to good faith
and
fiduciary
responsibility. However, no Manager or Member shall be liable for any
loss or depreciation in the value of the Company or any of its assets or
business occurring by reason of error of judgment in making any sale, any
investment or reinvestment, or any management, investment or business decision
whatsoever, provided such loss or depreciation in value has not occurred through
the Disabling Conduct of such Manager or Member. Good faith and
fiduciary responsibility shall be required of the Managers and
Members.
4.5
Permitted
Transactions
. Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV
including, but not limited, to Section 4.4, the fact that any Manager or Member,
or any Affiliate of a Manager or a Member, or any employee, partner, officer, or
officer of either an Manager or Member or an Affiliate of a Manager or Member,
is employed by, or is directly or indirectly interested in or connected with,
any person employed by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company to render or
perform a service, or from or through whom the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company may make any sale or purchase, or from whom the Company or any Affiliate
of the Company may borrow, shall not prohibit the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company from engaging in any transaction with such person, or create any
duty of legal justification additional to that which would exist if such person
were not so related to the Company, and neither the Company nor any other
Manager or Member shall have any right in or to any benefits derived from such
transaction by such Manager or Member or Person.
4.6
Time and Attention Required
of Managers or Members
. The parties understand that the
Managers and Members may have other business activities that take a substantial
portion of their time and attention. Accordingly, the Managers and
Members are required to devote to the business of the Company only the time and
attention that they in their sole discretion shall deem necessary.
4.7
No Guaranty of Return of
Capital or Distribution of Cash
. The Company does not in any
way guarantee the return of the Members’ capital contributions or the
realization of a profit from their investment in the Company. There
is no guarantee of the distribution of any particular amount of cash to Members
at any particular time.
4.8
Prohibited
Acts
. The Officers and Managers shall not knowingly perform
any act that contravenes the provisions of this Agreement.
4.9
Reliance Upon Actions by the
Managers
. Any Person dealing with the Company may rely without
any duty of inquiry upon any action taken by the Managers on behalf of the
Company. Any and all deeds, bills of sale, assignments, mortgages,
deeds of trust, security agreements, promissory notes, leases, and other
contracts, agreements or instruments executed by at least two (2) Managers on
behalf of the Company pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement, shall be
binding upon the Company, and all Members agree that a copy of this provision
may be shown to the appropriate parties in order to confirm the
same. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Person
dealing with the Company may rely upon a certificate or written statement signed
by at least two (2) Managers as to:
(a)
The
identity of any Manager, Officer or Member;
(b)
The
existence or nonexistence of any fact or facts that constitute a condition
precedent to acts by the Managers or that are in any other manner germane to the
affairs of the Company;
(c)
The
Persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or documents on
behalf of the Company; or
(d)
Any act
or failure to act by the Company on any other matter whatsoever involving the
Company or any Member.
4.10
Officers
. The
Company may have such officers as are appointed from time to time by the
Management Board (each, an “Officer”). Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Company may have a Chairman, a President, a
Chief Executive Officer, and a Chief Financial Officer, each of whom shall,
unless otherwise directed by the Management Board, have the powers normally
associated with such officers of a Utah corporation, provided the Chairman shall
preside at all meetings of the Management Board. Any number of
offices may be held by the same person, as the Management Board may
determine. Sarah Merz shall serve as the initial President and Chief
Executive Officer, and Robert Sumbot shall serve as the initial Chief Financial
Officer. In addition, Robert A. Whitman or his successor as the FC
Manager shall serve as the Chairman of the Management Board for a minimum of
three (3) years as more specifically set forth in Section
4.1(c). Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement regarding the
appointment of any Officer, each Officer shall be chosen for a term which shall
continue until such Officer’s successor shall have been chosen and qualified or
such Officer’s earlier resignation or removal by a Majority Vote of the
Management Board.
4.11
Resignation
. A
Manager may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Management
Board. The resignation of a Manager shall take effect upon receipt of
notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective. Such resignation shall not affect
the Manager’s rights and liabilities as a Member, if applicable, except to the
extent otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.
4.12
Removal
. A
Manager may be removed for Cause by the Company upon a determination that Cause
exists. Further, (i) the Peterson Managers may be removed with or
without Cause by Peterson, (ii) the FC Manager may be removed with or without
Cause by FC, and (iii) the Peterson/FC Manager may be removed with the unanimous
consent of the Peterson Managers and the FC Manager.
4.13
Vacancies
. Any
vacancy occurring for any reason in the office of (i) the Peterson Managers may
be filled by Peterson, (ii) the FC Manager may be filled by FC, and (iii) the
Peterson/FC Manager may be filled with the unanimous consent of the Peterson
Managers and the FC Manager.
4.14
Manager
Compensation
. Peterson and FC shall be compensated for making
their employees available to the Company to serve as
Managers. Further, the Managers shall be reimbursed for expenses
reasonably incurred in carrying out such role. The total management
fee payable to Peterson and FC shall be $125,000, which shall be paid (i)
$101,250 to Peterson, and
(ii)
$23,750 to FC. In addition, the Peterson/FC Manager shall be entitled
to compensation as reasonably determined by the Management Board in the event
that such Peterson/FC Manager is not an employee of the Company. Each
Manager who is an employee of the Company shall be compensated only in
accordance with an employment agreement with the Company containing terms and
conditions acceptable to such Manager and a Majority Vote of the
Managers.
ARTICLE
V
PAYMENTS
AND DISTRIBUTIONS
5.1
Distributions of Net
Available Cash Flow
. Except as provided in Article XII in
connection with the dissolution of the Company, after any Tax Distributions to
be made pursuant to Section 5.7, Net Available Cash Flow shall be distributed on
a quarterly basis, or more frequently as determined by a Majority Vote of the
Management Board, to the Members in the following order and
priority:
(a)
First, to
FC an amount equal to the FC Preferred Return until FC has received cumulative
distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) equal to the FC Preferred
Return;
(b)
Second,
to FC an amount equal to the FC Unreturned Priority Contribution until FC has
received cumulative distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) equal to the
FC Priority Contribution;
(c)
Third, to
the Class A Members in proportion to each Class A Member’s unpaid Class A
Preferred Return, until each Class A Member has received cumulative
distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(c) equal to such Class A Member’s
Class A Preferred Return;
(d)
Fourth,
to the Class A Members, pro rata based on the Class A Unreturned Contribution
Balance of each Class A Member, an amount equal to the Class A Unreturned
Contribution Balance;
(e)
Fifth, to
the Class B Member, an amount equal to the Class B Unreturned Contribution
Balance; and
(f)
Thereafter,
to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests.
5.2
Distributions in
Kind
. The Company, at the discretion of and by the Majority
Vote of the Management Board, may make distributions in kind. All
Members must accept distributions in kind. At the time of any
distribution in kind, the Gross Asset Value of the Company’s assets will be
adjusted pursuant to Appendix 1.
5.3
Distributions in
Liquidation
. Following the dissolution of the Company and the
commencement of winding up and the liquidation of its assets, distributions to
the Members shall be governed by Section 12.2.
5.4
Amounts
Withheld
. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any
provisions of state or local tax law with respect to any payment or distribution
to the Members from the Company shall be treated as amounts distributed to the
relevant Member(s) for all purposes of this Agreement.
5.5
State Law Limitation on
Distributions
. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any
Member on account of such Member’s Units if such distribution would violate the
Act or other applicable law.
5.6
Liability For Repayment of
Distributions
. The Members acknowledge and agree that pursuant
to Section 1006 of the Act, a member of a limited liability company who receives
a distribution from a limited liability company by mistake or in violation of
the articles of organization, the operating agreement or the Act, is liable for
a period of five (5) years following such distribution to return the wrongful
distribution to the limited liability company if an action to recover such
distribution is commenced prior to the expiration of such five (5)-year period,
and an adjudication of liability is made against such member in such
action. The Management Board does not intend to make a distribution
of Net Available Cash Flow to the Members if any such distribution would be
required to be returned by the Members in accordance with the
foregoing. However, there may be circumstances in which claims of
creditors might have been unanticipated or the extent of such claims may have
been difficult to calculate and, accordingly, the Members are aware that there
may be circumstances in which distributions from the Company may be required to
be repaid to the Company by the distributee Members.
5.7
Tax
Distributions
.
(a)
For each
Fiscal Year, the Company will during such Fiscal Year use its reasonable efforts
to distribute to each Member, with respect to such Fiscal Year, a distribution
in an amount equal to such Member’s Presumed Tax Liability for such Fiscal Year
(a “Tax Distribution”), which Tax Distribution will be offset by the amount of
Tax Advances for such Member for such Fiscal Year, as provided in Section
5.8. Such Tax Distributions shall be made to the Members on a
quarterly basis in the manner set forth in Section 5.7(c).
(b)
For
purposes of this Section 5.7, “Presumed Tax Liability” for any Member for a
Fiscal Year shall mean an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of
taxable income (including any items required to be separately stated under
Section 703 of the Code and taking into account any allocations under Section
704(c)) allocated to such Member for that Fiscal Year, and (ii) the combined
effective federal and state income tax rate, adjusted for the federal deduction
for state income taxes, applicable during a Fiscal Year for computing regular
ordinary income tax liabilities (without reference to minimum taxes, alternative
minimum taxes, or income tax surcharges) of a natural person residing in Utah in
the highest bracket of taxable income.
(c)
The
Company shall reasonably estimate the Presumed Tax Liability of each Member with
respect to each quarter of the applicable Fiscal Year, and shall make a Tax
Distribution to each Member no less than ten (10) days prior to the quarterly
federal estimated income tax payment due dates for individual
taxpayers.
(d)
The
amount to be distributed to a Member as a Tax Distribution pursuant to this
Section 5.7 shall be computed as if any distributions made pursuant to Section
5.1(f) during such quarter were a Tax Distribution in respect of such
quarter. Further, any Tax Distribution made pursuant to this Section
5.7 shall be considered an advance against the next distribution(s) payable to
the applicable Member pursuant to Section 5.1(f) and Section 12.2, and shall
reduce such distribution(s) on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
5.8
Withholding and Tax
Advances
. To the extent the Company is required by any Laws of
any Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with
respect to a Member (e.g., (i) backup withholding, (ii) withholding with respect
to Members who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, or (iii)
withholding with respect to Members who are not residents of any state requiring
withholding) (“Tax Advances”), the Company may withhold such amounts and make
such tax payments to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction as may be
required. Further, all amounts withheld or required to be withheld
pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state, local, or foreign tax law
with respect to any payment, distribution, or allocation to the Company or
Members and treated by the Code (whether or not withheld pursuant to the Code)
or any such tax law as amounts payable by or in respect of any Member or any
Person owning an interest, directly or indirectly, in such Member shall be
treated as an advance to the Member and shall be credited against the Tax
Distribution such Member would otherwise receive for the applicable period
pursuant to Section 5.7. The Company is authorized to withhold from
distributions, or with respect to allocations, to the Members and to pay over to
any federal, state, local or foreign government any amounts required to be so
withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any other federal, state,
local, or foreign law and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with
respect to which such amount was withheld. If the amount of the Tax
Advances with respect to any Fiscal Year payable to the Member are not
sufficient to offset the Tax Advances with respect to such Fiscal Year, then the
Company shall reduce the amount of any other distributions payable to the Member
or, at the discretion of the Managers, require the Member to immediately repay
the Company any remaining balance until the Tax Advances amount is repaid by the
Member.
5.9
Inclusion of Unit
Holder
. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term “Member”
for purposes of this Article V shall include a Unit Holder.
ARTICLE
VI
ALLOCATION
OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
6.1
Profit
Allocations
. After making any special allocations required
under Appendix 1, Profits for each Fiscal Year (and each item of income and gain
entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated among the Members (and
credited to their respective Capital Accounts) in the following order and
priority:
(a)
First, to
FC until the cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) are
equal to the cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to FC pursuant to
Section 6.2(f) for all prior periods;
(b)
Second,
to FC until the cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this
Section
6.1(b) are equal to the cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to FC
pursuant to Section 6.2(e) for all prior periods;
(c)
Third, to
FC, an amount equal to the cumulative accrued FC Preferred Return for the
current taxable year and all prior taxable years until the cumulative Profits
allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c) are equal to the cumulative accrued FC
Preferred Return for the current taxable year and all prior taxable
years;
(d)
Fourth,
to the Class A Members, pro rata based on the amount of Losses being offset,
until the cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) are equal
to the cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to the Class A Members
pursuant to Section 6.2(d) for all prior periods;
(e)
Fifth, to
the Class A Members, pro rata based on the accrued Class A Preferred Return of
the Class A Members, an amount equal to the cumulative accrued Class A Preferred
Return for the current taxable year and all prior taxable years;
(f)
Sixth, to
each Class A Members, pro rata based on the amount of Losses being offset, until
the cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) are equal to
the cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to the Class A Members
pursuant to Section 6.2(c) for all prior periods;
(g)
Seventh,
to the Class B Members, until the cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(g) are equal to the cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated
to the Members pursuant to Section 6.2(b) for all prior periods;
(h)
Eighth,
to the Members, pro rata based on the amount of Losses being offset, until the
cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(h) are equal to the
cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to the Members pursuant to
Section 6.2(h) for all prior periods in proportion to the Members’ respective
shares of the Losses being offset;
(i)
Ninth, to
the Members, pro rata based on the amount of Losses being offset, until the
cumulative Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(i) are equal to the
cumulative Losses, if any, previously allocated to the Members pursuant to
Section 6.2(g) for all prior periods; and
(j)
Tenth, to
the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
6.2
Loss
Allocations
. After making any special allocations required
under
Appendix 1
,
Losses for each fiscal year (and each item of loss and deduction entering into
the computation thereof) shall be allocated among the Members (and charged to
their respective Capital Accounts) in the following order and
priority:
(a)
First, to
the Members, pro rata based on the amount of Profits being offset, until the
cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(a) are equal to the
cumulative Profits, if any, previously allocated to the Members pursuant to
Section 6.1(i) and Section 6.1(j) for all prior periods in proportion to the
Members’ respective shares of the Profits being offset;
(b)
Second,
to the Class B Members, pro rata in accordance with its Class B Unreturned
Contribution Balance as of the end of the period to which the allocation of
Losses under this Section 6.2(b) relates reduced by any Losses previously
allocated to such Class B Member pursuant to this Section 6.2(b), until the
cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) to each Class B
Member equal the Unreturned Contribution Balance of each such Class B Member as
of the end of the period to which the allocation of Losses under this Section
6.2(b) relates plus the total Profits allocated to each Class B Member pursuant
to Section 6.1(g).
(c)
Third, to
the Class A Members, pro rata based upon the Profits being offset, until the
cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(c) are equal to the
cumulative Profits, if any, previously allocated to the Class A Member pursuant
to Section 6.1(e) and Section 6.1(f) for all prior periods;
(d)
Fourth,
to the Class A Members, pro rata based upon the Class A Unreturned Contribution
Balances of the Class A Members as of the end of the period to which the
allocation of Losses under this Section 6.2(d) relates reduced by any Losses
previously allocated to such Class A Members pursuant to this Section 6.2(d),
until the cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(d) to each
Class A Member equals the Class A Unreturned Contribution Balance of such Class
A Member as of the end of the period to which the allocation of Losses under
this Section 6.2(d) relates plus the total Profits allocated to each Class A
Member pursuant to Section 6.1(d);
(e)
Fifth, to
FC until the cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(e) are
equal to the cumulative Profits, if any, previously allocated to FC pursuant to
Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.1(c) for all prior periods;
(f)
Sixth, to
FC until the cumulative Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.2(f) to FC
equals the FC Unreturned Priority Contribution as of the end of the period to
which the allocation of Losses under this Section 6.2(f) relates plus the total
Profits allocated to FC pursuant to Section 6.1(a);
(g)
Seventh,
to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
(h)
Losses
allocated in accordance with subparagraphs (a) through (g) of this Section 6.2
to the Capital Account of any Member shall not exceed the maximum amount of
Losses that can be so allocated without creating an Adjusted Capital Account
Balance deficit with respect to such Capital Account. This limitation
shall be applied individually with respect to each Member in order to permit the
allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2(h) of the maximum amount of Losses
permissible under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). All
Losses in excess of the limitations set forth in this Section 6.2(h) shall be
allocated solely to those Members that bear the economic risk for such
additional Losses within the meaning of Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations
thereunder. If it is necessary to allocate Losses under the preceding
sentence, the Managers shall, in accordance with the Regulations promulgated
under Code Section 704(b), determine those Members that bear the economic risk
for such additional Losses.
6.3
Tax
Allocations
.
(a)
Except as
otherwise provided in Section 6.2(b) hereof, for income tax purposes, all items
of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company for any tax period
shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with the allocation of
Profits and Losses prescribed in this Article VI and Appendix 1
hereto.
(b)
In
accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income,
gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital
of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among Members so as
to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to
the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value in
the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder;
provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by Management Board, the
Company shall not adopt the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations as
defined under Regulations Section 1.704-3(c) or the Remedial Allocation Method
as defined in Regulations Section 1.704-3(d) that would require any Member to
report any item of income or gain for Code Section 704(c) purposes that differs
in amount or timing from the taxable income that the Company allocates to such
Member under Code Section 704(b). In the event the Gross Asset Value
of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to Section A1 of Appendix 1 hereto,
subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such
asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such
asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same
manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder; provided,
however, that unless otherwise determined by Management Board, the Company shall
not adopt the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations as defined under
Regulations Section 1.704-3(c) or the Remedial Allocation Method as defined in
Regulations Section 1.704-3(d) that would require any Member to report any item
of income or gain for Code Section 704(c) purposes that differs in amount or
timing from the taxable income that the Company allocates to such Member under
Code Section 704(b). Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.2 are
solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or
in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or
share of Profits, Losses or other items or distributions pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement.
(c)
The
Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this
Article VI and Appendix 1 hereto and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions
of this Article VI and Appendix 1 hereto in reporting their distributive shares
of the Company’s taxable income and loss for income tax purposes.
6.4
Transferor – Transferee
Allocations
. Income, gain, loss, deduction or credit
attributable to any Units which have been transferred shall be allocated between
the transferor and the transferee under any method allowed under Code Section
706 and the Regulations thereunder as agreed by the transferor and the
transferee.
6.5
Rights of Unit
Holders
. If any Person who is not a Member acquires ownership
of one or more Units, the term “Member” shall be construed to include such Unit
Holder for purposes of this Article VI.
ARTICLE
VII
LIABILITIES,
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS
7.1
Limitation of
Liability
. Each Member’s liability for Company debts and
obligations shall be limited as set forth in the Act and other applicable
law. This Section 7.1 shall not be deemed to limit in any way the
Member’s liabilities to the Company and to the other Members arising from a
breach of this Agreement.
7.2
Access to Company
Records
. Upon a Member’s written request, the Managers shall
permit such Member, at a reasonable time to both the Managers and the Member, to
inspect and copy the Company records required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 9.1, as more specifically provided in Section 9.1.
7.3
Waiver of Action for
Partition
. Each Member irrevocably waives during the term of
the Company any right that such Member may have to maintain any action for
partition with respect to Company property or other Company assets.
7.4
Cooperation With Tax Matters
Partner
. Each Member agrees to cooperate with the Tax Matters
Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by
the Tax Matters Partner in connection with the conduct of any proceedings
involving the Tax Matters Partner.
7.5
Acknowledgment of Liability
for State and Local Taxes
. To the extent that the laws of any
Taxing Jurisdiction require, each Member requested to do so by any other Member
shall submit an agreement indicating that the Member shall make timely income
tax payments to the Taxing Jurisdiction and that the Member accepts personal
jurisdiction of the Taxing Jurisdiction regarding the collection of income
taxes, interest, and penalties attributable to the Member’s
income. If a Member fails to provide such agreement upon request, the
Company may withhold or pay over to such Taxing Jurisdiction the amount of tax,
penalty, and interest determined under the laws of the Taxing Jurisdiction with
respect to such income. Any such payments shall be treated as
distributions for purposes of Article V.
7.6
Limitation On Bankruptcy
Proceedings
. No Member, without the Majority Vote of the
Members, shall file or cause to be filed any action in bankruptcy involving the
Company.
7.7
Voting
Rights
. The Priority Members shall have the right to vote on
the matters specifically reserved for their approval or consent set forth in
this Agreement. The Class C Units are non-voting and shall have no
right to vote under this Agreement.
7.8
Annual Member
Meeting
. The Members shall not be required to hold an annual
meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, an annual meeting of the
Members may be held each year on the date, at the time, and at the place, fixed
by the Management Board for the purpose of electing Managers for vacant Manager
positions, if any, and for the transaction of such other business as may come
before the meeting.
7.9
Special Member
Meetings
. Special meetings of the Members may be called, for
any purposes described in the notice of the meeting, by the Management Board,
and shall be
called by
the Management Board promptly upon the request of Members holding not less than
fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding Units entitled to vote at the
meeting.
7.10
Notice of Member
Meeting
.
(a)
Required
Notice.
Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of any
annual or special Member meeting shall be delivered not less than five (5) nor
more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally,
orally, by mail or by electronic mail, by or at the direction of the person or
group calling the meeting, to each Member of record entitled to vote at such
meeting. Notice shall be deemed to be effective as provided in
Section 14.1, or when received if delivered orally.
(b)
Adjourned
Meeting
. If any Member meeting is adjourned to a different
date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time, or place,
if the new date, time, or place is announced at the meeting before
adjournment.
(c)
Contents of
Notice
. Notice of any special meeting of the Members shall
include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called. Notice of an annual meeting of the Members need not include a
description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.
(d)
Waiver of Notice of
Meeting
. Any Member may waive notice of a meeting by a writing
signed by the Member which is delivered to the Company (either before or after
the date and time stated in the notice as the date or time when any action will
occur or has occurred) for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Company’s
records.
(e)
Effect of Attendance at
Meeting
. A Member’s attendance at a meeting:
i.
Waives
objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the
Member at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or
transacting business at the meeting; and
ii.
Waives
objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not
within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the
Member objects to considering the matter when it is presented.
7.11
Member Voting
Requirements
.
(a)
Approval of
Actions
. If a Quorum of the Members exists at a meeting of the
Members, action on a matter is approved if the votes required by this Agreement,
unless a greater number of affirmative votes are required under the Act, are
voted in favor of such matter. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, or as otherwise required by the Act, the Priority Members shall vote
together as a single class on any matter requiring the approval or consent of
the Members. If less than a Quorum of the Members exists, the meeting
may be adjourned by the Chairman to a later date, time and place, and the
meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.
(b)
Effect of
Representation
. Once a Unit is represented for any purpose at
a meeting, including the purpose of determining that a Quorum of the Members
exists, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the
meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting, unless a new record date is or
must be set for that adjourned meeting.
7.12
Proxies
. At
all meetings of the Members, a Member may vote the Units the Member is entitled
to vote in person or by a proxy executed in any lawful manner under the
Act. Such proxy shall be filed with the Company before or at the time
of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the
date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
7.13
Voting of
Units
. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
Organization or this Agreement, each outstanding Unit entitled to vote shall be
entitled to one vote, and each fractional share shall be entitled to a
corresponding fractional vote, upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting
of Members.
7.14
Informal Action by
Members
.
(a)
Written Consent
. Any
action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of Members may be
taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or more consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of
outstanding Units having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to
authorize or take the action under this Agreement (unless a greater number of
affirmative votes are required under the Act). Unless the written
consents of all Members entitled to vote have been obtained, notice of any
Member approval without a meeting shall be given at least five (5) days before
the consummation of the transaction, action, or event authorized by the Member
action to those Members entitled to vote who have not consented in
writing. The notice must contain or be accompanied by a description
of the transaction, action or event. If the Company has received
written consents as contemplated by this Section 7.14(a) signed by all Members
entitled to vote with respect to the action, the effective date of the action
may be any date that is specified in all of the written consents. Any
consent or writing may be received by the Company by any electronically
transmitted or other form of communication that provides the Company with a
complete copy thereof, including the signature thereto. Any Member or
an authorized representative of that Member may revoke a consent by a signed
writing describing the action and stating that the Member’s prior consent is
revoked, if the writing is received by the Company prior to the effective date
and time of the action. A member action taken pursuant to this
Section 7.14(a) is not effective unless all written consents on which the
Company relies for taking an action pursuant to this Section 7.14(a) are
received by the Company within a 60-day period and not revoked pursuant to this
Section 7.14(a).
(b)
Effect of Action Without a
Meeting
. Action taken under this Section 7.14 has the same
effect as action taken at a meeting of Members and may be so described in any
document.
ARTICLE
VIII
LIABILITY,
EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
8.1
Liability
. Except
as otherwise provided by the Act or pursuant to any agreement, the debts,
obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or
otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the
Company, and no Covered Person shall be obligated personally for any such debt,
obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered
Person.
8.2
Exculpation
. No
Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any Member for any act or
omission taken or suffered by such Covered Person in good faith and in the
reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best
interest of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such
Covered Person by this Agreement; provided, however, that such act or omission
is not in violation of this Agreement and does not constitute Disabling Conduct
by the Covered Person.
8.3
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law (but subject to
the limitations set forth in this Article VIII), indemnify, hold harmless and
release each Covered Person from and against all claims, demands, liabilities,
costs, expenses, damages, losses, suits, proceedings and actions, whether
judicial, administrative, investigative or otherwise, of whatever nature, known
or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated (“Claims”), that may accrue to or be
incurred by any Covered Person, or in which any Covered Person may become
involved, as a party or otherwise, or with which any Covered Person may be
threatened, relating to or arising out of the business and affairs of, or
activities undertaken in connection with, the Company, including, but not
limited to, amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as
fines or penalties and counsel fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
preparation for or defense or disposition of any investigation, action, suit,
arbitration or other proceeding (a “Proceeding”), whether civil or criminal (all
of such Claims and amounts covered by this Section 8.3 and all expenses referred
to in Section 8.3(e), are referred to as “Damages”), except to the extent that
it is ultimately determined that such Damages arose from Disabling Conduct of
such Covered Person. The termination of any Proceeding by settlement
shall not, of itself, create a presumption that any Damages relating to such
settlement arose from a material violation of this Agreement by, or Disabling
Conduct of, any Covered Person. Members shall not indemnify any
Covered Person.
(b)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 8.3, and as provided in Section 1802(1)
of the Act, the Company shall not indemnify a Covered Person made a party to a
Proceeding against liability incurred in the Proceeding unless:
i.
the
Covered Person’s conduct was in good faith;
ii.
the
Covered Person reasonably believed that such Covered Person’s conduct was in, or
not opposed to, the Company’s best interests; and
iii.
in the
case of any criminal proceeding, the Covered Person had no reasonable cause to
believe such Covered Person’s conduct was unlawful.
The
termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon
a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative
that the Covered Person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this
Section 8.3(b).
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 8.3, and as provided in Section 1802(4)
of the Act, the Company shall not indemnify a Covered Person under this Section
8.3:
i.
in
connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company in which the
Covered Person was adjudged liable to the Company; or
ii.
in
connection with any other Proceeding charging that the Covered Person derived an
improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in such Covered
Person’s official capacity, in which proceeding such Covered Person was adjudged
liable on the basis that such Covered Person derived an improper personal
benefit.
(d)
The
determination regarding whether the Covered Person has met the standards and
requirements set forth in this Section 8.3, and is therefore entitled to
indemnification and the advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(e),
shall be made in accordance with Section 1806 of the Act.
(e)
Expenses
incurred by a Covered Person in defense or settlement of any Claim that may be
subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company
prior to the final disposition thereof if (i) the Covered Person furnishes the
Company a written affirmation of such Covered Person’s good faith belief that
such Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct described in this
Section 8.3, (ii) upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the
Covered Person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the
Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder, and (iii) a
determination is made that the facts then known to those making the
determination would not preclude indemnification under this Section 8.3, as
provided in the Act.
(f)
The right
of any Covered Person to the indemnification provided herein shall be cumulative
with, and in addition to, any and all rights to which such Covered Person may
otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law or equity and shall
extend to such Covered Person’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.
(g)
Promptly
after receipt by a Covered Person of notice of the commencement of any
Proceeding, such Covered Person shall, if a claim for indemnification in respect
thereof is to be made against the Company, give written notice to the Company of
the commencement of such Proceeding, provided that the failure of any Covered
Person to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Company of its
obligations under this Section 8.3 except to the extent that the Company is
actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such
Proceeding is brought against a Covered Person (other than a derivative suit in
right of the Company), the Company will be entitled to participate in and to
assume the defense thereof to the extent that the Company may wish, with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to such Covered Person. After notice from the
Company to such Covered Person of the Company’s election to assume the defense
thereof, the Company will not be liable for expenses subsequently
incurred
by such Covered Person in connection with the defense thereof. The
Company will not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement
that (i) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the
claimant or plaintiff to such Covered Person a release from all liability in
respect to such Claim, or (ii) requires any action (or inaction) by the Covered
Person other than the payment of money, but only to the extent that the Company
is required to indemnify the Covered Person for such payment.
ARTICLE
IX
BOOKS AND
RECORDS, REPORTS, TAX ACCOUNTING, BANKING
9.1
Books and
Records
. The Managers, at the Company’s expense, shall keep or
cause to be kept adequate books and records for the Company, which contain an
accurate account of all business transactions arising out of and in connection
with the conduct of the Company, as required by the Act. After first
giving the Company written notice of the demand at least five (5) business days
before the inspection is to occur, any current or former Member or Manager, or
his or its designated representative, shall have the right, at any reasonable
time, to have access to and may inspect and copy the contents of such books or
records for any proper purpose, as defined by the Act. The cost of
such inspection and copying shall be borne by the Member or Manager seeking such
inspection. The following records are those that the Managers shall
cause to be maintained at the Company’s Designated Office:
(a)
An
alphabetical list of the full name and last known business, residence, or
mailing address of each Member, each Manager and each Officer, both past and
present;
(b)
A copy of
the stamped Articles of Organization for the Company, and all certificates of
amendment thereto, together with a copy of all signed powers of attorney
pursuant to which the Company’s Articles of Organization or any amendment has
been signed;
(c)
A copy of
the writing required of an organizer under Section 401(2) of the Act setting
forth the name and address of each Member of the Company and each
Manager;
(d)
A copy of
the Company’s currently effective Agreement and all amendments thereto, copies
of any prior operating agreements no longer in effect, and copies of any
writings permitted or required with respect to a Member’s obligation to
contribute cash, property, or services;
(e)
Copies of
the Company’s federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports, if any,
for the three (3) most recent years;
(f)
Copies of
Company financial statements, if any, for the three (3) most recent
years;
(g)
Copies of
the minutes, if any, of every meeting of the Members and any written consents
obtained from the Members;
(h)
Copies of
minutes, if any, of every meeting of the Management Board, and any written
consents obtained from the Managers;
(i)
Copies of
any consents or approvals for actions by the Managers; and
(j)
Except to
the extent already set forth in this Agreement, a written statement setting
forth: (i) the amount of cash and a description and statement of the
agreed value of the other property or services contributed and agreed to be
contributed by each Member; (ii) the times at which, or events on the happening
of which, any additional contributions agreed to be made by each Member are to
be made; (iii) any right of a Member to receive distributions; (iv) any date or
event upon the happening of which a Member is entitled to payment in redemption
of the Member’s interests in the Company; and (v) any date or event upon the
happening of which the Company is to be dissolved and its affairs wound
up.
9.2
Reports to
Members
. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each Fiscal
Year, within fifteen (15) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters thereof, and within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar
month other than March, June, September and December, the Chief Executive
Officer shall cause the Management Board and the Members to be furnished with a
copy of the balance sheet of the Company as of the last day of the applicable
period and a statement of income or loss for the Company for such
period. Quarterly and annual statements shall also include a
statement of the Members’ Capital Accounts and changes therein for such Fiscal
quarter or Fiscal Year, as applicable. Annual statements shall be
audited by the Company’s accountants, and shall be in such form as shall enable
the Members to comply with all reporting requirements applicable to either of
them or their Affiliates under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. The audited financial statements of the Company shall be
furnished to the Members within fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal
Year.
9.3
Tax
Matters
. The Members intend that the Company shall be operated
in a manner consistent with its treatment as a partnership for federal and state
income tax purposes. The Members shall not take any action
inconsistent with this expressed intent. The Tax Matters Partner
shall take no action to cause the Company to elect to be taxed as a corporation
pursuant to Regulations Section 301.7701-3(a) or any counterpart under state
law. Each Member agrees not to make any election for the Company to
be excluded from the application of the provisions of Subchapter K of the
Code.
9.4
Tax
Returns
. The Management Board shall cause the Company
accountants to prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by
the Company pursuant to the Code and all other tax returns deemed necessary and
required in each jurisdiction in which the Company does business. The
Management Board shall instruct Company accountants to use commercially
reasonable efforts to prepare and deliver all Forms K-1 (and similar forms under
state and local law) to each Member by March 1 of each Fiscal
Year.
(a)
The
Management Board may, where permitted by the rules of any Taxing Jurisdiction,
file a composite, combined, or aggregate tax return reflecting Company income,
and pay the tax, interest, and penalties of some or all Members on such income
to the Taxing Jurisdiction. In such case the Company shall inform the
Members of the amount of such tax, interest, and penalties so paid.
(b)
The
Management Board shall designate one Manager that is a Member to be the
Company’s “tax matters partner” pursuant to Code Section 6231(a)(a)(7) (the
“Tax
Matters
Partner”), provided, however, that if there is only one Manager that is a
Member, such Manager shall be the Tax Matters Partner, and provided further
that, if there is no Manager that is a Member, the Tax Matters Partner shall be
a Member that is designated as such by a Majority Vote of the
Members. Any Person so designated as the Tax Matters Partner shall
receive no compensation (other than compensation, if any, otherwise specified in
this Agreement) from the Company or its Members for its services in that
capacity. Sarah Merz is hereby designated as the initial Tax Matters
Partner of the Company and shall be authorized and required to represent the
Company in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by tax
authorities (Federal, State and local), including resulting administrative and
judicial proceedings, and to expend Company funds for professional services and
costs associated therewith. To the extent permitted by the Code, the
Tax Matters Partner may be removed by the Management Board. The Tax
Matters Partner shall, on a timely basis, keep all Members fully informed of the
progress of any examinations, audits or other proceedings, and all Priority
Members shall have the right to participate in any such examinations, audits or
other proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tax Matters
Partner shall not settle or otherwise compromise any issue in any such
examination, audit or other proceeding without first obtaining the approval of
the Management Board.
(c)
At the
request of a Majority Vote of the Members, the Managers may make the election
provided under Code Section 754 and any corresponding provision of applicable
state law.
(d)
If a
Member reports a Company item on the Member’s income tax return in a manner
inconsistent with the Company income tax return, the Member shall notify the
Management Board of such treatment before filing the Member’s income tax
return. If a Member fails to report such inconsistent reporting, the
Member shall be liable to the Company and the other Members for any expenses,
including professionals’ fees, tax, interest, penalties, or litigation costs,
that may arise as a consequence of such inconsistent reporting, such as an audit
by a Taxing Jurisdiction.
9.5
Bank
Accounts
. The Company shall maintain checking or other
accounts in such bank or banks as the Managers shall determine and all funds
received by the Company shall be deposited therein and withdrawn therefrom under
such general or specific authority as this Agreement, the Act, or the Management
Board shall grant to the Managers. Company funds shall not be
commingled with the funds of any other Person. Checks shall be drawn
upon the Company account or accounts only for Company purposes and shall be
signed by authorized Persons on the Company’s behalf.
ARTICLE
X
ADMISSIONS
AND WITHDRAWALS
10.1
Admission of
Member
. Persons may be admitted as Members as a result of the
issuance of Units only with a Majority Vote of the Members, provided, however,
that a third party may become a Member through conversion rights granted to such
third party by an instrument approved by the Management Board. Except
as specifically set forth herein, no
Person
shall be admitted as a Member of the Company after the date of formation of the
Company as a result of a Transfer of Units, except in accordance with Section
11.5.
10.2
Right to
Withdraw
. A Member may withdraw from the Company at any time
by mailing or delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the
Managers. If the withdrawing Member is a Manager, such Member may
withdraw by mailing or delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Company
and to the other Members at their last known addresses set forth in Exhibit
A.
10.3
Rights of Withdrawn
Member
. Except to the extent set forth in this Agreement with
respect to a Restricted Member, upon the occurrence of a Withdrawal Event with
respect to a Member, the Withdrawn Member (or the Withdrawn Member’s personal
representative or other successor if applicable) shall cease to have any rights
of a Member, except the right to receive distributions and allocations of
Profits and Losses occurring at the times and equal in amounts to those
distributions and allocations of Profits and Losses the Withdrawn Member would
otherwise have received if a Withdrawal Event had not occurred. In
addition, the Units held by the Withdrawn Member shall be subject to the
Purchase Option. If there are no remaining Members, distributions to
any Withdrawn Member shall be governed by Section 12.2.
10.4
Option to Purchase the
Interest of a Member upon a Withdrawal Event
.
(a)
Within
thirty (30) days from the occurrence of a Withdrawal Event with respect to a
Member, the Withdrawn Member (or the Withdrawn Member’s personal representative
or other successor if applicable) shall provide the Company with written notice
of the Withdrawal Event (“Withdrawal Notice”).
(b)
Following
a Withdrawal Event, the Company shall then have the option to purchase all of
the Withdrawn Member’s Units (“Purchase Option”) in the place of making
distributions to the Withdrawn Member (or the Withdrawn Member’s personal
representative or other successor if applicable) as set forth in Section
10.3.
(c)
The
Purchase Option shall be exercisable at any time during the thirty (30) day
period following the Company’s receipt of the Withdrawal Notice (or if no
Withdrawal Notice is delivered, within the thirty (30)-day period following the
date on which the Company becomes aware of the Withdrawal Event) by delivery of
written notice (the “Purchase Option Notice”) to the Withdrawn Member (or the
Withdrawn Member’s personal representative or other successor if
applicable).
(d)
The
Purchase Option Notice shall indicate the date the purchase is to be effected
(such date to be not less than five (5) business days, nor more than ten (10)
business days, after the date of the Purchase Option Notice).
(e)
The
purchase price for the Withdrawn Member’s Units shall be an amount equal to the
fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Management Board) of such
Units, taking into account discounts for lack of marketability and lack of
control, to the extent applicable. The Purchase Option Notice shall include the
proposed purchase price. If the Withdrawn Member disputes the
proposed purchase price, such Withdrawn Member shall deliver written notice of
such dispute to the Company within twenty (20) days of receipt of
the
repurchase
notice (the “Withdrawn Member Notice”). If such Withdrawn Member fails to
deliver a Withdrawn Member Notice to the Company within such 20-day period, such
Withdrawn Member shall be deemed to have agreed with and shall be bound by the
purchase price proposed in the Purchase Option Notice. If such Withdrawn Member
delivers a Withdrawn Member Notice to the Company within such 20-day period, the
Company and such Withdrawn Member shall select a reputable valuation firm to
determine the fair market value of the Withdrawn Member’s Units. In
the event that the Company and such Withdrawn Member do not agree upon a
valuation firm within sixty (60) days of the date the Company delivered the
Purchase Option Notice to such Withdrawn Member, the Company and such Withdrawn
Member shall each select a reputable valuation firm and instruct the valuation
firms to select a third reputable valuation firm. The fair market value of the
Withdrawn Member’s Units shall then be determined by such third valuation firm.
The fees and costs of the valuation firms engaged pursuant to this Section
10.4(e) shall be borne by the Withdrawn Member, provided, however, that the
Company shall bear the fees and costs of the valuation firm if the fair market
value of the Withdrawn Member’s Units determined by the valuation firm is more
than ten percent (10%) below the fair market value determined by the
Management Board.
(f)
The
purchase price for the Withdrawn Member’s interests shall be payable in cash or
a promissory note with mutually agreeable terms.
(g)
In the
case of a Restricted Member, Section 3.9 and Section 3.10 shall apply in place
of this Section 10.4 with respect to Restricted Units only.
ARTICLE
XI
TRANSFERABILITY
11.1
General
. No
Member shall be authorized to Transfer all or a portion of such Member’s Units
unless the Transfer constitutes a Permitted Transfer.
11.2
Permitted
Transfers
. Subject to the conditions and restrictions set
forth in Section 11.3, a Transfer of a Member’s Units shall constitute a
Permitted Transfer provided that:
(a)
The
Transfer is made to another Member or an Affiliate of any Member (provided,
however, that if such transferee ceases to be an Affiliate of the Member, then
such event shall constitute a Withdrawal Event unless the Affiliate first
Transfers all of the Units held by such Person to the transferor);
or
(b)
To the
extent applicable, the Transfer is made following compliance with the terms of
the (A) right of first refusal set forth in Section 11.4; and (B) the Tag-Along
Rights set forth in Section 11.9.
11.3
Conditions to Permitted
Transfer
. A Transfer shall not be treated as a Permitted
Transfer unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a)
The
Members consent to the Transfer by a Majority Vote of the Members, (A) which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed with respect
to the Class B Units, (B) which consent may be granted or withheld, conditioned,
or delayed, for any
or no
reason with respect to any Class C Units, and (C) which consent requirement
under this Section 11.3(a) shall not apply to a Priority Member holding a
majority of the Class A Units;
(b)
Unless
otherwise determined by a Majority Vote of the Management Board, the Units are
not Profits Interest Units;
(c)
The
Transfer is not to a Material Competitor or Unsuitable Transferee;
(d)
The
Transfer does not cause the Company to become a “publicly traded partnership”
within the meaning of Code Section 7704(b);
(e)
The Units
which are the subject of the Transfer are registered under the Securities Act as
amended, and any applicable state securities laws; or, alternatively, Company
counsel furnishes an opinion that such Transfer is exempt from all applicable
registration requirements or that such Transfer will not violate any applicable
securities laws; and
(f)
The
transferor and the transferee agree to execute such documents and instruments
necessary or appropriate in the Managers’ discretion to confirm such
Transfer.
11.4
Right of First
Refusal
. At any time it holds a majority of the Class A Units,
Peterson shall not be subject to the obligations of a Disposing Member (as
defined below) set forth in Sections 11(a) – 11(g).
(a)
General
. If
any Member (other than a Priority Member holding a majority of the Class A
Units) desires to Transfer all or a portion of the Member’s Units to any Person,
such Transfer shall not constitute a Permitted Transfer unless such Member shall
afford the Company and the Priority Members a right of first refusal pursuant to
this Section 11.4.
(b)
Notice
. A
Member desiring to Transfer Units shall first provide to the Company and the
Priority Members at least one hundred twenty (120) days’ prior written notice of
the Member’s intention to make a Transfer of Units (the “Disposition Notice”),
provided, however, that a Disposition Notice may be issued to the Company and
the Priority Members by a Member only after such Member has received a bona-fide
offer from an unrelated third-party relating to the Transfer of the Units that
the Member desires to Transfer. The one hundred twenty (120) day time
frame following the Company and the Priority Members’ receipt of the Disposition
Notice shall be termed the “Notice Period”. The Member desiring to
Transfer Units shall be known as the “Disposing Member” and the Priority Members
(other than the Disposing Member) shall be known as the “Non-Disposing Members”
for purposes of this Agreement. In the Disposition Notice, the
Disposing Member shall specify the price at which the Units are proposed to be
purchased in the bona-fide offer, the portion of the Disposing Member’s Units to
be sold or transferred, the identity of the proposed purchaser or transferee,
and the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer as set forth in the
bona-fide offer.
(c)
Option to
Company
. The Company may elect with Majority Vote of the
Managers within the first sixty (60) days of the Notice Period, to purchase some
or all of the Units proposed to be transferred by the Disposing Member at the
proposed price as contained in the Disposition Notice. The terms and
conditions of the purchase by the Company shall be the terms and conditions of
the proposed Transfer as set forth in the Disposition
Notice. Any
purchase
by the Company shall be made in cash any day between and including the
ninety-first (91st) and including the one hundredth (100
th
) day of
the Notice Period.
(d)
Options to
Members
. If the Company does not purchase all of the Disposing
Member’s Units covered by the Disposition Notice, the remaining Units may be
purchased by the Non-Disposing Members on the same terms and at the same price
available to the Company. Each Non-Disposing Member shall have the
option to purchase that portion of the Disposing Member’s Units that is
necessary to maintain the Member’s Percentage Interest vis-à-vis the other
Non-Disposing Members (not taking into account the Percentage Interest of the
Class C Members). If any Non-Disposing Member does not purchase the
portion of the Units available to such Member within the time frame stated in
Section 11.4(e), the remaining Units will then be available for purchase by the
other Non-Disposing Members in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests.
(e)
Timing
. If
the Company decides to purchase less than all of the Units offered by the
Disposing Member (including a decision to purchase none of such Units), within
thirty (30) days after the Company reaches such decision, and, in any event, by
the end of the first sixty (60) days of the Notice Period, the Company shall so
notify each Non-Disposing Member. The notice shall state that the
Company did not exercise its option to purchase all of the Disposing Member’s
Units offered pursuant to the Disposition Notice and shall contain appropriate
information concerning each Non-Disposing Member’s option to purchase all
remaining Units offered by the Disposing Member. Each Non-Disposing
Member must give written notice to the Disposing Member and the other
Non-Disposing Members of the exercise of such Member’s option to acquire the
Member’s portion of such Units within the first eighty (80) days of the Notice
Period. Such Member must then pay for such Units in cash by the end
of the first ninety (90) days of the Notice Period. If any
Non-Disposing Member does not elect to purchase, and pay the purchase price for,
all of the Units available to such Member within the required time period, the
remaining Non-Disposing Members shall be entitled to purchase any remaining
Units vis-à-vis such Non-Disposing Members’ Percentage Interests (not taking
into account the Percentage Interest of the Class C Members) by giving written
notice to the Disposing Member and the other Non-Disposing Members within the
first ninety (90) days of the Notice Period. Any purchase by the
remaining Non-Disposing Members shall be made in cash within the first one
hundred (100) days of the Notice Period.
(f)
Transfer to Third
Party
. If the Company and the Non-Disposing Members have not
collectively purchased all of the Disposing Members’ Units covered by the
Disposition Notice within the first one hundred (100) days of the Notice Period,
the Disposing Member may, provided the conditions of Section 11.3 are satisfied,
sell its or his remaining Units to Persons other than the Company and the
Non-Disposing Members, provided that any disposition must be made on the terms
and conditions and to the party specified in the Disposition Notice and must be
consummated within the one hundred twenty (120) day Notice Period, but after any
time provided above for the Company and/or Non-Disposing Members to elect to
purchase and consummate the purchase of such Units.
(g)
Transfer of Rights to
Assignee
. If the Transfer entails the Transfer of all of
Disposing Member’s Units and there shall be only one Non-Disposing Member, such
Member
shall
have the right to assign to any Person the rights otherwise available to the
Non-Disposing Member pursuant to this Section 11.4.
(h)
Transfer by Peterson of
Class A Units
. In the event that Peterson desires to Transfer
all or a portion of its Class A Units, such Transfer shall not constitute a
Permitted Transfer unless Peterson shall afford the Class B Member a right of
first refusal pursuant to this Section 11.4(h). If Peterson desires
to Transfer Class A Units, it shall first provide to the Class B Member written
notice of Peterson’s intention to make a Transfer of its Class A Units (the
“Peterson Notice”), which notice shall specify (i) the estimated price at which
Peterson proposes to Transfer the Class A Units, and (ii) the terms and
conditions of the proposed Transfer. The Class B Member may elect to
purchase all (but not less than all) of the Class A Units proposed to be
transferred by Peterson at the estimated purchase price contained in the
Peterson Notice. Within fifteen (15) days following the Class B
Member’s receipt of the Peterson Notice, the Class B Member must provide written
notice to Peterson of its election to acquire Peterson’s Class A Units on the
terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer set forth in the Peterson
Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Class B Member, Peterson
and the Class B Member will enter into exclusive negotiations for the purchase
of the Class A Units proposed to be transferred on terms and conditions
substantially similar to those terms and conditions set forth in the Peterson
Notice. If within thirty (30) days of Peterson’s receipt of the Class
B Member’s election notice Peterson and the Class B Member have not entered into
a definitive agreement for the purchase of the Class A Units proposed to be
Transferred, then Peterson’s obligations to exclusively negotiate with the Class
B Member will automatically terminate and Peterson may negotiate the Transfer of
its Class A Units to one or more third-parties on the terms and conditions
substantially similar to those set forth in the Peterson Notice;
provided
, however,
that no Transfer of any of Peterson’s Class A Units shall be made to any
third-party at a purchase price of less than 90% of the estimated purchase price
contained in the Peterson Notice without a new notice of intention to Transfer
to the Class B Member and full compliance with the requirements of this
Section
11.4(h)
.
11.5
Admission as Substitute
Member
.
(a)
A
transferee of Units who is not a Member shall be admitted to the Company as a
Substitute Member only upon satisfaction of the following
conditions:
i.
The Units
with respect to which the transferee is being admitted were acquired by means of
a Permitted Transfer;
ii.
The
transferee becomes a party to this Agreement and executes such documents and
instruments as the Management Board determines are necessary or appropriate to
confirm such transferee as a Member and such transferee’s agreement to be bound
by the terms of this Agreement; and
iii.
The
Members (defined for this purpose by excluding the Disposing Member) consent to
the admission of the transferee as a Substitute Member by a Majority Vote of
such Members,
provided
,
however
, that the
consent requirement under this Section 11.5(a)(iii) shall not apply to any
transferee of Units from a Priority Member.
(b)
A
transferee of Units in a Permitted Transfer under Sections 11.2(a) shall
automatically become a Substitute Member with regard to the Transferred Units
unless the transferor directs in writing to the contrary.
(c)
If the
transferee of Units in a Permitted Transfer shall not become a Substitute
Member, the transferee shall have only the rights set forth in Section 11.6
hereof.
11.6
Rights as
Assignee
. A non-Member who acquires Units (and any Member if
the transferor directs in writing to the contrary as provided in Section
11.5(b)) and who is not admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member shall
have only the right to receive the distributions and allocations of Profits and
Losses to which such Person would have been entitled under this Agreement with
respect to the transferred Units, but shall have no right to participate in
Company management, no right to inspect Company books and records, and no other
rights accorded Members under this Agreement. Any distributions to
such purported transferee may be applied (without limiting any other legal or
equitable rights of the Company) to satisfy any debts, obligations, or
liabilities for damages that the transferor or transferee may have to the
Company.
11.7
Prohibited
Transfers
. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not a
Permitted Transfer shall be null and void and of no force and effect
whatsoever. In the case of an attempted Transfer that is not a
Permitted Transfer, the Persons engaging in or attempting to engage in such
Transfer shall be liable to and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company
from all loss, cost, liability and damages that the Company and/or any Member
incurs as a result of such attempted Transfer.
11.8
Drag-Along
Right
. If a Class A Member (“Transferring Member”) intends to
sell Class A Units to a third party purchaser that would result in such third
party purchaser acquiring control over more than fifty percent (50%) of all
outstanding Class A Units and otherwise result in a Change of Control, after
taking into account the sale of Units by the Members pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 11.8, in which the Transferring Member (together with any
affiliates of the Transferring Member) would not retain a controlling interest
in the Company, then the Transferring Member shall have the right (the
“Drag-Along Right”) to require each remaining Members to sell some or all of its
or his or her Units to the third party in a proportionate amount and on the same
terms and conditions as the Transferring Member (taking into account Section
11.8(f)) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 11.8 and
otherwise in accordance with the following provisions:
(a)
The
Drag-Along Right may only be exercised by written notice (the “Drag-Along
Notice”) from the Transferring Member and the third party purchaser to the
remaining Members.
(b)
The
Drag-Along Notice shall:
i.
state the
name of the third party purchaser, the purchase price for the Units of the
Transferring Member(s) and the purchase price proposed to be paid for the Units
of the remaining Members (in accordance with Section 11.8(f)) and the time, date
and place of completion of such sale and purchase; and
ii.
be given
no later than fifteen (15) business days before the date fixed for completion of
the sale by the Transferring Member of its or his or her Units to the third
party.
(c)
The
delivery of the Drag-Along Notice to a Member shall constitute an irrevocable
and binding obligation of the Member to sell, and the third party to purchase,
some or all of the Member’s Units in a proportionate amount and on the same
terms and conditions, taking into account Section 11.8(f) and subject to Section
11.8(e), as are applicable to the sale by the Transferring Member of its Units
to the third party as set forth in the Drag-Along Notice (subject to such terms
being accurately reflected in the Drag-Along Notice).
(d)
At or
before the time of completion of the sale of the Units of each Member to the
third party purchaser, each such Member shall (i) use its best efforts to cause
to be discharged any and all encumbrances of, and security interests in, its or
his or her Units and provide written evidence of such discharges to the third
party purchaser, and (ii) execute and deliver to the third party purchaser,
against payment for such Units, all certificates or other documents representing
such Units, duly endorsed for transfer or with duly executed assignment forms
attached.
(e)
Notwithstanding
any provision of this Section 11.8, (i) no Member shall be under any obligation
to sell any Units unless (A) such sale occurs concurrently with or subsequent to
the sale of Units by the Transferring Member in a proportionate amount on the
same terms and conditions (taking into account Section 11.8(f)), (B) the sale of
Units by the Transferring Member shall qualify as a Permitted Transfer under
Section 11.2 and meets the conditions to a Permitted Transfer set forth in
Section 11.3 to the extent applicable, and (C) such sale results in a third
party purchaser acquiring control over more than fifty percent (50%) of all
outstanding Class A Units and otherwise result in a Change of Control, after
taking into account the sale of Units by the Members pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 11.8, in which the Transferring Member (together with any
affiliates of the Transferring Member) would not retain a controlling interest
in the Company and (ii) nothing in such sale of Units shall require a Member
subject to this Section 11.8 to do any of the following, unless all Members
similarly situated (e.g., of a similar class or Series of Units) and the
Transferring Member are required to do the same: (w) enter into any
agreement or make any covenant, (x) make any representation, or warranty other
than related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such
Units, (y) be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made
by any person or entity in connection with the sale other than himself or itself
and the Company, or (z) be liable in any way other than severally in proportion
to the amount of consideration paid to such Member in connection with such sale
and such liability not exceed the aggregate consideration received by such
Member in such sale.
(f)
Notwithstanding
that a sale pursuant to this Section 11.8 may provide for, or result in,
different per Unit consideration for different classes or series of Units, such
sale shall be deemed to be for the same terms and conditions regarding
consideration if the proceeds of such sale are allocated in the manner that
would result if such consideration were distributed to the Members as if the
Company were hypothetically liquidated pursuant to the rights and preferences
set forth in Section 12.2 (taking into account Section 12.3) as in effect
immediately prior to such sale as long as the nature of that consideration
(e.g., cash, promissory notes, or other
property)
is received among the various classes or series of Units in the same
proportionate amounts received by the Transferring Member.
11.9
Tag-Along
Right
.
(a)
If any
Disposing Member desires to Transfer all or a portion of the Member’s Units to
any Person (the “Offered Units”), such Transfer (a “Proposed Transfer”) shall
not constitute a Permitted Transfer unless such Member shall afford the Priority
Members the tag-along rights set forth in this Section 11.9 (the “Tag-Along
Rights”).
(b)
Any
Disposition Notice delivered to a Priority Member pursuant to Section 11.4(b)
shall also serve as notice of such Priority Member’s Tag-Along Rights under this
Section 11.9.
(c)
Each
Priority Member that is not the Disposing Member (a “Remaining Member”) shall
have forty-five (45) days after receipt of the Disposition Notice to deliver to
the Disposing Member a demand (a “Tag-Along Demand”) invoking the provisions of
this Section 11.9. The Tag-Along Demand shall indicate the maximum
number of Units that each Remaining Member wishes to sell (including the number
of such Units he or she or it would sell if one or more Remaining Members do not
elect to participate in the sale).
(d)
The
Disposing Member and each Remaining Member shall have the right to sell a
portion of his or her or its Units pursuant to the Proposed Transfer which is
equal to or less than the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number
of Offered Units by (ii) a fraction, the
numerator
of which is
(x) the total number of Units held by such Disposing Member or Remaining Member
on the date of the Tag-Along Demand and the
denominator
of which
is (y) the total number of Units then held by the Disposing Member and by the
Remaining Members on the date of the Tag-Along Demand. To the extent
one or more Remaining Members elect not to exercise their Tag-Along Rights or
the transferee agrees to purchase a number of Units greater than the Offered
Units, then the rights of the Disposing Member and the rest of the Remaining
Members (who exercise their Tag-Along Rights) to sell Units shall be increased
proportionately based on their relative holdings by the full amount of (A) Units
which the non-electing Remaining Members were entitled to sell pursuant to this
Section 11.9(d); and/or (B) the additional number of Units that the transferee
is willing to purchase, if any.
(e)
Within
five (5) days of receiving a notice from the Company or, as applicable, the
Non-Disposing Members as set forth in Section 11.4(e), the Disposing Member
shall notify each Remaining Member in writing (i) whether the Company or, as
applicable, any Non-Disposing Member, has elected to purchase none, some or all
of the Offered Units in accordance with Section 11.4(c) or Section 11.4(d) and
(ii) if the Company or any Non-Disposing Member has elected to purchase some or
all of the Offered Units, the number of Units held by such Remaining Member that
may be included in the sale, subject to the revocation rights set forth below in
this Section 11.4(e). If the Company and the Non-Disposing Members
have elected to purchase none or some but not all of the Offered Units, then,
only if a Remaining Member elects to exercise his or her or its rights to
purchase his or her or its allocated portion of the remaining Offered Units in
accordance with Sections 11.4(d) and (e), then such Remaining Member may,
concurrently with delivering the required notice of such election pursuant
to
Section
11.4(e), deliver written notice to the Disposing Member, the other Remaining
Members and the Company that such Remaining Member has revoked his or her or its
prior election to exercise his or her or its Tag-Along Rights pursuant to this
Section 11.9. By the ninetieth (90
th
) day of
the Notice Period, the Disposing Member shall notify each Remaining Member in
writing if there has been any change in the number of Units that will be
included in the sale and the date on which the Proposed Sale with the purchasing
party(ies) (whether a third party, the Company, or the Remaining Members) is
anticipated to be consummated in accordance with the provisions of Section
11.4.
(f)
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Sections 11.9(d) and (e), if the Disposing Member is a Class A
Member and the Proposed Transfer would result in a third party purchaser
acquiring control over more than fifty percent (50%) of all outstanding Class A
Units and otherwise result in a Change of Control, after taking into account the
sale of Units by the Members pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.9,
then the third party purchaser shall purchase a proportionate amount of the
Units (in the same percentage of the number of Class A Units that the Class A
Member is proposing to transfer as compared to the overall number of Class A
Units held by the Class A Member) requested to be purchased by any Remaining
Member pursuant to a Tag-Along Demand.
(g)
The
delivery of a Tag-Along Demand by a Remaining Member, subject to the revocation
rights set forth in Section 11.9(e), shall constitute an irrevocable and binding
obligation of such Remaining Member to sell the specified number of Units in
such Remaining Member’s Tag-Along Demand, as such number may be adjusted as set
froth in Section 11.9(e), to the third party on the same terms and conditions,
taking into account Section 11.9(j), as set forth in the Disposition Notice
(subject to such terms being accurately reflected in the Disposition Notice) and
on such other applicable terms and conditions as are set forth in this Section
11.9.
(h)
The
Disposing Member shall not complete the sale of his or her or its Units to the
third party unless he or she or it has fully complied with its obligations set
forth in Section 11.4 and this Section 11.9 and the third party purchaser (and
any other purchasing parties pursuant to Section 11.4 and this Section 11.9) has
completed the purchase of all Units in respect of which each applicable
Tag-Along Demand has been delivered within the prescribed time.
(i)
The
completion of the sale to the third party purchaser of the Units of each
Remaining Member that provides a Tag-Along Demand within the prescribed time
shall take place no later than concurrently with the sale of the Disposing
Member(s)’ Units to the third party.
(j)
At or
before the time of completion of the sale of his or her or its Units, each
Remaining Member that provided a Tag-Along Demand within the prescribed time
shall (i) cause to be discharged any and all encumbrances of, and security
interests in, its Units and provide written evidence of such discharges, and
(ii) execute and deliver to the purchasing party(ies), against payment for such
Units, all certificates or other documents representing such Units, duly
endorsed for transfer or with duly executed assignment forms
attached.
(k)
Notwithstanding
that a sale pursuant to this Section 11.9 may provide for, or result in,
different per Unit consideration for different classes or series of Units, such
sale shall be deemed to be for the same terms and conditions regarding
consideration if the proceeds of such sale are allocated in the manner that
would result if such consideration were distributed to the Members as if the
Company were hypothetically liquidated pursuant to the rights and preferences
set forth in Section 12.2 (taking into account Section 12.3) as in effect
immediately prior to such sale as long as the nature of that consideration
(e.g., cash, promissory notes, or other property) is received among the various
classes or series of Units in the same proportionate amounts received by the
Disposing Member.
11.10
Change of
Control
. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, the Company is prohibited from completing a Change of Control (a)
without a prior Majority Vote of the Members and (b) in which any party to the
Change of Control is a Material Competitor or Unsuitable
Transferee.
11.11
Legends
. Each
Member agrees that the following legend shall be placed upon any counterpart of
this Agreement or any other instrument or document evidencing ownership of a
Unit:
THE UNITS
REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER ANY SECURITIES LAWS
AND THE TRANSFERABILITY OF SUCH UNITS IS RESTRICTED. SUCH UNITS MAY
NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, GIFTED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED, NOR WILL THE
VENDEE, ASSIGNEE, BENEFICIARY, OR TRANSFEREE BE RECOGNIZED AS HAVING ACQUIRED
SUCH UNITS FOR ANY PURPOSES, UNLESS (A) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AS AMENDED, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH UNITS SHALL THEN BE IN EFFECT
AND SUCH HAS BEEN QUALIFIED UNDER ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B)
THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION SHALL
BE ESTABLISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY.
THE UNITS
REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTION AS TO THEIR
SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, OR ASSIGNMENT AS SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND
RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY AND AGREED TO BY EACH MEMBER OF THE
COMPANY. SAID RESTRICTION PROVIDES, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THAT
GENERALLY NO UNITS MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS NOT A MEMBER WITHOUT
FIRST OFFERING SUCH UNITS TO THE COMPANY AND THE PRIORITY MEMBERS, AND THAT
GENERALLY NO BENEFICIARY,
TRANSFEREE,
OR ASSIGNEE SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BECOME A “SUBSTITUTE MEMBER” WITHOUT THE
CONSENT OF ALL OTHER MEMBERS.
11.12
Distributions in Respect of
Transferred Units
. If any Units are transferred in compliance
with this Article XI, all distributions on or before the date of such Transfer
shall be made to the transferor, and all distributions thereafter shall be made
to the transferee.
ARTICLE
XII
DISSOLUTION
AND TERMINATION
12.1
Dissolution
. The
Company shall be dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following
events:
(a)
The
Majority Vote of the Members;
(b)
The entry
of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 1213 of the Act;
(c)
The sale,
exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all Company
assets;
(d)
Failure
by the Company to have at least one (1) Member;
(e)
When the
Company is not the successor company in the merger or consolidation of the
Company with or into any other entity or entities; or
(f)
Upon
administrative dissolution under Section 1207 of the Act, subject to the right
of reinstatement under Section 1208 of the Act.
The
Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of a Withdrawal Event with
respect to any Manager or Member unless there is no remaining Member, taking
into consideration for this purpose Sections 402(2)(c) and 1201(2) of the
Act. Provided, however, that the Company shall be dissolved at the
expiration of the Company’s period of duration, as set forth in the Company’s
Articles of Organization or, if no period of duration is set forth in the
Company’s Articles of Organization, the date which is 99 years from the date the
Articles of Organization were filed with the Division.
12.2
Liquidation, Winding Up and
Distribution of Assets
. The Managers shall, upon the Company’s
dissolution, proceed to liquidate Company assets and properties, discharge
Company obligations, and wind up the Company’s business and affairs as promptly
as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds
from liquidating Company assets, to the extent available, shall be applied and
distributed as follows:
(a)
First, to
the payment and discharge of all Company debts and liabilities (other than debts
and liabilities owing to the Members) or to the establishment of any
reasonable
reserves
for contingent or unliquidated debts and liabilities, in the order of priority
as provided by law;
(b)
Second,
to the payment of any liabilities to Members in their capacities as creditors,
in the order of priority as provided by law;
(c)
Third, to
FC an amount equal to the FC Unreturned Priority Contribution and the FC
Preferred Return;
(d)
Fourth,
to the Class A Members, pro rata based on the unpaid Class A Preferred Return
payable to each Class A Member, an amount equal to the Class A Members’ unpaid
Class A Preferred Return;
(e)
Fifth, to
the Class A Members, pro rata based on the Class A Unreturned Contribution
Balance of each Class A Member, an amount equal to the Class A Unreturned
Contribution Balance;
(f)
Sixth, to
the Class B Member, an amount equal to the Class B Unreturned Contribution
Balance; and
(g)
Thereafter,
in accordance with the positive balance of each Member’s Capital Account as
determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments for the
Company’s taxable year during which the liquidation occurs, including any
distributions pursuant to Sections 12.2(c) through (f) and any Capital Account
adjustments associated with the allocation of Profits and Losses with respect to
any sale, transfer or other taxable disposition of any Company
property. Any such distributions to the Members in respect of their
Capital Accounts shall be made within the time requirements of Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). If for any reason the amount
distributable pursuant to this Section 12.2(g) shall be more than or less than
the sum of all the positive balances of the Members’ Capital Accounts, then the
proceeds distributable pursuant to this Section 12.2(g) shall be distributed
among the Members in accordance with the ratio by which the positive Capital
Account balance of each Member bears to the sum of all positive Capital Account
balances. Distributions required by this Section 12.2(g) may be
distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Members for the
purposes of liquidating Company property, collecting amounts owed to the
Company, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of
the Company or of the Managers arising out of or in connection with the
Company. In such case, the assets of such trust shall be distributed
to the Members from time to time, in the discretion of the Managers, in the same
proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Company would
otherwise have been distributed to the Members pursuant to this
Agreement.
12.3
Allocations Relating to Last
Fiscal Year
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, if upon the dissolution and termination of the
Company pursuant to Article XII and after all other allocations provided for in
Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 have been tentatively made as if this Section 12.3
were not in this Agreement, a distribution to the Company under Section 12.2
would be different from a distribution pursuant to the distribution priorities
set forth in Section 12.3(b), then Profits (and items thereof) and Losses (and
items thereof) for the Fiscal Year in which the Company dissolves
and
terminates pursuant to Article XII shall be allocated among the Members in a
manner such the Capital Account of each Member, immediately after giving effect
to such allocation, is, as near as possible, equal (proportionately) to the
amount of the distributions that would be made to such Member during such Fiscal
Year if the Company was making its distributions pursuant to Section
12.3(b). The Management Board, may, in its discretion, (A) apply the
principles of this Section 12.3 to any Fiscal Year preceding the Fiscal Year in
which the Company dissolves and terminates if delaying the application of the
principles of this Section 12.3 would likely result in distributions under
Article XII that are materially different from distributions under Section
12.3(b) in the Fiscal Year in which the Company dissolves and terminates, or (B)
allocate items of gross income, gain, deduction, loss, or credit with respect to
any Fiscal Years that are open for tax purposes (i.e., Fiscal Years for which
either tax returns have not yet been filed or, if filed, an amended tax return
may still be timely filed), if the Management Board determines, in the Fiscal
Year in which the Company dissolves and terminates, that allocation of Profits
and Losses will result in distributions under Article XII that are materially
different from distributions under Section 12.3(b).
(b)
The
distribution priority under this Section 12.3(b) is as follows:
i.
First, to
FC an amount equal to the FC Unreturned Priority Contribution and the unpaid FC
Preferred Return;
ii.
Second,
to the Class A Members, pro rata based on the unpaid Class A Preferred Return
payable to each Class A Member, an amount equal to each Class A Member’s unpaid
Class A Preferred Return;
iii.
Third, to
the Class A Member, pro rata based on the Class A Unreturned Contribution
Balance of each Class A Member, an amount equal to each Class A Member’s Class A
Unreturned Contribution Balance;
iv.
Fourth,
to the Class B Member, an amount equal to the Class B Unreturned Contribution
Balance; and
v.
Thereafter,
to the Members in according with the Members’ Percentage Interest in the
Company,
provided,
however,
that, in order to comply with the Profit Interest Revenue
Procedures, liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 12.3(b)(iv) shall be
made in a manner that accounts for the differences in Capital Accounts of the
Profits Interest Unit holders versus the other Members resulting from the
adjustments made to the Capital Accounts of the Members pursuant to Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the Regulations at the time that any Profits Interest
Unit is granted.
12.4
Deficit Capital
Accounts
. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute or
advance any funds or other property to the Company by reason of any negative or
deficit balance in such Member’s Capital Account during or upon completion of
winding up or at any other time except to the extent that a deficit balance is
directly attributable to a distribution of cash or other property in violation
of this Agreement.
12.5
Certificate of
Cancellation
. When all the remaining property and assets have
been applied and distributed in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof, the
Managers (or such other
Person
designated by the Members) shall cause a Certificate of Cancellation to be filed
with the Division in accordance with Section 1202 of the Act.
12.6
Return of Contribution
Non-Recourse to Other Members
. Except as provided by law, upon
dissolution, each Member shall look solely to the Company assets for the return
of the Member’s Capital Contributions. If any Company property
remaining after payment or discharge of Company debts and liabilities is
insufficient to return the cash or other property contribution of one or more
Member(s), such Member(s) shall have no recourse against the Managers, the
Management Board or any other Member.
12.7
In Kind
Distributions
. A Member shall have no right to demand and
receive any distribution from the Company in any form other than
cash. However, a Member may be compelled to accept a distribution of
an asset in kind if the Company is unable to dispose of all of its assets for
cash.
12.8
Inclusion of Unit
Holder
. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term “Member”
for purposes of this Article XII shall include a Unit Holder.
ARTICLE
XIII
DISPUTE
RESOLUTION; BUY-SELL
13.1
Good Faith
Negotiations
. Subject to Section 13.4, any dispute between the
Members arising out of or relating to this Agreement that the Members cannot
resolve through good faith negotiations between their respective representatives
within forty-five (45) days after written notice of such dispute is first given
by one Member to the other Member(s) shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures described in this Article XIII, which shall be the sole and exclusive
procedures for resolution of any such dispute.
13.2
Non-Binding
Mediation
. The Members shall use reasonable, good faith
efforts to settle any dispute through non-binding mediation before a mutually
acceptable, neutral, third-party mediator. The mediation shall be
held in Salt Lake City, Utah and administered by the CPR Institute for Dispute
Resolution (the “CPR Institute”) under the CPR Mediation Procedure then in
effect. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties shall jointly select a
single mediator from the CPR Panels of Distinguished Neutrals based on a list of
mediator candidates supplied by the CPR Institute. If, within
fourteen (14) days after any Member makes a written request for mediation under
this Section 13.2, the Members have not reached agreement on the selection of a
mediator, the mediator shall be selected in accordance with the CPR Mediation
Procedure currently in effect. A good faith attempt at mediation
shall be a condition precedent to the commencement of arbitration, but is not a
condition precedent to any court action for injunction or other interim relief
pending the outcome of mediation.
13.3
Binding
Arbitration
. If the Members who are parties to a dispute are
unable to resolve the dispute by mediation in a timely manner (which, in any
case, shall not exceed sixty (60) days from the first notice of mediation), the
dispute shall be resolved through final, binding arbitration held in Salt Lake
City, Utah in accordance with the CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration
then in effect by three arbitrators of whom the Member or Members, as
applicable, on
each side
of the dispute shall appoint one in accordance with the “screened” appointment
procedure provided by the CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration currently
in effect, and of whom the third arbitrator shall be selected by mutual
agreement of the two arbitrators selected by the Members. The
Arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16,
and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction thereof. The Members shall cause the
arbitrators to render their decision within one hundred twenty (120) days after
the designation of the arbitrators, and the Members shall cooperate with each
other and the arbitrators in the conduct of the arbitration to permit such
timing. Any award of the arbitrators shall be final, conclusive and
binding on the Members; provided, however, that any Members to the dispute may
seek to vacate, modify or correct the arbitrators’ decision or award as provided
under Section 10 and Section 11 of the Federal Arbitration Act. The
arbitrators shall be bound to follow the laws of the State of Utah, decisional
and statutory, in reaching any decision and making any award and shall deliver a
written award, including written findings of fact and conclusions of law, with
respect to the dispute to each of the Members who are parties to the dispute,
who shall promptly act in accordance therewith. In no event shall the
arbitrators have the power to award damages in connection with any dispute in
excess of actual compensatory damages. In particular, the arbitrators
may not multiply actual damages or award consequential, indirect, special or
punitive damages, including damages for lost profits or loss of business
opportunity. Any Member who is a party to the dispute may enforce any
award rendered pursuant to the arbitration provisions of this Section 13.3 by
bringing suit in any court of competent jurisdiction. All costs and
expenses attributable to the arbitrators shall be allocated between the Members
who are parties to the dispute in such manner as the arbitrators determine to be
appropriate under the circumstances. Any Member who is a party to the
dispute may file a copy of this Section 13.3 with any arbitrator or court as
written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement among the
Members with respect to the subject matter of this Section 13.3.
ARTICLE
XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
14.1
Notices
. Except
as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, or communication required or
permitted to be given to a Member by any provision of this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or served for all purposes if (i)
delivered personally to the Member, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail
transmission or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to the Member’s address set forth in Exhibit A. Except as
otherwise provided herein, any such notice shall be deemed to be given on the
date on which the same was personally delivered, on the date on which it was
transmitted by facsimile or electronic transmission if confirmation thereof is
obtained or, if sent by registered or certified mail, on the third (3rd) day
after such notice was deposited in the United States mail addressed as
aforesaid.
14.2
Governing
Law
. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder
will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of
the State of Utah.
14.3
Entire Agreement;
Amendments
. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the Members concerning the matters set forth herein, and may not
be
amended
except by Majority Vote of the Members provided, however, any amendment that
adversely affects the rights (economic or otherwise) set forth in this Agreement
of any Priority Member shall not be effective without the prior written consent
of such Priority Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managers
shall be authorized to make any amendments to this Agreement that are approved
by the Management Board and that counsel to the Company opines are necessary to
maintain the Company’s status as a partnership for federal and state income tax
purposes
provided
,
however
, that no such
amendment shall be effective if such amendment adversely affects the economic
interest of Units held by any Member. If any conflict exists between
the provisions of this Agreement, any employment or repurchase agreement with
any Member, Manager or Officer, or the provisions of any oral or prior agreement
between the Members, Managers or Officers, the provisions of this Agreement
shall prevail.
14.4
Additional Documents and
Acts
. Each Member agrees to execute and deliver such
additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may
be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby.
14.5
Headings
. The
headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way
intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent, or intent
of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
14.6
Severability
. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable
under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement,
such provision will be fully severable and the remaining provisions of this
Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
14.7
Heirs, Successors, and
Assigns
. Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions, and
agreements herein contained shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement and by
applicable law, the parties’ respective heirs, legal representatives,
successors, and assigns.
14.8
Creditors and Other Third
Parties
. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for
the benefit of, or enforceable, by any Company creditors or any other third
parties.
14.9
Section, Other
References
. Except to the extent provided to the contrary,
references to the terms “Section,” “Schedule,” “Exhibit,” or “Appendix” mean to
the corresponding Sections, Schedules, Exhibits, or Appendices attached to or
referred to in this Agreement. Any reference to an Exhibit to this Agreement
contained herein shall be deemed to include any Schedule(s) to such
Exhibit. Each Appendix, Exhibit and Schedule referred to in this
Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in this Agreement as if such
Appendix, Exhibit or Schedule were set out in full in the text of this
Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to a statute shall be to
such statute, as amended from time to time, and to the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. Any reference to any agreement, document or
instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise
modified from time to time in accordance with its terms. Unless the
context otherwise requires, (i) all references made in this Agreement to an
Article, Section, Clause, Schedule or an Exhibit are to an Article,
Section, Clause, Schedule or an Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (ii) “or” is
disjunctive
but not
necessarily exclusive, (iii) “will” shall be deemed to have the same meaning as
the word “shall”, (iv) words in the singular include the plural and vice versa
and (v) use of the masculine, feminine or neutral gender herein shall not limit
any provision of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”,
“includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be
followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not so
followed. All references to “$” or dollar amounts are to lawful
currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly
stated.
14.10
Authority to Adopt
Agreement
. By execution hereof, each Member represents and
covenants as follows:
(a)
The
Member has full legal right, power, and authority to deliver this Agreement and
to perform the Member’s obligations hereunder;
(b)
This
Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Member
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may
be limited by bankruptcy and other laws of general application relating to
creditors’ rights or general principles of equity;
(c)
This
Agreement does not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms,
conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default or an event of default
under any other agreement of which the Member is a party; and
(d)
The
Member’s investment in Units is made for the Member’s own account for investment
purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such
Units.
14.11
No
Encumbrances
. No Member or Unit Holder may pledge, lien or
otherwise encumber such Member’s or Unit Holder’s interest or Units for any
purpose unless approved by a Majority Vote of the Members.
14.12
Independent
Counsel
. Each Member, Officer and Manager acknowledges that
each of them has had the opportunity to review this Agreement with independent
legal counsel.
14.13
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall for
all purposes be deemed an original, and all of such counterparts, taken
together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
14.14
Expenses
. Except
as otherwise expressly provided for herein or in the Asset Purchase Agreement or
the Ancillary Agreements, each of the parties hereto shall be responsible for
all expenses directly incurred by them in connection with the transactions
contemplated by such agreements;
provided
that the
Company will reimburse Peterson for its reasonable documented
expenses.
By
execution below, each of the undersigned agrees to the terms and provisions of
this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for Franklin Covey Products,
LLC.
MEMBERS
|
PETERSON
PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware
limited
partnership
|
By:
|
Peterson
Partners V, LLC
|
Its:
By:
|
General
Partner
/s/
James B. Nelson
|
|
James
B. Nelson, Partner
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CLIENT SALES, INC.,
a
Utah corporation
|
|
/s/ Steve Young
|
By:
|
Steve Young
|
Its:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
|
SARAH
MERZ
/s/ Gordon Wilson
|
|
GORDON
WILSON
/s/
Rick Wooden
|
|
RICK
WOODEN
/s/ Jeff
Anderson
|
|
JEFF
ANDERSON
/s/ Bob Sumbot
|
|
BOB
SUMBOT
/s/
Kent Frogley
|
|
KENT
FROGLEY
/s/
Mike Connelly
|
|
MIKE
CONNELLY
|
|
/s/ Bryan Wilde
|
|
BRYAN
WILDE
/s/ Eric Bright
|
|
ERIC
BRIGHT
|
COMPANY
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
/s/
James B. Nelson
|
By:
|
James
B. Nelson
|
Its:
|
Manager
|
MANAGERS
|
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
|
SARAH
MERZ
/s/
Jordan Clements
|
|
JORDAN
CLEMENTS
/s/
James B. Nelson
|
|
JAMES
B. NELSON
/s/
Robert A. Whitman
|
|
ROBERT
A. WHITMAN
|
Exhibit
10.5
Sublease
Agreement
Between
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
as
Sublandlord
and
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
as
Tenant
|
|
Page
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
SCHEDULE OF
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT
A OUTLINE OF
THE PREMISES
EXHIBIT
B RULES
AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT
C TENANT
IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE
EXHIBIT
D LEASE
EXTENSION ADDENDUM
EXHIBIT
E MASTER
LEASE
SUBLEASE
AGREEMENT
THIS
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease” or “Agreement”) is entered into as of
the 7th day of July, 2008, to be effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M.,
Mountain Standard Time, by and between FRANKLIN DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a Utah
corporation (“Sublandlord”), and FRANKLIN COVEY PRODUCTS, a Utah limited
liability company (“Tenant”).
Sublandlord
is the tenant under that certain Lease Agreement by and between Sublandlord and
Franklin SaltLake, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Prime Landlord”)
dated June 12, 2005 (the “Master Lease”). Pursuant to the rights
granted to Sublandlord under the Master Lease, Sublandlord hereby leases to
Tenant and Tenant hereby rents from Sublandlord the Premises (as defined in
Section 1.2). This Lease has been executed and delivered pursuant to
the Master Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2008 among Franklin Covey
Canada, Ltd., a Canadian corporation, Franklin Covey de Mexico S. de
R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company, Franklin Covey Europe, Ltd., a UK registered
company, Franklin Covey Client Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation, Franklin Covey
Catalog Sales, Inc., a Utah corporation, Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc., a
Utah corporation, and Franklin Covey Printing, Inc., a Utah corporation
(collectively, the “Selling Parties”), and Tenant, as amended (the “Purchase
Agreement”). Sublandlord is a related entity to the Selling Parties
and will receive a real and material benefit as a result of this
Sublease. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. Intending to be
legally bound under this Lease and in consideration of the agreements herein
made, and other good and valuable consideration, Sublandlord and Tenant hereby
agree as follows:
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Building and the
Properties
. The premises leased hereunder are comprised of
portions of the following buildings: Franklin, Washington, Jefferson, Patrick
Henry and Adams buildings located in the office park commonly known as 2650
South Decker Lake Boulevard, Salt Lake City, Utah (collectively, the
“Building”). As used herein, the term “Properties” shall mean and
refer to that certain real property upon which each of the buildings identified
in the foregoing sentence are located, and as further defined in the Master
Lease.
1.2
Premises
. The
“Premises” are depicted on attached
Exhibit A
and
incorporated by reference and are deemed to consist of approximately 54,676
square feet of Net Rentable Area (defined in Section 2.4). The
parties acknowledge that the Net Rentable Area is broken down into the following
areas, which areas are further depicted in
Exhibit A
: (a) 53,701
rentable square feet (“Office Space”); (b) 975 rentable square feet (“Computer
Room”); and (c) 23,280 rentable square feet (“Shared Space”). As to
the Office Space and the Computer Room, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to
these areas. With respect to the Shared Space, Tenant and Sublandlord
shall have equal access and rights to such space and shall use such space in
common (but to the exclusion of any other persons). With respect to
the Shared Space, Tenant shall only be responsible for rent on 11,640 rentable
square feet (or 50%) thereof, as further specified herein. The
following areas shall not be included as Net Rentable Area; however, Tenant and
its employees shall have the right to use (i) the wellness center serving the
Premises, pursuant to the same arrangement (including but not limited to, fees,
membership qualifications, and limitations on use) to which Sublandlord is a
party; and (ii) any corridors, elevator lobbies, ground floor lobbies,
vestibules, service and freight areas, restrooms, elevator and mechanical rooms,
telephone and electrical closets, and other similar
facilities
provided for the benefit of all tenants of the Building, visitors to the
Building, or Sublandlord (such areas collectively defined as “Common
Areas”). Tenant and Tenant’s Agents rights in the Common Areas shall
be only to the same extent as those of Sublandlord under the Master
Lease.
1.3
Lease
Term
. The “Lease Term” shall commence on the Closing Date (as
defined under the Purchase Agreement) (the “Commencement Date”), and shall end
at midnight on June 30, 2025 (the “Termination Date”), unless terminated earlier
in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The Lease Term may be
extended, at Tenant’s option, in accordance with the Lease Extension Addendum
attached as
Exhibit
D
.
1.4
Base
Rent
. “Base Rent” is collectively the Office Space Base Rent,
the Computer Room Base Rent and the Shared Space Base Rent. Base Rent
is to be paid from the Commencement Date through the Termination Date, and is
payable on the first day of each month in advance in the amounts set forth below
and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1.6. Base Rent for
any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in that
month.
|
1.4.1
|
“Office
Space Base Rent” is $9.00 per rentable square foot, $40,275.75 per month,
and $483,309 per year;
|
|
1.4.2
|
“Computer
Room Base Rent” is $12.00 per rentable square foot, $975.00 per month, and
$11,700.00 per year; and
|
|
1.4.3
|
“Shared
Space Base Rent” is $9.00 per rentable square foot for shared space in the
Adams, Jefferson, Washington and Patrick Henry buildings, and $12.00 per
rentable square foot in the Franklin Building, $10,003.75 per month, and
$120,045.00 per year.
|
1.5
Tenant’s Share of Other
Charges and Property Taxes
. (a) “Tenant’s Share” of
“Other Charges” (defined in Section 4.3) is 21.27% of such costs as further
specified in Section 4.3 below, and (b) “Tenant’s Share” of “Property
Taxes” (defined in Section 4.4) is 17.8% of such taxes. Tenant’s
Share is subject to adjustment due to re-measurement of the Net Rentable Area,
provided such re-measurement is performed in accordance with the ANSI/BOMA
Z65.1-1996 Standard, if any be performed, and documentation evidencing the same
is provided to Tenant.
1.6
Adjustment to Base
Rent
. Commencing on July 1, 2010 and each July 1 thereafter,
Base Rent shall be increased by two percent (2%) of the Base Rent in effect
immediately prior to the date of increase. If Tenant exercises any of
the options to extend this Lease, Base Rent shall be increased by the same
percentages set forth in the Master Lease.
1.7
Permitted
Uses
. The parties acknowledge and agree that Tenant is
acquiring this leasehold interest in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, and
that as such, Tenant’s predecessor-in-interest has been using the Premises to
effectuate the goals and purposes of Tenant’s business. Tenant may
use the Premises in any manner that is consistent with the historical use of the
Premises for a period of twenty-four months prior to the Commencement Date,
including without limitation, general office use, a photo lab, graphics art
production, and a call center (the “Permitted Use”). Tenant shall not
use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use. Except
as expressly allowed as a Permitted Use, Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be
subject to all terms and provisions of the Master Lease, including but not
limited to, the obligation to comply with any restrictive covenants applicable
to the Premises. Tenant’s and Sublandlord’s use of the
Premises
are subject to the “Rules and Regulations” set forth on attached
Exhibit B
, as
modified and enforced in accordance with Section 13.1.
1.8
Definition of Sublandlord’s
Agents and Tenant’s Agents
. “Sublandlord’s Agents” includes
any asset manager, property manager, agent, managing agent, affiliate,
contractor, employee, director, officer, partner, or servant of Sublandlord, or
any corporate or other legal entity affiliated with Sublandlord or third party
operator and owner of the Building, and “Tenant’s Agents” includes any agent,
officer, employee, servant, partner, independent contractor, licensee, invitee,
or visitor of Tenant.
PREMISES
2.1
Lease of the Premises; Work
Letter
. Sublandlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant
leases the Premises from Sublandlord complete with any improvements thereto,
together with the right-in-common to the use of any of the Common Areas (which
shall include the wellness center) within the Properties. Sublandlord
agrees to provide the tenant improvement allowance described in
Exhibit C
(the
“Tenant Improvement Allowance”), but has no obligation to construct any
improvements in the Premises.
2.2
Condition of the
Premises
. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, by
occupying the Premises, Tenant: (a) acknowledges that it has had
full opportunity to examine the Building, including the Premises, and accepts
the same in its as-is, where-is condition, without representation or warranty of
any kind, and (b) accepts the Premises and acknowledges that the Premises must
comply with all requirements imposed upon Sublandlord under the Master
Lease. This Lease does not grant any right to light or air over or
about the Premises or Building.
2.3
Signs
. Without
the prior written consent of Sublandlord, Tenant shall not erect or install on
the exterior of the Building, on any window, or in any lobby, hallway or door
therein located, any sign or other type display. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Sublandlord will provide and install identification letters or
numerals on doors of the Premises in the building standard fonts at Tenant’s
expense. Tenant may not use any other signage or lettering without
Sublandlord’s prior written consent. Sublandlord has provided a
location in the lobby of the Building a directory of tenant names and
locations. At Tenant’s cost, Sublandlord will provide and install
directory strips.
2.4
Net Rentable
Area
. The term “Net Rentable Area” means the sum of the net
useable area, which is computed by measuring to the inside finish of the
Building’s exterior glass line, to the exterior side of partitions that separate
the Premises from the Building’s interior non-rentable areas not within the
Premises, and to the center of partitions that separate the Premises from
adjoining rentable areas. The parties stipulate that the Net Rentable
Area of the Premises is that stated in Section 1.2.
2.5
Relocation
. [INTENTIONALLY
DELETED.]
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
3.1
Commencement
Date
. Sublandlord shall make the Premises available for
occupancy on the Commencement Date.
3.2
Holding
Over
. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after
the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term without the execution of
a new lease or an extension hereof, Tenant’s occupancy will be from
month-to-month at 110% of the Base Rent due for the last full calendar month
during the holdover period plus all other sums due under this Lease and subject
to all other provisions and obligations of this Lease that are applicable to a
month-to-month tenancy. The holdover period may be canceled by
Sublandlord upon seven (7) days notice to Tenant, and such holdover is a
material default hereunder.
RENT
4.1
Payment
. Tenant
shall pay Rent to Sublandlord in advance in legal tender of the United States of
America, without any notice, demand, set-off or deduction, at the following
address: Franklin Development Corporation, 2200 West Parkway
Boulevard, Salt Lake City, Utah 84119, Attn: Accounts Receivable, or
at such place or to such of Sublandlord’s Agents as Sublandlord from time to
time designates in writing. Any Rent payment due hereunder is
delinquent if not received by Sublandlord by the due
date. Sublandlord may accept any partial payment of Rent without
prejudice to any of Sublandlord’s rights or remedies. The term “Rent”
includes, without limitation, (a) Base Rent, (b) Tenant’s Share of
Other Charges, (c) Tenant’s Share of Property Taxes, and (d) other
charges and reimbursable costs payable by Tenant in accordance with this
Lease. Items (b), (c) and (d) above may sometimes herein be referred
to collectively as “Additional Rent.” Notwithstanding anything in
this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to Sublandlord as
Rent, shall constitute rent for the purpose of Section 502(b)(7), as it may be
amended, of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101
et
seq
. (the “Bankruptcy
Code”).
4.2
Base
Rent
. Tenant shall pay (with or without receipt of a written
statement from Sublandlord) the Base Rent in advance, promptly upon the first
day of every month of the Lease Term. If the initial or final month
is less than a full calendar month, the Base Rent for such month will be reduced
proportionately. It is the intent of both parties that the Base Rent
herein shall be absolutely net to Sublandlord throughout the Lease Term, and
that all costs, expenses and obligations relating to the Building and/or the
Premises which may arise or become due during the Lease Term shall be paid by
Tenant as hereafter provided.
4.3
Tenant’s Share of Other
Charges
. Except for calendar year 2008, Tenant shall pay
Tenant’s Share of Other Charges (as defined under the Master
Lease). For the avoidance of doubt, “Other Charges” shall include,
without limitation, all management office expenses; all applicable sales and use
taxes; expenses incurred for heat, cooling and other utilities; cost of
insurance; cost of janitorial and cleaning services, trash collection services,
pest control and security services; salaries, wages and other personnel costs of
engineers, superintendents, watchpersons, and all other employees of the
Building, including any sales tax imposed upon their service; charges under
maintenance and service contracts for elevators, chillers, boilers (if
applicable) and controls; window cleaning; building and grounds maintenance;
management fees; permits and licenses; all
maintenance
and repair expenses and supplies, including replacement of light bulbs and
ballasts in lighting fixtures; costs (including finance charges) of improvements
to the Building, equipment or capital items that are designed to increase
safety, improve energy efficiency, accurately process date and/or time data or
expand telecommunications service; amortization, depreciation and replacement
costs, interest and other expenses incurred with respect to equipment purchased
to replace existing equipment, systems or other capital expenditures purchased
to comply with the directives of a governing body; costs of complying with all
governmental regulations, including, without limitation, the disposal of
chlorofluorocarbons and compliance with Title III of the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), or any other similar laws of the State of Utah
(the “Utah Act”); costs of independent contractors; fees; owner’s association
assessments; and all other costs and expenses properly incurred in the operation
and maintenance of an office building, to the extent that any of the foregoing
are Sublandlord’s responsibility pursuant to the Master Lease. During
the calendar year 2008 (the “Initial Year”), Tenant’s Share of Other Charges
shall be deemed to be five dollars and two cents ($5.02) per rentable square
foot in the Premises (“Initial Basic Other Charges”), and such amount shall not
be subject to adjustment. Notwithstanding the Master Lease to the
contrary, for purposes of this Lease, “Other Charges” shall exclude the cost of
any alterations to any portion of the Building not leased by Tenant (except for
Common Areas); lease commissions; payment of principal and interest on mortgages
of Sublandlord; and costs of Sublandlord of any work or service performed for
any tenant at the cost of such tenant.
(a)
Except
for the Initial Year, prior to the last day of each calendar year during the
Lease Term, Sublandlord will provide Tenant with a statement of estimated Other
Charges for the upcoming calendar year (based on Sublandlord’s reasonable
estimate of anticipated costs). Beginning January 1 of the upcoming
calendar year, Tenant shall pay in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, based
on Sublandlord’s estimate, Tenant’s Share of Other Charges. If
Sublandlord reasonably determines that the Other Charges are greater than the
estimate, then Sublandlord may deliver to Tenant on the first day of March,
June, September or December, the revised amount of Tenant’s Share of Other
Charges. Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord within twenty (20) days of
notification of the revised amount, the difference between the previous estimate
and the revised estimate for the expired portion of the current calendar
year. Monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of Other Charges will be
increased for the months following Tenant’s receipt of the revised estimate to
one-twelfth (1/12) of the revised estimate of Tenant’s Share of Other
Charges.
(b)
Not more
than one hundred eighty (180) days following the last day of each calendar year,
Sublandlord will provide Tenant with a written comparison of the amount of the
estimated Tenant’s Share of Other Charges paid for the calendar year (or partial
calendar year) just ended to Tenant’s Share of Other Charges actually incurred
for such calendar year, along with back-up documentation supporting and
verifying the actual Other Charges, to the extent the same is in Sublandlord’s
possession or control. If Tenant inquires regarding back-up
documentation, Sublandlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining
any further back-up documentation requested by Tenant. If the amount
of the estimated Tenant’s Share of Other Charges charged to Tenant for such
prior calendar year (or partial calendar year): (A) exceeds the amount Tenant
should have been charged, Sublandlord shall give Tenant a credit toward the next
Base Rent and Additional Rent (applicable to Other Charges) (or if in the last
year of the Lease Term, refund the excess) due, and such credit shall continue
until such time as it has been used in its entirety, (B) is less than the amount
Tenant should have been charged, Tenant shall pay Sublandlord, as Additional
Rent, the difference (provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed the
cap provided under subsection (c) below) within twenty (20) days following
Tenant’s receipt of such written comparison and back-up documentation, to the
extent the same is in Sublandlord’s possession or control. If Tenant
inquires regarding back-up documentation,
Sublandlord
shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining any further back-up
documentation requested by Tenant. For purposes of determining the
adequacy of the back-up documentation submitted by Sublandlord, for any Other
Charges that are the result of a charge under the Master Lease, then the extent
of documentation received by Sublandlord from Prime Landlord shall be deemed
sufficient to satisfy such requirement. Any delay or failure of
Sublandlord in billing any Other Charge escalation is not a waiver of and does
not impair the continuing obligation of Tenant to pay such
escalation. Tenant is not entitled to a refund or credit if Other
Charges for any calendar year are less than the Initial Basic Other
Charges.
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 4.3, (i) the percentage increase in
Tenant’s Share of Other Charges from one calendar year to the next shall be
limited to the lesser of the Other Charges incurred by Sublandlord or the
percentage increase in “CPI” (as defined below), during the same period, and
(ii) under no circumstances shall Tenant be required or obligated to pay for any
Other Charges that are not a pass-through expense being charged by Prime
Landlord under the Master Lease or a direct monetary obligation imposed against
Sublandlord pursuant to the Master Lease for which Tenant is responsible under
this Lease. Sublandlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that it is
the intent of the parties and this Sublease that Tenant shall only be liable for
Tenant’s Share of actual costs incurred by Sublandlord in connection with the
Master Lease and that there shall be no mark-up or profit relative to Rent
charged under this Lease. For the purposes of calculating the cap in
Other Charges increase, the parties shall use the Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (CPI-U): U.S. city average, by expenditure category and
commodity and service group, 1982-84=100, All items (“CPI”).
4.4
Tenant’s
Share of Property Taxes
.
Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of
Property Taxes (as defined under the Master Lease). Notwithstanding
the foregoing, “Property Taxes” does not include any interest or penalties paid
by Sublandlord as a result of Sublandlord’s failure to pay Property Taxes when
due and payable, any net income, franchise or capital gains tax, inheritance tax
or estate tax imposed or
constituting a lien upon Sublandlord or all or
any part of the Properties.
(a)
Prior to
the last day of each calendar year during the Lease Term, Sublandlord will
provide Tenant with a statement of estimated Property Taxes for the upcoming
calendar year (based upon Sublandlord’s reasonable estimate of anticipated
Property Taxes). Beginning January 1 of the upcoming calendar year,
Tenant shall pay in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, based on
Sublandlord’s estimate, Tenant’s Share of Property Taxes. If, at any
time during the calendar year, Sublandlord determines in its reasonable
discretion that the Property Taxes are greater than the estimate, then
Sublandlord may deliver to Tenant the revised amount of Tenant’s Share of
Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord within twenty (20)
days of notification of the revised amount, the difference between the previous
estimate and the revised estimate for the expired portion of the current
calendar year. Monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of Property
Taxes will be increased for the months following Tenant’s receipt of the revised
estimate to one-twelfth (1/12) of the revised estimate of Tenant’s Share of
Property Taxes.
(b)
Not more
than one hundred eighty (180) days following the last day of each calendar year,
Sublandlord will provide Tenant with a written comparison of the amount of the
estimated Tenant’s Share of Property Taxes paid for the calendar year (or
partial calendar year) just ended to Tenant’s Share of Property Taxes actually
incurred for such calendar year. If the amount of the estimated
Tenant’s Share of Property Taxes charged to Tenant for such prior calendar year
(or partial calendar year): (A) exceeds the amount Tenant should have been
charged, Sublandlord will give Tenant a credit toward the next Base Rent and
Additional Rent (or if in the last year of the
Lease
Term, refund the excess within twenty (20) days following preparation of the
written comparison) due, whichever is sooner due, and such credit shall continue
until such time as it has been extinguished or used in its entirety, (B) is less
than the amount Tenant should have been charged, Tenant shall pay Sublandlord,
as Additional Rent, the difference within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s
receipt of such written comparison. Any delay or failure of
Sublandlord in billing any excess Property Taxes escalation is not a waiver of
and does not impair the continuing obligation of Tenant to pay such
escalation.
(c)
Notwithstanding
any provision of this Section 4.4 to the contrary, under no circumstances shall
Tenant be required or obligated to pay all or any portion of Tenant’s Share of
Property Taxes that are not a pass-through being charged by Prime Landlord under
the Master Lease or a direct monetary obligation imposed against Sublandlord
pursuant to the Master Lease for which Tenant is responsible under this
Lease.
4.5
Other
Impositions
. Together with related interest and penalties,
Tenant shall: (a) reimburse Sublandlord for any increase in ad
valorem taxes that Sublandlord becomes obligated to pay where such ad valorem
tax pertains directly to the Premises, (b) pay all license and permit fees
and all taxes levied or assessed by governmental authorities by virtue
of: (i) any leasehold improvements to the Premises made at
Tenant’s direction or which Sublandlord is required to make (either hereunder or
under the Master Lease) and during Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises (excluding
improvements identified in the Work Letter), (ii) Tenant conducting
business or operating the Premises, (iii) Tenant’s Agents or Tenant’s
employees or contractors, (iv) Tenant’s personal property, and
(v) Tenant’s assets or sales, and (c) pay the cost of any additional
electronic security badges requested by Tenant, as the same are required for
access to the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the
contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any expenses or
costs where such expenses or costs arose as the result of Sublandlord’s failure
to pay a tax, fee, assessment or similar expense when due and payable, or any
net income, franchise or capital gains tax, inheritance tax or estate tax
imposed or constituting a lien upon Sublandlord or all or any part of the
Properties.
4.6
Tax
Protest
. To the extent permitted by law: (a) Tenant hereby
waives any right it may have under Utah law to protest or appeal Property Taxes
or the value of the Building; and (b) Tenant hereby assigns to Sublandlord any
rights of Tenant to appeal or protest Property Taxes or the value of the
Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall provide
Tenant with written notice of any application, filing or other written protest
Sublandlord makes or submits relating to Property Taxes prior to the filing or
submission of such notice and, upon a successful outcome of such protest,
Sublandlord will reimburse Tenant’s Share of such refund, less any reasonable
costs or expenses incurred in connection with such
protest. Sublandlord shall not suffer or permit any action in
protesting the Property Taxes to result in Tenant’s loss of its right to quiet
enjoyment of the Premises.
SUBLANDLORD’S
SERVICES
5.1
Electricity
. So
long as Tenant is not in Default, Sublandlord will furnish or cause to be
furnished electricity for normal business usage. Tenant’s use of
electricity in the Premises may not at any time exceed the capacity of the
electrical conductors and equipment serving the Premises. In
addition, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Sublandlord,
use any apparatus or device which causes a material increase in the amount of
electricity usually furnished
above and
beyond the Permitted Use. Without Sublandlord’s prior written
consent, Tenant may not: (i) connect electrical equipment that
consumes more than that permitted by the building standard specifications or
(ii) make any material alteration or addition to the electrical system of
the Premises. If Sublandlord grants consent, Tenant shall be
responsible for the cost of additional risers or other required
equipment. For any electricity used by Tenant that is not separately
metered and is in excess of the average monthly use for the twelve (12) month
period immediately prior to the Commencement Date (the “Baseline Period”),
Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of such excess usage where Tenant is
the sole cause of such excess usage and Sublandlord has reasonably determined
the cost of such excess usage based on a comparison relating to the Baseline
Period. If the electricity is separately metered, then in such event
Tenant shall be responsible for payment of any excess usage over and above the
average monthly use for the Baseline Period.
5.2
Air-Conditioning
. So
long as Tenant is not in Default, Sublandlord will furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Premises Monday through Friday from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
(but, not on Saturdays, Sundays, or federal or state holidays) (“Business
Hours”) air-conditioning at reasonable temperatures to provide reasonably
comfortable occupancy of the Premises under Normal Business Conditions (defined
below) (excepting any areas that develop excessive heat from machines, lights,
sun, overcrowding or other sources). “Normal Business Conditions” for
maintaining reasonably comfortable temperatures are those conditions in
existence during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the
Commencement Date. Tenant shall be allowed to access the controls to
turn on the air-conditioning to the Premises outside of Business Hours to the
extent of Sublandlord’s access to such controls in accordance with the Master
Lease.
5.3
Heat
. So
long as Tenant is not in Default, Sublandlord will furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Premises during Business Hours during times of the year that
heating is necessary to heat the Premises at reasonable temperatures to provide
reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises under Normal Business
Conditions. Tenant shall be allowed access to the controls to turn on
the heating to the Premises outside of Business Hours to the extent of
Sublandlord’s access to such controls in accordance with the Master
Lease.
5.4
Janitorial
Services
. So long as Tenant is not in Default, Sublandlord
will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises janitorial services
adequate to keep the Premises, including the Common Areas, in a neat, clean and
orderly fashion at the same standard as during the twelve (12) month period
immediately prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall pay
Sublandlord for the actual cost incurred by Landlord for janitorial services to
the Premises (so long as such costs are not being charged in connection with the
Other Charges).
5.5
Water
. So
long as Tenant is not in Default, Sublandlord will furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Common Areas and the Premises water for drinking, lavatory
(including warm water at reasonable temperatures) and toilet
purposes. Tenant will not install any equipment that uses water
without Sublandlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not use any
water above and beyond what would be reasonably expected considering the
Permitted Use of the Premises. Sublandlord reserves the right to
install a water meter for the Premises, and thereafter Tenant shall pay for
water based upon its usage. Tenant shall reimburse Sublandlord the
actual cost of installation of the water meter within twenty (20) days after
demand and receipt of back-up documentation.
5.6
No
Liability
. Unless caused by the negligence of Sublandlord, no
interruption or malfunction of any utility or telephone service is a breach by
Sublandlord, an eviction or disturbance of Tenant, release Tenant from any
obligation, or grant Tenant any right to offset or
rent
abatement, and neither Sublandlord nor Sublandlord’s Agents shall be liable for
damages (consequential or otherwise) in such event.
5.7
Utility
Deregulation.
Sublandlord has advised Tenant that presently
PacifiCorp, d/b/a Utah Power (“Electric Service Provider”) is the utility
company selected by Sublandlord to provide electric service for the
Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if permitted by law,
Sublandlord has the right at any time and from time to time during the Lease
Term to either contract for service from a different company or companies
providing electric service (each such company is hereinafter referred to as an
“Alternate Service Provider”) or continue to contract for service from the
Electric Service Provider.
(a)
Tenant
will cooperate with Sublandlord, the Electric Service Provider, and any
Alternate Service Provider at all times, and, as reasonably necessary, shall
allow Sublandlord, Electric Service Provider and any Alternate Service Provider
reasonable access to the electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring, and any other
machinery within the Premises; provided, however, that such access shall not
unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business operations or shall be conducted
in such a way as to minimize interference with Tenant’s business
operations.
(b)
Sublandlord
is in no way liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant
may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, interference, disruption,
or defect in the supply or character of the electric energy furnished to the
Premises, unless caused by Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct,
or if the quantity or character of the electric energy supplied by the Electric
Service Provider or any Alternate Service Provider is no longer available or
suitable for Tenant’s requirements (collectively, an “Electrical Disruption”),
and no such Electrical Disruption will constitute an actual or constructive
eviction, in whole or in part, nor will it entitle Tenant to any abatement or
diminution of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under the
Lease unless such Electrical Disruption is caused by Sublandlord’s willful
misconduct or gross negligence.
5.8
Utility
Costs
. Except as otherwise provided herein, all utility costs
provided for in this Section 5 shall be considered part of the Other Charges and
passed through to Tenant as part of Tenant’s Share.
TENANT’S CARE OF
PREMISES
6.1
Waste
. Neither
Tenant nor Tenant’s Agents will commit waste, and Tenant will keep the Premises
and the fixtures therein in good repair. Tenant shall be responsible
for maintenance and repair of appliances and shall pay for unstopping any drains
or water closets in the Premises. If: (a) Tenant fails to make
repairs to the Premises, or (b) any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s
Agents results in damage to the Premises or the Building, Sublandlord may repair
such damage, and within ten (10) days of receipt of Sublandlord’s invoice,
Tenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for the actual cost
thereof. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Agents will deface or injure the
Building, and Tenant will pay the cost of repairing any damage or injury done to
the Building or any part thereof by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Tenant
will participate in any Sublandlord required recycling program; provided,
however, that Sublandlord shall credit Tenant’s Share of any receipts or income
from the recycling program against Tenant’s Share of Other Charges.
6.2
Alterations, Additions or
Improvements
. Tenant may not make any alterations,
improvements, door lock changes or other modifications to the Premises or move
Tenant’s furnishings, equipment or other property into or out of the Premises or
Building without the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any requests by
Tenant to alter the Premises shall be in writing and in sufficient detail to
allow Sublandlord to determine the extent of the alteration to be
made. Tenant shall give Sublandlord notice sufficient to allow
Sublandlord to file a Notice of Non-responsibility or to take any other similar
action in advance of the commencement of any alterations. All
alterations, additions or improvements (including, but not limited to carpets,
drapes and anything bolted, nailed or otherwise secured in a manner customarily
deemed to be permanent) are fixtures, not subject to attachment of a mechanic’s
or materialman’s lien, and will become the property of Sublandlord and remain in
the Premises at the end of the Lease Term, unless such alterations, additions or
improvements constitute Trade Fixtures. As used herein, “Trade
Fixtures” shall mean and refer to property placed on or annexed to rented real
estate by Tenant for the purpose of the conduct of Tenant’s business particular
to its Permitted Use. To the extent required by law, Tenant shall use
union labor to perform Tenant’s construction or repair work, and comply with any
collective bargaining or labor agreement to which Sublandlord is a
party. If Sublandlord shall be damaged as a result of any breach by
Tenant of this covenant, Tenant agrees to pay to Sublandlord the amount of such
damage. Except for Trade Fixtures, all alterations, additions or
improvements made in or upon the Premises, either by Sublandlord or Tenant in
order to comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(“ADA”), or any other similar laws of the State of Utah (the “Utah Act”) are
Sublandlord’s property on termination of this Lease and shall remain on the
Premises without compensation to Tenant. Sublandlord may require
Tenant to remove any Trade Fixtures upon the termination or expiration of this
Lease. If Sublandlord requires removal of a Trade Fixture in
accordance with the foregoing sentence, and Tenant fails to comply with such
request within twenty (20) days after written notice from Sublandlord,
Sublandlord may remove the Trade Fixture at Tenant’s cost, and Tenant shall pay
Sublandlord upon demand all costs incurred by Sublandlord in removing the Trade
Fixture.
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, with respect to the portion of the Premises
located in the Adams building and used for retail purposes as of the
Commencement Date (the “Retail Portion”), upon the expiration or sooner
termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its equipment, fixtures,
and Trade Fixtures therefrom, together with any personal property of Tenant, and
shall repair all damage caused by such removal, all at Tenant’s sole cost and
expense. Such repairs shall include, but not be limited to, repairing
damage to walls and floors resulting from the removal of shelving, and
repainting the walls and resurfacing the floors. In addition to the
required removal and repairs, the Retail Portion shall otherwise be surrendered
in as good a condition as it currently exists, reasonable wear and tear
excepted.
Tenant’s
performance of its obligations to maintain, repair and remove the Tenant’s
furnishings, equipment or other property may be conducted only by contractors
and subcontractors approved in writing by Sublandlord, and Sublandlord shall not
unreasonably withhold its approval of such contractors and
subcontractors. The contractors and/or subcontractors shall carry
insurance in amounts and with companies as customarily required in connection
with the work to be performed by such contractors or
subcontractors. Such contractors and subcontractors must provide
Sublandlord with certificates of insurance prior to commencement of work, and
such certificates shall list Sublandlord and its asset manager, property
manager, managing agent and any other designee of Sublandlord as additional
insureds.
6.3
No
Overloading
. Tenant will not overload the floors of the
Premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon the floor of the
Premises exceeding the load per square foot that such floor was designed to
carry, as determined by Sublandlord or its structural
engineer. Partitions shall be considered as part of the
load. Sublandlord may prescribe the weight and position of all safes,
files and heavy equipment that Tenant desires to place in the Premises, so as to
distribute their weight properly. Tenant’s business machines and
mechanical equipment shall be installed and maintained so as not to transmit
noise or vibration to the Building structure or to any other space in the
Building. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all structural
engineering required to determine structural load and all acoustical engineering
required to address any noise or vibration caused by
Tenant.
6.4
No
Liens
. Sublandlord’s title is and always will be paramount to
the title of Tenant, and Tenant will not do any act which encumbers
Sublandlord’s title or subjects the Premises or the Building or any part of
either to any lien, unless Tenant is making an alteration, improvement or
modification as permitted in connection with Section 6.2. Tenant must
immediately remove any and all liens or encumbrances which are filed against the
Premises or the Building as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or
Tenant’s Agents. If Tenant fails to remove any such lien within
thirty (30) days of receipt of notice thereof, then Sublandlord may, but is not
obligated to, remove such lien, and Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of
removal or bonding the lien, plus interest at the Default Rate, to Sublandlord
upon demand.
6.5
Property and Improvements at
Tenant’s Risk
. All personal property, betterments and
improvements in the Premises, the Building, parking areas or related facilities,
whether owned, leased or installed by Sublandlord, Tenant or any other person,
are at Tenant’s sole risk, and neither Sublandlord nor Sublandlord’s Agents will
be liable for any damage thereto or loss thereof from any cause, including but
not limited to theft, misappropriation, casualty, overflowing or leaking of the
roof, the bursting or leaking of water, sewer or steam pipes, or from heating or
plumbing fixtures, unless caused by Sublandlord’s or Sublandlord’s Agent’s
negligence.
6.6
Flammables, Explosives or
Toxic Substances
. Except for household cleaners in quantities
typically used in connection with office use, Tenant will not use or permit in
the Premises or the Building any flammable or explosive material, toxic
substances, environmentally hazardous materials (as defined below) or other
items hazardous to persons or property. Tenant will not use the
Premises in a manner that (a) invalidates or is in conflict with fire,
insurance, life safety or other policies covering the Building or the Premises,
or (b) increases the rate of fire or other insurance on the Building or the
Premises. If any insurance premium is higher than it otherwise would
be due to Tenant’s failure to comply with this section, Tenant shall reimburse
Sublandlord as Additional Rent, that part of Sublandlord’s insurance premiums
that are charged because of Tenant’s failure.
6.7
Hazardous Materials
Defined
. “Hazardous Materials” means: (a) any
“hazardous waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976 (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) (“RCRA”), as amended from time to time, and
regulations promulgated thereunder; (b) any “hazardous substance” being
“released” in “reportable quantity” as such terms are defined by the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42
U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) (“CERCLA”), as amended from time to time, and regulations
promulgated thereunder; (c) asbestos; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls;
(e) urea formaldehyde insulation; (f) “hazardous chemicals” or “extremely
hazardous substances”, in quantities sufficient to require reporting,
registration, notification or special treatment or handling under the Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. §§ 11001, et seq.)
(“EPCRA”), as amended from time to time and regulations promulgated thereunder;
(g) any “hazardous chemicals” in levels
that
would result in exposures greater than those allowed by permissible exposure
limits established pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
(29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.) (“OSHA”), as amended from time to time and regulations
promulgated thereunder; (h) any substance which requires reporting,
registration, notification, removal, abatement or special treatment, storage,
handling or disposal under Section 6, 7 or 8 of the Toxic Substances Control Act
(15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.) (“TSCA”) as amended from time to time and
regulations promulgated thereunder; (i) any toxic or hazardous chemicals
described in the Occupational Safety and Health Standards (29 C.F.R.
1910.1000-1047) in levels which would result in exposures greater than those
allowed by the permissible exposure limits pursuant to such regulations;
(j) the contents of any storage tanks, whether above or below ground;
(k) medical wastes; (l) materials related to those described in
subparagraphs (a) through (k) hereof; and (m) anything defined as hazardous
or toxic under any now existing or hereinafter enacted statute.
6.8
Environmental Regulations
Defined
. “Environmental Regulations” means any law, statute,
regulation, order or rule now or hereafter promulgated by any Governmental
Authority, whether local, state or federal, relating to air pollution, water
pollution, noise control or transporting, storing, handling, discharge, disposal
or recovery of on-site or off-site hazardous substances or materials, as same
may be amended from time to time, including without limitation, the following:
(a) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.); (b) Marine
Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1401-1445); (c) the
Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.); (d) RCRA, as amended by the
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.); (e)
CERCLA, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.); (f) TSCA; (g) the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq.);
(h) the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 300(f) et seq.);
(i) OSHA; (j) the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act (49 U.S.C. §§
2001 et seq.); (k) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§
1801 et seq.); (l) the Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. §§ 4901 et
seq.); (m) EPCRA; (n) National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. §§
4321-4347); and (o) Medical Waste Tracking Act of 1988 (42 U.S.C.
§6992).
6.9
Compliance; Environmental
Compliance
. Tenant will observe and comply promptly with all
present and future legal requirements of governmental authorities and insurance
requirements relating to or affecting the Premises, any Tenant sign, or the use
and occupancy of the Premises or incident to Tenant’s occupancy of the Building
and its use thereof. Nothing contained in this Lease is intended to
prevent or prohibit compliance by either party with ADA or the Utah Act, nor is
any provision of this Lease intended to violate ADA, and any provision that does
so is hereby modified to allow compliance or deleted as
necessary. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used in
violation of any Environmental Regulations. Tenant assumes sole and
full responsibility for, and will remedy at its cost, all such violations,
provided that Tenant must first obtain Sublandlord’s written approval of any
remedial actions, which approval Sublandlord may not unreasonably
withhold. Except for household cleaners in quantities typically used
in connection with office use, Tenant will not use, generate, release, store,
treat, dispose of, or otherwise deposit, in, on, under or about the Premises,
any Hazardous Materials, nor will Tenant permit or allow any third party to do
so, without Sublandlord’s prior written consent. Sublandlord’s
election to conduct inspections of the Premises is not approval of Tenant’s use
of the Premises or any activities conducted thereon, and is not an assumption by
Sublandlord of any responsibility regarding Tenant’s use of the Premises or
Hazardous Materials. Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this
Section 6.9 and with all Environmental Regulations is at Tenant’s sole
cost. Tenant will pay or reimburse Sublandlord for any costs or
expenses incurred by Sublandlord, including reasonable attorneys’, engineers’,
consultants’ and other experts’ fees and disbursements incurred or
payable
to
determine, review, approve, consent to or monitor the requirements for
compliance with Environmental Regulations, including, without limitation, above
and below ground testing. Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Agents are
hereby authorized to enter upon the Premises for such
purposes. Tenant will supply Sublandlord with historical and
operational information regarding the Premises, including without limitation,
all reports required to be filed with governmental agencies, as may be
reasonably requested by Sublandlord to facilitate site assessment, and will make
available for meetings with Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s Agents, appropriate
personnel having knowledge of such matters. If Tenant fails to comply
with the provisions of this Section 6.9, or if Sublandlord receives notice or
information asserting the existence of any Hazardous Materials, Sublandlord has
the right, but not the obligation, without in any way limiting Sublandlord’s
other rights and remedies, to enter upon the Premises or to take such other
actions Sublandlord deems necessary or advisable to clean up, remove, resolve,
or minimize the impact of any Hazardous Materials on or affecting the
Premises. Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord on demand as Additional
Rent all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by Sublandlord in the
exercise of any such rights. Tenant will notify Sublandlord in
writing, immediately upon the discovery, notice (from a governmental authority
or other entity) or reasonable grounds to suspect, by Tenant, Tenant’s Agents,
its successors or assigns the presence in the Premises or the Building of any
Hazardous Materials or conditions that result in a violation of or could
reasonably be expected to violate this Section 6.9, together with a full
description thereof. Breach of this Section 6.9 is a Default under
this Lease.
6.10
Termination and
Surrender
. Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant
must: (a) surrender any keys, electronic ID cards, and other
access devices to Sublandlord at the place then fixed for the payment of rent,
(b) remove all Trade Fixtures from the Premises, unless Tenant elects to
leave a Trade Fixture(s) and Sublandlord consents to the non-removal of the
Trade Fixture, (c) surrender the Premises in “broom clean” condition,
(d) except for reasonable wear and tear resulting from normal use in light
of the Permitted Use, surrender the Premises and fixtures in the condition in
which Tenant received them, and (e) deliver the Premises to Sublandlord
free of any and all Hazardous Materials not delivered or brought to the Premises
by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall surrender the Premises
free and clear of all mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens, and this obligation
shall survive the termination of the Lease.
6.11
Tenant’s Supplemental
Security Measures
. Subject to the terms of Section 6.2 above
and this Section 6.11, Tenant shall be permitted to install its own supplemental
security measures at the Premises.
(a)
Tenant
agrees that all of its supplemental security measures shall be subject to
Sublandlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Sublandlord shall not grant approval to any supplemental
security measures that interfere or are incompatible with Sublandlord’s security
measures for the Building or consist of armed guards.
(b)
If Tenant
elects to install any supplemental security measures at the Premises, Tenant
agrees to use reasonable efforts to coordinate its security functions with
Sublandlord and cooperate to develop procedures with Sublandlord to implement
Tenant’s supplemental security measures in an efficient and effective
manner.
(c)
Tenant
will keep and maintain, in good working order, condition, and repair, its
supplemental security measures, and will make all repairs and replacements
thereto. Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses of its
supplemental security measures, including, but not limited to, installation,
maintenance, repair, and replacement costs.
(d)
Tenant
agrees that in no event shall Sublandlord, or its agents and employees, have any
liability or responsibility for the effectiveness of any of Tenant’s
supplemental security measures.
TRANSFER OF INTEREST,
PRIORITY OF LIEN
7.1
Assignment and
Sublease
. Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet all or a
portion of the Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord in the
following instances: (i) the assignment or sublease is to an affiliate or
subsidiary of Tenant; (ii) the assignment or sublease occurs jointly and
concurrently with or to the same assignee or affiliate of the assignee under or
in connection with that certain Master License Agreement dated as of the
Commencement Date, to which Tenant and Sublandlord are parties (the “Master
License Agreement”), and such assignee or sublessee expressly agrees in writing
to assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder; or (iii) Tenant has
obtained the consent of Landlord to a sublease of all or a portion of the
Premises. Notwithstanding that Sublandlord’s consent is not required
for transfers pursuant to clauses (i)-(iii) above, each such assignment or
sublease shall only be made upon the obtaining of the prior written consent of
Landlord as required in connection with the Master Lease (and Sublandlord agrees
to cooperate to obtain such consents, if required, from
Landlord). Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall
not, and shall not have the right to, assign, sell, transfer, delegate or
otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law
or otherwise, this Lease or any of its rights or obligations under this Lease
without the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.
7.2
Right of First
Refusal
. Unless such assignment or subletting is being made in
accordance with items (i), (ii) or (iii) above, if Tenant shall desire to assign
this Lease or to further sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall
give Sublandlord notice thereof (the “Marketing Notice”), which shall be
accompanied by:
(a)
If a
sublease of an entire floor or floors, a notice identifying such floor or floors
and if a sublease of less than an entire floor or floors, a description of the
portion of the Premises that Tenant proposes to sublet, together with a floor
plan thereof; and
(b)
A notice
of all of the material and economic terms and conditions of the proposed
assignment or sublease (other than the identity of the proposed assignee or
subtenant if not yet known to Tenant), including:
(i)
The
proposed commencement date;
(ii)
The term
of the proposed sublease;
(iii)
The fixed
rent;
(iv)
All
regularly scheduled items of additional rent;
(v)
The base
year for all escalations;
(vi)
Any
rental concession;
(vii)
The
amount of any tenant improvement allowance in connection with the
sublease;
(viii)
Any work
to be performed by Tenant to prepare the Premises for occupancy by the proposed
subtenant or assignee;
(ix)
Any
consideration to be paid for the acquisition of the Premises by reason of such
assignment or sublease, or for the acquisition of the leasehold improvements,
fixtures or Tenant’s furniture or equipment;
(x)
Any
takeover obligation;
(xi)
Any
options to be granted to the proposed subtenant;
(xii)
The
nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and
its proposed use of the Premises; and
(xiii)
Any
banking, financial, or other credit information with respect to the proposed
assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to determine the financial
responsibility of the proposed assignee or subtenant.
(c)
Such
Marketing Notice shall be deemed an offer from Tenant to Sublandlord whereby
Sublandlord shall then have the option (the “Recapture Option”), which may be
exercised by notice (the “Recapture Notice”) given to Tenant within fifteen (15)
days after Sublandlord’s receipt of the Marketing Notice.
If
Sublandlord does not timely deliver the Recapture Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall
be free to sublease the Premises or assign this Lease to any third party,
subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.1 above.
7.3
Subordination
. Tenant
agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 21.1, 21.2 and 21.3
(“Subordination Provisions”) of the Master Lease; provided, however, that
Sublandlord agrees to afford to Tenant any of the rights provided to Sublandlord
in connection with the Subordination Provisions. The parties
acknowledge that in connection with the Purchase Agreement, certain consents,
estoppels and non-disturbance agreements are being sought from Landlord and
Landlord’s lender(s).
7.4
Sublandlord’s
Lien
. In addition to any statutory lien and security interest,
in consideration of the mutual benefits arising under this Lease, Tenant hereby
grants to Sublandlord a lien and security interest (“Sublandlord’s Lien”) in all
of Tenant’s personal property and all Trade Fixtures now or hereafter placed in
the Premises (“Tenant’s Property”) to secure payment of Rent and other sums that
become due under this Lease. The provisions of this section
constitute a security agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code (the “Code”)
so that Sublandlord has and may enforce a security interest on Tenant’s
Property. Tenant authorizes Sublandlord to file a financing statement
describing the above collateral. In addition to any other remedies
provided by law or under this Lease, Sublandlord is entitled to all the rights
and remedies afforded a secured party under the Code with respect to Tenant’s
Property. Sublandlord’s Lien shall terminate upon (i) the termination
of this Lease, or (ii) the assignment or sublease of all or a portion of the
Premises, provided that any assignee or sublessee shall have first agreed to
subject its personal property located or to be located on the Premises to
Sublandlord’s Lien and the provisions of this Section 7.4. With
respect to any sublease of a portion of the Premises, Sublandlord’s Lien shall
only be
released
with respect to Tenant’s Property located in that portion of the Premises being
subleased. Sublandlord agrees to execute any documentation reasonably
requested by Tenant within five (5) business days thereof to evidence the
termination or partial termination of Sublandlord’s Lien in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 7.4. Tenant shall not be deemed to be in
violation of this Section 7.4 or Section 6.2 for any of Tenant’s Property that
is moved, sold or transferred from the Premises in the ordinary course of
business.
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION;
EMINENT DOMAIN
8.1
Damage and
Destruction
. If the Building is totally destroyed by fire,
tornado or other casualty or if the Premises or the Building are so damaged that
rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the date
of such damage, Sublandlord may at their option terminate this Lease, and Rent
will abate for the unexpired portion of the Lease Term effective as of the date
of such damage. If the Building or the Premises are damaged by fire,
tornado or other casualty covered by Sublandlord’s insurance, and rebuilding or
repairs can be completed within ninety (90) days after the date of such damage,
or if the damage is more serious and Sublandlord do not elect to terminate this
Lease, within sixty (60) days after the date of such damage, Sublandlord will
commence to rebuild or repair the Building and the Premises and will proceed
with reasonable diligence to restore the Building and Premises to substantially
the same condition that existed immediately prior to the casualty; provided,
however, Sublandlord will not rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s furniture,
fixtures, equipment or the improvements where Sublandlord is not entitled to
receipt of insurance proceeds allocated for such furniture, fixtures, equipment
or improvements. Sublandlord will allow Tenant a fair diminution of
Base Rent during the time and to the extent that the Premises are unfit for
Tenant’s use in the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business, which abatement will
continue only until the earlier of (a) thirty (30) days following the
completion of Sublandlord’s restoration of the Building and Premises as herein
provided and receipt of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises or
(b) the completion of Tenant’s repairs. Any insurance carried by
Sublandlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or to the Premises
is for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole
control, and Sublandlord’s obligation to rebuild or restore hereunder is limited
to the extent of recoverable insurance proceeds available
therefor. If any mortgagee under a deed of trust, security agreement
or mortgage on the Building requires the insurance proceeds to be used to retire
debt, Sublandlord will have no obligation to rebuild, and this Lease will
terminate upon notice to Tenant.
8.2
Eminent
Domain
. If the whole Premises are taken or condemned, or
purchased in lieu thereof, by any government authority for any public or
quasi-public use or purpose, then, this Lease will terminate from the time when
the possession is required for such use or purpose. The Rent will be
prorated to the date when the possession is required. If any part of
the Premises, including the Common Areas, are taken, Sublandlord will notify
Tenant in writing, and Tenant will have the option to cancel this Lease, by
giving Sublandlord written notice within twenty (20) days after receipt of such
notice from Sublandlord. If Tenant exercises the option, then
cancellation will be effective and the Rent will be pro-rated to the date when
Tenant vacates the Premises. If Tenant is not entitled to cancel the
Lease or, if it is entitled to do so, but does not exercise its option, as of
the date when possession is required, the Rent will be reduced in the proportion
that the Net Rentable Area contained in the remaining Premises bears to the Net
Rentable Area contained in the
Premises
before the taking. Any award of proceeds resulting from a
condemnation or sale in lieu thereof of the whole or part of the Premises will
belong solely to Sublandlord and Tenant hereby waives any right to make any
claim therefor as the result of this Lease. Provided, however, that
Sublandlord is not entitled to any award for relocation expenses and the taking
Tenant’s Property specifically awarded to Tenant.
LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION;
INSURANCE
9.1
Waiver of
Claims
. To the extent permitted by law, Sublandlord will not
be liable for, and Tenant releases Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Agents from and
waives all claims for, damage to person or property that Tenant or any occupant
of the Building or Premises sustains resulting from: (a) any
part of the Building or Premises or any equipment or appurtenances becoming out
of repair which is not required to be maintained by Sublandlord, (b) any
accident in or about the Building which is not the result of Sublandlord’s
negligence, or (c) directly or indirectly any act or neglect of Tenant,
Tenant’s Agents, any occupant of the Building or of any other person, including
Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Agents. Subject to the foregoing
sentence and subject to Section 6.5, the liability of Sublandlord and
Sublandlord’s Agents for any injury, loss or damage to any person or property on
or about the Premises will be limited to those directly and solely caused by the
negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or
Sublandlord’s Agents. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant will not
be liable for, and Sublandlord releases Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from and
waives all claims for, damage to person or property that Sublandlord or any
occupant of the Building or Premises sustains resulting
from: (a) any part of the Building or Premises or any equipment
or appurtenances becoming out of repair which is not required to be maintained
by Tenant, (b) any accident in or about the Building which is not the
result of Tenant’s negligence, or (c) directly or indirectly any act or
neglect of Sublandlord, Sublandlord’s Agents, any occupant of the Building or of
any other person, including Tenant and Tenant’s Agents. Subject to
the foregoing sentence and subject to Section 6.5, the liability of Tenant and
Tenant’s Agents for any injury, loss or damage to any person or property on or
about the Premises will be limited to those directly and solely caused by the
negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s
Agents.
(a)
Tenant
indemnifies Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Agents from any loss, cost or
expense: (i) due to injury to or destruction of life or property
directly or indirectly arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the
Building, (ii) due to damage to or destruction of the Building structure,
or any part thereof, or of any abutting real property caused by or attributable
to the act, omission or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (iii) caused
by or attributable to Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this
Lease. Tenant will employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Sublandlord, or at Sublandlord’s option, Sublandlord may retain its own counsel
at the expense of Tenant, to prosecute, negotiate and defend any such claim,
action or cause of action; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be required
to reimburse the foregoing expenses so long as they are
reasonable. Sublandlord has the right to compromise or settle any
such claim, action or cause of action without admitting liability; provided,
however, that Tenant’s consent shall first be obtained, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Tenant shall pay any
indebtedness arising under the indemnity to Sublandlord together with interest
thereon at the Default Rate, from the date such indebtedness arises until
paid.
(b)
Sublandlord
indemnifies Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from any loss, cost or expense from any
matter or thing arising from any breach or default in the performance of any
obligation on Sublandlord’s part or to be performed under the terms of this
Sublease or the Master Lease. Sublandlord will employ counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, or at Tenant’s option, Tenant may retain its
own counsel at the expense of Sublandlord, to prosecute, negotiate and defend
any such claim, action or cause of action; provided, however, that Sublandlord
shall only be required to reimburse the foregoing expenses so long as they are
reasonable. Tenant has the right to compromise or settle any such
claim, action or cause of action without admitting liability and without
Tenant’s consent; provided, however, that Tenant’s consent shall first be
obtained, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed. Sublandlord shall pay any indebtedness arising under the
indemnity to Sublandlord together with interest thereon at the Default Rate,
from the date such indebtedness arises until paid.
(c)
The
foregoing indemnities of Sublandlord and Tenant shall survive termination of
this Lease.
9.3
Insurance
Requirements
. Tenant will provide and maintain a Commercial
General Liability Policy of insurance (occurrence form) with respect to the
Premises with a minimum per occurrence coverage limit of One Million and No/100
Dollars ($1,000,000.00), with a minimum General Aggregate of Two Million and
No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00), including bodily injury, property damage,
personal and advertising injury, products and completed operations and
professional liability (when and where applicable), and with deductible or
self-insured retention, if any, not to exceed Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars
($5,000.00) per occurrence without Sublandlord’s approval. The policy
shall name Sublandlord as an additional insured. The coverage of such
policy will extend beyond the Premises to portions of the Common Area which
Tenant or Tenant’s Agents use from time to time for promotional or other
exclusive uses.
(a)
If it
becomes customary for a significant number of tenants of office buildings of
similar size in the area in which the Building is located to be required to
provide liability insurance policies with limits higher than the foregoing
limits, within thirty (30) days after Sublandlord’s request therefor Tenant will
provide Sublandlord with an insurance policy whose limits are not less than the
then customary limits.
(b)
Tenant
will carry “All Risk” or “Special Form” coverage (or other comparable coverage),
including vandalism and malicious mischief insurance covering the Improvements
and all other improvements (whether existing or installed by Tenant or
Sublandlord), stock in trade, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, removable floor
coverings, trade equipment, signs and all other decorations in the Premises for
one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement cost.
(c)
Tenant
will also carry adequate worker’s compensation insurance in no less than
statutorily required amounts, covering its employees in the Premises containing
a waiver of subrogation in favor of Sublandlord, Sublandlord’s Agents and any
designee of Sublandlord, and Tenant hereby indemnifies, agrees to hold harmless,
and at Sublandlord’s option defend, Sublandlord, Sublandlord’s Agents and any
designee of Sublandlord from and against all claims arising out of any loss
suffered by any of Tenant’s Agents at the Building which would have been or is
covered by an appropriate worker’s compensation insurance policy.
9.4
Sublandlord’s
Insurance
. Sublandlord covenants to Tenant that on or before
the Commencement Date Sublandlord will name Tenant as an additional insured on
the commercial general liability policy maintained by Sublandlord pursuant to
Subsection 17 of the Master Lease,
provide
Tenant with reasonable evidence thereof, and shall at all time throughout the
Lease Term maintain such insurance and Tenant’s additional insured
status.
9.5
General Provisions with
Respect to Tenant’s Insurance
. On or before Tenant or Tenant’s
Agents enter the Premises for any reason, and again before any insurance policy
expires, Tenant will deliver to Sublandlord an original certificate of
insurance. Any insurance required to be carried under this Lease may
be carried under a blanket policy covering the Premises and other locations of
Tenant.
(a)
All
insurance policies required to be carried under this Lease by or on behalf of
Tenant will provide (and any certificate evidencing the existence of any
insurance policies, will certify) that unless Sublandlord is given ten (10) days
written notice: (i) the insurance will not be canceled, and
(ii) no material change may be made in the insurance policies.
(b)
If Tenant
fails to comply with any of the Insurance Requirements stated in this Lease,
Sublandlord may obtain such insurance and keep the same in effect and Tenant
shall pay to Sublandlord the premium cost thereof upon demand.
(c)
All
policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall
(i) be written by good and solvent insurance companies satisfactory to
Sublandlord with minimum ratings in Best’s Key Rating Guide published by A.M.
Best Company of A\XII, (ii) include Cross Liability coverage, and
(iii) be primary and non-contributing with any other insurance available
to, or carried by, Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s Agents.
9.6
Waiver of
Subrogation
. Each party hereby waives every right or cause of
action for the events which occur or accrue during the Lease Term for any and
all loss of, or damage to, any of its property (whether or not such loss or
damage is caused by the fault or negligence of the other party or anyone for
whom said other party may be responsible), which loss or damage is covered by
valid and collectible fire, extended coverage, “All Risk” or similar policies
covering real property, personal property or business interruption insurance
policies, to the extent that such loss or damage is recovered under said
insurance policies. Said waivers are in addition to, and not in
limitation or derogation of, any other waiver or release contained in this Lease
with respect to any loss or damage to property of the parties
hereto. Each party will give its insurance carrier written notice of
the terms of such mutual waiver, and the insurance policies will be properly
endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of coverage by reason of
said waiver.
9.7
Notice
. Tenant
shall give immediate notice to Sublandlord in case of fire or any accident in
the Premises or in the Building and of any defects therein or in any fixtures or
equipment.
ACCESS TO THE
PREMISES
10.1
Access to the
Premises
. Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s Agents shall have the
right to enter the Premises upon the same terms and conditions provided for in
connection with Section 17 of the Master Lease and as otherwise permitted under
the Master Lease.
FAILURE TO PERFORM,
DEFAULTS, REMEDIES
11.1
Defaults
. Each
of the following is a “Default” by Tenant under this Lease:
(i)
Tenant
fails to pay any installment of Rent or other amount due more than five (5) days
after such Rent is due (provided however, that Tenant shall be entitled to at
least one written notice during a twelve month period if such Rent is not timely
paid).
(ii)
Tenant
fails to comply with any provision of this Lease (including the Rules and
Regulations), other than the payment of Rent, and does not cure or commence to
cure such failure within twenty (20) days after written notice to
Tenant. If such default is reasonably expected to take more than
twenty (20) days to cure, Tenant must diligently proceed to cure the default
through completion. The notice of default will specify the provision
of this Lease that has been breached or allegedly breached.
(iii)
The
filing or execution or occurrence of: a petition in bankruptcy or
other insolvency proceeding by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s
obligations; an assignment for the benefit of creditors; a petition or other
proceeding by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations for the
appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or any guarantor of
Tenant’s obligations or any of Tenant’s or such guarantor’s property; or a
proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of
Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations.
(iv)
Tenant
abandons or vacates any substantial portion of the Premises.
(v)
Tenant
petitions for or suffers its interest under this Lease to be taken under a writ
of execution.
(vi)
Tenant
defaults under any other lease with Sublandlord, now existing or hereafter
entered into.
(b)
If a
Default occurs, Tenant’s liability under all of the provisions of this Lease
will continue notwithstanding any expiration and surrender, and notwithstanding
any re-entry or repossession or dispossession under the terms of this
Lease. Further, Tenant shall pay any reasonable legal fees and costs
and expenses incurred by Sublandlord as a result of Tenant’s Default to
Sublandlord upon demand.
11.2
Remedies
. If
a Default by Tenant occurs, Sublandlord may, at its option and without waiving
any other right or remedy available to it:
(a)
Terminate
this Lease by providing written notice of such termination to Tenant, in which
case neither Sublandlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights or obligations
under this Lease as of the date of termination, except with respect to those
amounts Tenant was obligated to pay to Sublandlord prior to the date of such
termination; or terminate Tenant’s possessory rights, without terminating this
Lease, in which case Sublandlord shall have the rights described
below. If Sublandlord elects to terminate the Lease, Sublandlord
shall have the immediate right, after complying with all applicable legal
requirements or with Tenant’s consent in lieu thereof, to enter and take
possession of the Property, and remove all persons, furniture,
fixtures
and equipment from the Property, at Tenant’s sole expense, in order to recover
at once, full and exclusive possession of the Property. Regardless of
whether Sublandlord elects to terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s
possessory rights, Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord all costs and damages arising
out of Tenant’s Default, including, without limitation, costs of recovering
possession, costs of reletting, and attorneys’ fees.
(b)
If
Sublandlord elects to terminate Tenant’s possessory rights without terminating
this Lease, Sublandlord shall have the right, after complying with all
applicable legal requirements or with Tenant’s consent in lieu thereof, to enter
and take possession of the Property and remove all persons, furniture, fixtures
and equipment from the Property, at Tenant’s sole expense, in order to recover
at once, full and exclusive possession of the Property. Should
Sublandlord elect to terminate Tenant’s possessory rights without terminating
this Lease, Sublandlord shall undertake to relet the Property or any part
thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other
terms and conditions as are reasonable under the circumstances, and Sublandlord
shall have the right to remodel or make alterations and repairs to the Premises
as part of the reletting process. Any rentals received by Sublandlord
from any such reletting shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of
any remodeling of, or alterations and repairs to, the Property; second, to the
payment of any other costs associated with the reletting, including but not
limited to brokerage commissions; third, to the payment of the Base Rent,
Additional Rent, and other charges under this Lease; and the residue, if any,
shall be held by Sublandlord and applied in payment of future Base Rent,
Additional Rent, and other charges under this Lease. Should such
rentals received from such reletting by Sublandlord (after deducting all costs
of associated with the reletting of the Property) during any month be less than
the Base Rent, Additional Rent, and other charges under this Lease, including
but not limited to increases in operating expenses, then Tenant shall, upon
receipt of a statement from Sublandlord specifying the amount, pay the
difference to Sublandlord. Such difference shall be calculated and
paid monthly.
(c)
Cure the
Default at the expense of Tenant, in which event Tenant shall reimburse
Sublandlord for any amount expended by Sublandlord in connection with the cure,
plus interest at the Default Rate (defined in Section 11.4).
Sublandlord
may remove and store in any warehouse, at Tenant’s cost, or, in Sublandlord’s
sole discretion, Sublandlord may deem abandoned by Tenant and dispose of
accordingly, any property belonging to Tenant, or otherwise found upon the
Premises at the time of re-entry, termination of this Lease or termination of
Tenant’s right to the Premises. Pursuit of any of the foregoing
remedies is not a forfeiture or waiver of any Rent due to Sublandlord hereunder
or of any damages accruing to Sublandlord by reason of the violation of any of
the provisions herein contained. Tenant shall pay all Rent and
Additional Rent to Sublandlord without any set-off or counterclaim.
The
foregoing rights and remedies are cumulative and in addition to any other rights
granted to Sublandlord by law, and the exercise of any of them is not an
election excluding the exercise by Sublandlord at any time of a different or
inconsistent remedy. The failure of Sublandlord at any time to
exercise any right or remedy is not a waiver of its right to exercise such right
or remedy at any other future time.
11.3
Breach by Tenant or
Sublandlord
. In the event of any breach or threatened breach
by either party of any covenants, agreements, terms or conditions in this Lease,
the non-breaching party shall be entitled to enjoin such breach or threatened
breach and, in addition to the rights and remedies provided hereunder, will have
any other right or remedy allowed at law or equity, by
statute
or otherwise. The provisions of this article will be construed
consistent with Utah law, so that remedies of either party herein described are
available to the full extent but only to the extent that they are not invalid or
unenforceable under Utah law.
11.4
Sublandord’s Default;
Tenant’s Remedies
. Sublandlord’s failure to perform any of its
covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder or under the Master Lease within
twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice thereof from Tenant shall be
deemed an event of default of Sublandlord. If such default is
reasonably expected to take more than twenty (20) days to cure, Sublandlord must
diligently proceed to cure the default through completion. If
Sublandlord does not cure or does not commence to cure such default, Tenant may
effect such a cure at Sublandlord’s expense. Any sums incurred by
Tenant in effecting such a cure shall be paid by Sublandlord within thirty (30)
days after receipt of demand therefor, together with documentation evidencing
such expense(s), to the reasonable satisfaction of Sublandlord. The
foregoing shall not limit any rights or remedies available to Tenant at law or
in equity.
11.5
Payments
. Except
as elsewhere provided herein, including, without limitation, as provided in
Section 1.4 regarding the payment of Base Rent, all amounts Tenant owes to
Sublandlord are due and payable within five business (5) days from the date that
Tenant receives a statement therefor. If any payment of Base Rent or
any other sum due from Tenant to Sublandlord under this Lease is not received
within five business (5) days of when due, Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord on
demand a late charge of One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($100.00) plus Ten and
No/100 Dollars ($10.00) for each day elapsing thereafter prior to Sublandlord’s
receipt of such payment, to cover Sublandlord’s cost for administration fees and
expenses incurred in conjunction with the collection of late
payments. All amounts (including Rent) not paid when due will bear
interest from the date originally due until the date fully paid at the lesser of
(i) the “prime rate” published in the
Wall Street Journal
on the date as of which the interest in question commences to accrue plus two
percent (2%), or, if the name publication is not then in print, that financial
news publication (if any) with the largest U.S. circulation, or (ii) the
highest lawful rate (the “Default Rate”). If Tenant fails to timely
pay three (3) installments of Rent during any consecutive twelve-month period,
Sublandlord may terminate this Lease.
11.6
Mediation
. The
parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute or claim arising out
of or relating to this Lease promptly by confidential mediation under the CPR
Mediation Procedure in effect on the Commencement Date, before resorting to
litigation. If such dispute or claim is not settled by the parties
through mediation within forty-five (45) days after the first meeting of the
parties with the mediator to discuss the matter, or if the parties agree to
terminate mediation sooner, then either party may initiate a litigation action
subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.
QUIET ENJOYMENT;
RESERVATIONS BY SUBLANDLORD;
NO CONSTRUCTIVE EVICTION;
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SUBLANDLORD
12.1
Quiet
Enjoyment
. So long as Tenant is not in Default, Tenant will
have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against all parties claiming
adversely thereto by or under Sublandlord.
12.2
Reservations by
Sublandlord
. In addition to other rights conferred by this
Lease or by law, Sublandlord reserves the right, to be exercised in
Sublandlord’s reasonable discretion, to: (a) change the name of
the Building; (b) change entrances and exits to the Building and to the
parking structure adjacent to the Building; (c) install and maintain a sign
or signs on the exterior or interior of the Building; (d) change the street
address of the Building; (e) designate all sources furnishing signs, sign
painting and lettering; (f) take all measures as may be necessary or
desirable for the safety and protection of the Premises or of the Building;
(g) have pass keys to the Premises; (h) repair, alter, add to,
improve, build additional stories on, or build adjacent to the Building;
(i) run necessary pipes, conduits and ducts through the Premises;
(j) carry on any work, repairs, alterations or improvements in, on or about
the Building or in the vicinity thereof and, during the continuance of any such
work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the
Building; (k) interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities;
(l) change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors
and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of
the Building; and (m) grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any
business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive
right shall not operate to exclude Tenant from the Permitted
Use. Tenant hereby waives any claim to damage or inconvenience caused
by such work. This paragraph is not to be construed to diminish the
obligations of Tenant provided herein, nor to create or increase any obligation
on the part of Sublandlord with respect to repairs or
improvements. Neither Sublandlord nor Sublandlord’s Agents will be
liable to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents for any inconvenience, interference or
annoyance resulting from work done in or upon the Premises or any portion of the
Building or adjacent grounds. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section 12.2 to the contrary, the exercise of any of the rights set forth in
this Section 12.2 by Sublandlord shall be conducted so as to minimize any
interference with Tenant’s business operations at the Premises, shall be subject
to compliance with Tenant’s reasonable instructions and security requirements,
and shall not materially alter or adversely affect the rights or obligations of
Tenant under this Lease.
12.3
Attornment
. Any
sale, assignment, or transfer of Sublandlord’s interest under this Lease, or in
the Premises shall be subject to this Lease, and Tenant shall attorn to
Sublandlord’s successor and assigns and shall recognize such successor or
assigns as Sublandlord under this Lease, regardless of any rule of law to the
contrary or absence of contractual privity, and Sublandlord shall ensure that in
the event of such sale, assignment, or transfer, the party attorned to has been
given notice of the Lease and the terms hereof and that such party agrees to
abide by the terms of this Lease.
12.4
Surrender of the
Premises
. No agreement to accept surrender of the Premises is
valid unless in writing signed by Sublandlord, and no employee of Sublandlord or
Sublandlord’s Agents has any power to accept such surrender prior to the
termination of the Lease. Tenant’s delivery of keys to any employee
of Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s Agents is not a termination of the Lease or a
surrender of the Premises.
12.5
Master
Lease
. Sublandlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that
Tenant shall, to the fullest extent possible, be entitled to the rights,
benefits and protections afforded to Sublandlord under the Master Lease to the
extent that such rights, benefits and protections relate to the occupancy or
possession of the Premises, notwithstanding the failure of Sublandlord and
Tenant to
enumerate
in this Lease all of such obligations, rights, benefits and protections and to
specifically allocate as between Sublandlord and Tenant such
obligations. Sublandlord covenants and agrees that it
shall:
(a)
promptly
and completely fulfill all of its obligations to Prime Landlord under the Master
Lease;
(b)
use
reasonable efforts to cause Prime Landlord, under the Master Lease, to perform
all of the obligations of Prime Landlord thereunder to the extent the
obligations apply to the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof and of the Common
Areas; and
(c)
in the
event of any default or failure by Prime Landlord to perform its obligations as
contemplated by the immediately preceding subparagraph (b), Sublandlord shall,
upon notice from Tenant, make demand upon Prime Landlord to perform its
obligations under the Master Lease within ten days of notice from Tenant and/or
enter into negotiations with Prime Landlord regarding the event of default or
failure by Prime Landlord; provided, however, that Sublandlord shall have no
obligation to commence litigation against Prime Landlord.
12.6
Representation and
Warranties of Sublandlord
. Sublandlord represents and warrants
to Tenant that, to its knowledge, (i) a true and correct copy of the Master
Lease is attached as Exhibit E, and that there are no other agreements, letter
agreements, side agreements, amendments, modifications, waivers, writings or
other matters amending, modifying, waiving, changing or otherwise affecting the
Lease or any term or provision thereof; (ii) the Master Lease is, as of the date
of this Lease, in full force and effect; (iii) any information provided
regarding actual or estimated Other Charges or that has been provided or
delivered to Tenant is true and accurate and does not fail to disclose any
material fact relating to the Other Charges; (iv) as of the date of this Lease,
there exists no Event of Default (as defined in the Master Lease); (v) except as
otherwise disclosed in writing to Tenant, Sublandlord has not received any
written notice from a governmental entity of a claim that the Building or the
Common Areas do not comply with all laws applicable thereto; (vi) Sublandlord is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, with all requisite power and authority to
enter into and carry out its obligations under this Lease and such other
agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Sublandlord in
connection herewith; (vii) each officer who executes this Lease and such other
agreements and instruments has been duly authorized to so act by all requisite
action on its part; (viii) Sublandlord has caused no mortgages, trust deeds or
contracts for sale to encumber the leasehold interest in the Premises other than
those that have been disclosed in writing to Tenant; and (ix) no proceedings are
presently pending or, to the knowledge of Sublandlord, threatened, for the
taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain, or in any other manner for a
public or quasi-public purpose, of all or any part of the
Building. All of the representations and warranties made in this
subsection shall survive the execution of this Lease for the Term.
12.7
Representations and
Warranties of Tenant
. Tenant represents and warrants to
Sublandlord that (i) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with all requisite power
and authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Lease and
such other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Tenant in
connection herewith; and (ii) each officer who executes this Lease and such
other agreements and instruments has been duly authorized to so act by all
requisite action on its part.
RULES AND
REGULATIONS
13.1
Rules and
Regulations
. Tenant shall observe and abide by the Rules and
Regulations set forth on
Exhibit
B
. Sublandlord may revise the Rules and Regulations or adopt
new ones for the reputation, safety, care or cleanliness of the Building or
Premises, or the operations and maintenance thereof and the equipment therein,
or for the comfort of Tenant and the other tenants of the Building; provided,
however, that any revisions to the Rules and Regulations or the adoption of any
new Rules and Regulations shall not alter any of Tenant’s rights or increase its
obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision herein to
the contrary, Tenant shall not be bound by the Rules and Regulations unless
Sublandlord and any other tenants within the Properties are bound by the Rules
and Regulations (including that Tenant shall have the right to enforce such
Rules and Regulations against Sublandlord) and such Rules and Regulations are
not arbitrarily enforced.
COMMUNICATIONS
14.1
Communications
. No
notice, request, consent, approval, waiver or other communication under this
Lease is effective unless the same is in writing and is hand delivered, sent via
nationally recognized overnight courier or mailed by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, or sent via facsimile (with electronic or telephonic
verification of receipt and copy by regular mail, certified mail or overnight
courier) addressed as follows:
(a)
If
intended for Sublandlord, a communication is effective if mailed to the address
designated as Sublandlord’s Notice Address in Section 14.2 or to such other
address as Sublandlord designates by giving notice to Tenant (or sent via
facsimile to the facsimile number with verification as provided above), with a
copy to the address designated as Sublandlord’s Notice Copy Address in Section
14.2 (or sent via facsimile to the facsimile number with verification as
provided above), or to such other person or party as Sublandlord shall designate
by notice to Tenant.
(b)
If
intended for Tenant, a communication is effective if mailed to the address
designated as Tenant’s Notice Address in Section 14.2 or to such other address
as Tenant designates by notice to Sublandlord (or sent via facsimile to the
facsimile number with verification as provided above) with a copy to the address
designated as Tenant’s Notice Copy Address in Section 14.2 (or sent via
facsimile to the facsimile number with verification as provided above), or to
such other person or party as Tenant designates by notice to
Sublandlord. Notice may be given to Tenant by Sublandlord or
Sublandlord’s attorney acting as Sublandlord’s authorized agent.
Any
notice given by certified mail is effective when the return receipt is signed or
refusal to accept the notice is noted thereon. Any notice given by
overnight courier or hand delivery is effective upon receipt or refusal to
accept. Any notice given by facsimile is effective upon electronic or
telephonic verification so long as a copy is also sent via regular mail,
certified mail or overnight courier.
(a)
Sublandlord’s
Notice Address:
Franklin Development
Corporation
2200 West Parkway
Boulevard
Salt Lake City, Utah 84119
Attn: Stephen D.
Young
facsimile: (801) 817-8747
(b)
Tenant’s
Notice Address:
Franklin Covey Products,
LLC
2250 West Parkway
Boulevard
Salt Lake City, Utah 84119
Attn: Sarah
Merz
facsimile: (801) 817-8069
telephone: (801)
801-817-4022
(c)
Tenant’s
Notice Copy Address:
Snell & Wilmer, LLP
15 West South Temple, Suite
1200
Beneficial Tower
Salt Lake City, UT 84101
Attn: John Weston, Esq.
facsimile: (801)257-1900
telephone: (801)257-1800
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
15.1
Tenant Estoppel
Certificates
. Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to
time, upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice by Sublandlord, to
execute, acknowledge and deliver to Sublandlord a written statement containing
the following information: (a) certification that this Lease is unmodified
and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the
Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications),
(b) a statement regarding the dates to which Tenant has paid the rent and
other charges hereunder, (c) a statement as to whether to the best of
Tenant’s knowledge, Sublandlord is in Default in the performance of any
covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, a
specification of each such Default of which Tenant may have knowledge,
(d) a statement of the amount of monthly rent plus rent increases, if any,
(e) a statement of the amount of the security deposit, if any, (f) a
statement of the address to which notices to Tenant should be sent; and (g) any
other information reasonably requested by Sublandlord. Any such
statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any owner of the
Building, any prospective purchaser of the Building, and any present or
prospective mortgagee, deed of trust holder or trustee for bond holders with
respect to the Building or of Sublandlord’s interest. If Tenant fails
to furnish an Estoppel Certificate within ten business days (10) days after
request therefor, such failure shall be deemed a default hereunder and,
moreover, it shall be conclusively presumed that: (a) this Lease is in full
force and effect without modification in accordance with the terms set forth in
the request; (b) that there are no breaches or defaults on the part of
Sublandlord; and (c) no more than one month’s rent has been paid in
advance.
15.2
Termination
Option
. Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease with
respect to the Call Center Space. For the purposes of this Section
15.2, the “Call Center Space” consists of approximately 15,426 rentable square
feet on the first floor and 4,914 rentable square feet on the second floor of
the Patrick Henry building. In order to exercise this option, Tenant
shall deliver written notice of its exercise at least six (6) months prior to
the desired termination date, which notice shall be accompanied by a termination
fee equal to six (6) months’ Base Rent at the rates that would be in effect for
the Call Center Space had the option not been exercised. Such
termination fee is in consideration for Tenant’s right to partially terminate
this Lease and is not an advance payment of Rent. Tenant shall
continue to pay Rent for the Call Center Space until the effective date of such
termination, which date shall be specified in the notice of
exercise. Upon the effective date of such termination, the Net
Rentable Area shall be deemed reduced by 20,340 square feet, Tenant’s Share
shall be deemed reduced accordingly, and Tenant shall have no further liability
or obligation with respect to the Call Center Space under this Lease or
otherwise. Tenant shall remove all fixtures and equipment from the
Call Center Space upon termination. The parties agree to execute an
amendment to this Lease to effectuate the intent of this Subsection 15.2 upon
Tenant’s notice of exercise.
15.3
Telecommunications
. Subject
to applicable law, Sublandlord reserves to itself the exclusive right to
(a) place antennae and related facilities and other equipment for the
provision of telecommunications services (the “Telecommunications Equipment”) on
the rooftop or in other portions of the Building designated by Sublandlord for
such use, and (b) enter into license agreements or leases for the use of
such areas by commercial and other providers of telecommunications services (the
“Telecommunications Agreements”). As used in this Article XV,
“telecommunications services” shall mean the implementation, provision,
facilitation and maintenance of voice, data, video or other communication
services (or any combination of the foregoing) including, without limitation:
(a) the provision and resale of point-to-point telephone communications
(including dedicated long distance service), (b) video communications
service, (c) 800-number service, (d) telephone credit or debit card
service, (e) audio or video conferencing, paging, voice mail and message
centers, (f) data transmission service, (g) access to computer
“internet” or other networked computer-based communications, (h) satellite
or cable television, (i) wideband digital networks, (j) security
services, and (k) provision of telephone, video communication or other
telecommunication equipment to consumers of such services; whether now existing
or subsequently developed and however provided, including, without limitation,
wireless transmission and reception of communication
signals. Sublandlord shall be entitled to any and all fees or other
charges payable by any such provider of telecommunications services on account
of any Telecommunications Agreements.
15.4
Brokerage
Fees
. Except as listed below, Tenant and Sublandlord represent
and warrant that neither has incurred any liability for commissions or similar
compensation to third parties in connection with this Lease, and each party
indemnifies the other against any liability arising from any claims for a breach
of the foregoing representation and warranty.
15.5
Attorney’s and
Professional’s Fees
. Tenant and Sublandlord agree to reimburse
each other upon demand for reasonable attorney’s fees incurred related to a
Tenant or Sublandlord Default. In the event of litigation concerning
this Lease, the prevailing party is entitled to reimbursement of its costs
respecting such suit, or settlement thereof, including reasonable attorney’s
fees, expert fees, and fees of consultants, auditors, appraisers and other
similar professionals, such reimbursement to be paid by the unsuccessful
party.
15.6
Liability of Sublandlord and
Tenant
. If Sublandlord, on the one hand, or Tenant, on the
other (in either case, the “Liable Party”), is held or found to be liable to
Tenant, on the one hand, or Sublandlord, on the other (the “Recipient Party”),
for any claim, liability, loss or expense (a “Loss”) relating to or arising from
a breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Lease, whether
based on an action or claim in contract, negligence, tort or otherwise, the
amount of damages recoverable for such Loss by the Recipient Party from the
Liable Party will not exceed $3,200,000 minus the sum of (A) the aggregate
amount of Losses arising under this Agreement and paid by the Liable Party to
the Recipient Party, and (B) the aggregate amount of any liabilities for damages
arising from a breach of any representation or warranty contained in any
Transaction Agreement paid by the Liable Party to the Recipient
Party. “Transaction Agreements” means the Purchase Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements identified in the Purchase Agreement.
15.7
Tenant’s
Authority
. Tenant agrees that if Tenant is a corporation
(including any form of professional association or corporation) or partnership
(general or limited): (i) the individual executing this Lease is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance
with Tenant’s organizational documents; (ii) this Lease is binding upon
Tenant; (iii) Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the state of
its organization and is qualified to do business in the state in which the
Building is located; and (iv) upon Sublandlord’s request Tenant will
provide Sublandlord satisfactory evidence of such authority.
15.8
Parking
. Tenant
shall have the non-exclusive right to use a proportionate share of the number of
parking spaces serving the Building equal to Tenant’s Share as set forth in
Section 1.5 above. Sublandlord may adopt reasonable rules and
regulations applicable to all parking areas from time to time, which Tenant
shall follow and cause its employees, guests, agents and invitees to follow.
15.9
Sublandlord
Approval
. Sublandlord’s approval when required under the Lease
is non-technical and non-legal in nature, and Tenant remains responsible for all
technical and legal aspects of any item requiring Sublandlord’s
approval.
15.10
Unenforceability/Joint and
Several Liability
. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision hereof will not affect or impair any other provision. If
Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of each are
joint and several.
15.11
Headings,
Miscellaneous
. The headings of the several articles,
paragraphs and sections contained herein are for convenience only and do not
define, limit or construe the contents of such articles, paragraphs and
sections. All negotiations, considerations, representations and
understandings between the parties are incorporated herein and are superseded
hereby. There are no terms, obligations, covenants, statements,
representations, warranties or conditions relating to the subject matters hereof
other than those specifically contained herein. This Lease may not be
amended or modified by any act or conduct of the parties or by oral agreements
unless reduced and agreed to in writing signed by both Sublandlord and
Tenant. No waiver of any of the terms of this Lease is binding upon
Sublandlord unless reduced to writing and signed by Sublandlord.
15.12
Force
Majeure
. If Sublandlord or Tenant are prevented or delayed in
the performance of any of their covenants or obligations hereunder by
circumstances beyond their control (including, but not limited to governmental
regulations or prohibitions) such delay or nonperformance will not be a default
hereunder and will be deemed waived and accepted by the other
party.
15.13
Entire
Agreement
. This Lease, the exhibits and any addendum attached
hereto (which are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference) set
forth the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Tenant, and there are no
other oral or written agreements between them. All prior oral or
written agreements are merged herein and superseded by this Lease.
15.14
Governing
Law
. This Lease is governed by the laws of the State of
Utah.
15.15
Forum Selection; Jury Trial
Waiver
. Tenant hereby knowingly, intentionally, and
irrevocably agrees that Sublandlord may bring any action or claim to enforce or
interpret the provisions of this Lease in the State and County where the
Property is located, and that Tenant irrevocably consents to personal
jurisdiction in such State for the purposes of any such action or
claim. Nothing in this Section 15.14 shall be deemed to preclude or
prevent Sublandlord from bringing any action or claim to enforce or interpret
the provisions of this Lease in any other appropriate place or
forum. Tenant further agrees that any action or claim brought by
Tenant to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Lease, or otherwise
arising out of or related to this Lease or to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the
Property, regardless of the theory of relief or recovery and regardless of
whether third parties are involved in the action, may only be brought in the
State and County where the Property is located, unless otherwise agreed in
writing by Sublandlord prior to the commencement of any such
action.
IN THE
INTEREST OF OBTAINING A SPEEDIER AND LESS COSTLY ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE,
SUBLANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE
THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM, OR
COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ON ALL MATTERS ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS LEASE OR THE USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE
PROPERTY.
15.16
Memorandum of
Lease
. Tenant may not record this Lease without Sublandlord’s
prior written consent.
15.17
Not Binding
Lease
. The submission of this Lease to Tenant is not an
offer. This instrument is not effective as a Lease or otherwise
unless and until executed by and distributed to both Sublandlord and
Tenant.
15.18
Successors and
Assigns
. This Lease is binding upon and inure to the
respective parties herein, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors
and permitted assigns whomever.
15.19
Non-Waiver
. Neither
Sublandlord’s failure to enforce or require strict performance of any provision
of this Lease, nor Sublandlord’s acceptance of Rent with knowledge of a breach
is a waiver of such breach or any future breach.
15.20
Counterparts
. This
Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
Lease.
15.21
Time is of the
Essence
. Time is of the essence in both Sublandlord’s and
Tenant’s performance of their obligations under this
Lease.
15.22
Survival of
Obligations.
Any obligations of the parties specified to
survive the termination of this Lease shall so survive.
(Signature
page to follow)
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lease to be executed by
their respective representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first
above written.
SUBLANDLORD
:
|
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION,
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert A. Whitman
|
Its:
|
President
|
TENANT
:
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
a
Utah limited liability company
|
By:
|
/s/ Sarah Merz
|
Name:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and
President
|
Exhibit
10.6
SUB-SUBLEASE
THIS SUB-SUBLEASE is made and entered
into July 7, 2008, to be effective as of July 5, 2008, 11:59 P.M., Mountain
Daylight Time, between FRANKLIN COVEY CO., a Utah corporation (“FCC”), and
FRANKLIN COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“FC
Products”).
RECITALS:
A.
Cole ED
Salt Lake City UT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and
EDS Information Services L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
(“Sublandlord”), are parties to that certain Lease Agreement, entered into as of
June 30, 2001, for the lease of certain real property and improvements located
generally at 2620 and 2580 South Decker Lake Boulevard, Salt Lake City, Utah and
more particularly described therein (the “Premises”), which Lease Agreement was
amended by that certain First Modification of Lease Agreement effective as of
July 30, 2001, and later amended by that certain Second Modification of Lease
Agreement effective as of August 7, 2001 (collectively, the Lease Agreement and
subsequent amendments shall be referred to as the “Master Lease”), a copy of
which Master Lease is attached as
Exhibit
A
.
B.
Sublandlord
and FCC entered into that certain Standard Sublease Agreement on June 30, 2001,
as amended by that certain First Amendment to Standard Sublease Agreement,
entered into in March of 2007 and made effective February 1, 2007 (as so
amended, the “Sublease”), pursuant to which FCC subleases approximately 152,655
rentable square feet of the Premises as more particularly described in the
Sublease (the “Subleased Premises”). A copy of the Sublease is
attached as
Exhibit
B
.
C.
FCC
desires to sub-sublease a portion of the Premises to FC Products, and FC
Products desires to sub-sublease a portion of the Subleased Premises from
FCC. The sub-subleased portion shall be comprised of approximately
96,255 rentable square feet as depicted on attached as
Exhibit C
(the
“Sub-subleased Premises”).
D. This
Sub-sublease has been executed and delivered pursuant to the Master Asset
Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2008 among FCC and the other Selling Companies
identified therein and FC Products, as amended (the “Purchase
Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.
Upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth, FCC and FC Products agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1.
Lease of Sub-subleased
Premises
. FCC leases to FC Products, and FC Products leases
from FCC, the Sub-subleased Premises, together with the right in common with
others to use any portions of the Common Areas (as defined
below). The Sub-subleased Premises is leased by FC Products in its
“as-is, where is” condition, without warranty by FCC of any kind, except as
otherwise expressly set forth herein. “Common Areas” means areas
designated for non-exclusive use between FCC and FC Products, as further
depicted and identified in
Exhibit C
, and those
interior and exterior common and public areas, including without limitation,
any
corridors,
elevator lobbies, ground floor lobbies, vestibules, service and freight areas,
restrooms, elevator and mechanical rooms, telephone and electrical closets,
parking facilities, and other similar facilities provided for the benefit of all
tenants of the Premises, visitors to the Premises, or other tenants and
occupants, and their employees, agents and invitees. FC Products’
access to and use of the Common Areas is expressly conditioned upon the
continuation of FCC’s rights to such Common Areas pursuant to the terms of the
Master Lease and the Sublease.
2.
Term
. The
term of this Sub-sublease shall commence on the date of closing of the
transaction contemplated under the Purchase Agreement (the “Commencement Date”)
and shall expire on June 30, 2016 (the “Expiration Date”).
3.
Rent
. FC
Products shall pay to FCC base rent (“Base Rent”) for the Sub-subleased Premises
in accordance with the rent schedule attached as
Exhibit
D
. Base Rent shall be due and payable on the last day of each
month (payable in arrears) during the entire term of this Sub-sublease, without
invoice, demand, deduction or offset. Rent (defined below) shall be
paid to FCC at the address set forth in Section 12 hereof or at such other
address and/or to such other party as FCC may from time to time elect by giving
not less than ten (10) days advance written notice thereof to FC
Products. The Base Rent, together with the following, shall be
considered “Rent” hereunder:
A.
Utilities
. FC
Products shall pay its Proportionate Share (defined below) of any utilities
serving the Sub-subleased Premises and not separately metered to the
Sub-subleased Premises. As used in this Sub-sublease, the term
“Proportionate Share” shall mean and refer to a fraction, the numerator which is
the total number of the rentable square feet of the Sub-subleased Premises and
the denominator which is the total number of rentable square feet of the
Subleased Premises; it being agreed that the rentable square footage of the
Sub-subleased Premises is 96,255, and the rentable square footage of the
Subleased Premises is 152,655; and that FC Products’ Proportionate Share is
therefore sixty-three percent (63%). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
FC Products shall benefit from a utility subsidy as reflected on current
financial statements; therefore, all utility payments and any other payments
based on a proportionate share shall, during the Subsidized Period (defined
below), be calculated on a Sub-subleased Premises area of 82,393 rentable square
feet, for a subsidized proportionate share of Fifty-four Percent (54%) (the
“Subsidized Proportionate Share”). For the purposes of this
Sub-sublease, the “Subsidized Period” is the period of time between the
Commencement Date and any transfer of FC Products’ ownership (including a
merger, consolidation or change in control with through or by a third-party
unaffiliated entity of FC Products) or assignment of this Sub-sublease or
further subletting of the Sub-subleased Premises other than a Permitted
Assignment (as defined below). FC Products shall pay any utilities
separately metered to the Sub-subleased Premises directly to the utility
provider. Each month FCC shall prepare and submit to FC Products (i)
an invoice identifying FC Products’ Subsidized Proportionate Share, or
Proportionate Share, as the case may be, for any utilities incurred serving the
Sub-subleased Premises which have not yet been paid, and (ii) reasonable back-up
documentation pertaining to the charge(s) identified in the invoice (e.g.,
copies of billing statements or invoices from the utility provider), to the
extent it has received the same from the service provider, Sublandlord, or
Master Landlord, or such back-up documentation in its possession or subject to
its control. FCC’s failure to
provide
back-up documentation shall not relieve FC Products of its obligation to make
any payment under this Sub-sublease if FCC has provided evidence that it made a
payment to Sublandlord, Master Landlord, or a third party service provider for
utility services that directly benefited FC Products in whole or in
part. In the event that FC Products inquires regarding back-up
documentation, FCC shall cooperate with FC Products in locating and obtaining
such back-up documentation from any third-parties who may possess or control
such documentation. FC Products shall pay the amount identified in
such conforming invoices to FCC in full within twenty (20) days after the
receipt thereof.
B.
Operating
Expenses
. In addition to those utility charges provided for
above, and garbage and recycling charges provided for below, beginning on the
fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date, FC Products shall be responsible
for Operating Expenses (as defined in the Master Lease) as follows:
Calendar
Year
|
Operating
Expenses Per Square Foot
|
2008
|
$0
|
2009
|
$0
|
2010
|
$0
|
2011
|
$0.50
|
2012
|
$1.00
|
2013
|
$1.50
|
2014
|
$2.00
|
2015
|
$2.00
|
2016
|
$2.00
|
Within
sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year for which Operating Expenses
are to be paid, FCC shall provide a statement to FC Products showing the actual
cost of the Operating Expenses incurred by FCC and reasonable documentation
evidencing the same. FCC shall remit the difference between the
amount actually paid by FC Products during the prior calendar year and the
actual Operating Expenses incurred by FCC based on FC Products’ Subsidized
Proportionate Share (if during the Subsidized Period), or based on FC Products’
Proportionate Share (if after the Subsidized Period) within thirty (30) days
after delivery of such statement and documentation. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, as used in this Sub-sublease, Operating
Expenses shall not include any utilities that are the subject of subsection A
above, and shall consist only of Operating Expenses which FCC incurs as its
Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses under the Sublease. Under
no circumstances shall FC Products be responsible for any Operating Expenses in
excess of the amounts set forth in the foregoing table.
C.
Garbage and
Recycling.
FC Products shall pay its Subsidized Proportionate
Share of the cost of all garbage and recycling services incurred by FCC during
the Subsidized Period, and shall pay its Proportionate Share of such costs after
the Subsidized Period. FCC shall deliver copies of all garbage and
recycling service invoices to FC Products, and FC Products shall remit payment
for its Proportionate Share of the
same
within twenty (20) days after its receipt of such invoice. FCC shall
have the right to all income resulting from recycling that occurs from the
printing operations located on the Sub-subleased Premises and FC Products shall
have the right to all income resulting from recycling that occurs from the
warehouse operations located on the Sub-subleased Premises. The
parties shall use their best efforts to fairly determine the apportionment of
the recycling income in accordance with the foregoing, and shall further make
arrangements for timely payments to each other in the event that one party is
collecting recycling income that belongs to the other.
D.
Real Estate
Taxes
. FC Products shall pay its Subsidized Proportionate
Share of any Real Estate Taxes (as that term is defined in the Master Lease)
during the Subsidized Period and shall pay its Proportionate Share of Real
Estate Taxes after the Subsidized Period. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, as used in this Sub-sublease, Real Estate Taxes shall
consist only of Real Estate Taxes which FCC incurs as its proportionate share of
Real Estate Taxes under the Sublease. Each month FCC shall prepare
and submit to FC Products (i) an invoice identifying FC Products’ Subsidized
Proportionate Share, or Proportionate Share, as the case may be, for any Real
Estate Taxes pertaining to the Sub-subleased Premises, and (ii) reasonable
back-up documentation pertaining to the charge(s) identified in the invoice, to
the extent it has received the same from Sublandlord, or Master Landlord, or
such back-up documentation is in its possession or subject to its
control. In the event that FC Products inquires regarding back-up
documentation, FCC shall cooperate with FC Products in locating and obtaining
such back-up documentation from any third-parties who may possess or control
such documentation. FCC’s failure to provide back-up documentation
shall not relieve FC Products of its obligation to make any payment under this
Sub-sublease if FCC has provided evidence that it made a payment to Sublandlord,
Master Landlord, or to the relevant taxing authority and the payment directly
benefited FC Products in whole or in part. FC Products shall pay the
amount identified in such conforming invoices to FCC in full within twenty (20)
days after the receipt thereof.
4.
Permitted
Use
. FC Products may use the Sub-subleased Premises for the
purpose for which it is currently being used as of the date of this
Sub-sublease, including without limitation, the operation of printing presses
and operations related thereto, general business use, and storage
space. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, FC Products
agrees that the Sub-subleased Premises shall not be used for any other purpose
whatsoever without the prior consent of FCC, Sublandlord and Landlord, and that
it will not use the Sub-subleased Premises or permit the Sub-subleased Premises
or any part of the Building (as defined in the Sublease) of which it is a part,
to be used in violation of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the
Sublease or the Master Lease.
5.
Assignment
. FC
Products may assign this Sub-sublease or sublet all or a portion of the
Sub-subleased Premises without the prior written consent of FCC in the following
instances: (i) the assignment or sublease is to an affiliate or subsidiary of FC
Products; (ii) the assignment or sublease occurs jointly and concurrently with
or to the same assignee or affiliate of the assignee under or in connection with
that certain Master License Agreement dated as of the Commencement Date, to
which FC Products and FCC are parties (the “Master License Agreement”), and such
assignee or sublessee expressly agrees in writing to assume all of
the
obligations
of FC Products hereunder; or (iii) FC Products has obtained the consent of
Master Landlord and Sublandlord to a sublease of all or a portion of the
Premises. Notwithstanding that Sublandlord’s consent is not required
for transfers pursuant to clauses (i)-(iii) above, each such assignment or
sublease shall only be made upon the obtaining of the prior written consent of
Master Landlord as required in connection with the Master Lease, and Sublandlord
as required in connection with the Sublease (and FCC agrees to cooperate to
obtain such consents, if required, from Landlord). Except as provided
in the foregoing sentence, FC Products shall not, and shall not have the right
to, assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether
voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, this
Sub-sublease or any of its rights or obligations under this Sub-sublease without
the prior written consent of FCC, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned, or delayed. FC Products and FCC acknowledge
and agree that FC Products is not obligated to pay Base Rent for 13,862 square
feet of the rentable square footage of the Sub-subleased Premises (as further
described in the attached
Exhibit
E
). Except as provided in (i) of this Section 5, if FC
Products assigns or subleases any portion of the Sub-subleased Premises, whether
in conformity with the provisions of Section 15 of the Sublease or not, all rent
subsidies set forth on
Exhibit E
, in
addition to the utility subsidy described above and any other subsidies
benefiting FC Products, shall automatically terminate, and FC Products shall be
fully liable for the Base Rent applicable to the 13,862 square feet as such rent
amount is specified in
Exhibit E
, from and
after the effective date of such sublease or assignment. FCC may
collect rent from any assignee or subtenant of FC Products without waiving any
remedies it may have in the event FC Products has violated this Section
5.
6.
Compliance with Master Lease
and Sublease
. FC Products and FCC agree to keep and perform
promptly each of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease
relating to the Sub-subleased Premises, except as otherwise set forth herein,
including without limitation the obligation to pay Rent, which is governed by
this Sub-sublease.
7.
Termination; Trade
Fixtures
. Without the further act or deed of Landlord,
Sublandlord, or of either party hereto, the term of this Sub-sublease shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date, and upon
such termination FC Products shall forthwith vacate the Sub-subleased Premises
leaving it in the same condition as it was received upon occupancy or such
better condition which, under the terms of the Master Lease or the Sublease, as
the case may be, Sublandlord or FCC is obligated to leave the
same. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and Trade
Fixtures shall be the sole property of FC Products and FC Products shall be
entitled to keep such Trade Fixtures. As used herein, “Trade
Fixtures” shall mean and refer to any property located within the Sub-subleased
Premises or in the future placed on the Sub-subleased Premises by FC Products or
its agents for the purpose of the conduct of FC Products’ business.
8.
Notice of
Default
. FC Products will notify Landlord and Sublandlord
forthwith in the event of any default of FCC that occurs under the provisions of
this Sub-sublease which comes to the attention of FC Products, such notice to be
given to the Landlord and Sublandlord by United States Mail, registered or
certified, postage prepaid, at the addresses provided below, or such other
address as may be provided to FC Products in writing from time to
time.
9.
Notice
. Any
notice provided for herein shall be deemed to be duly given if made in writing
and delivered in person to an office of such party, by nationally recognized
over-night courier or mailed by first class registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to FCC:
Franklin Covey Co.
2200 W. Parkway Boulevard
Salt Lake City,
UT 84119
Attn: Legal
Department
If to FC Products:
FC Products
2250 W. Parkway Boulevard
Salt Lake City,
UT 84119
Attn: Sarah
Merz
If to Sublandlord:
EDS Information Services,
L.L.C.
5400 Legacy Drive,
H3-2F-53
Plano, Texas 75024-3105
Attn: Real Estate
Leasing
If to Landlord:
Cole ED Salt Lake City UT,
LLC
2555 East Camelback Road, Suite
400
Phoenix, AZ 85016
or to
such other address with respect to either party hereto as such party shall
notify the other party hereto in writing. Any notice so given, if
mailed as aforesaid, shall be deemed received the second (2nd) business day
after it is deposited in the United States Mail.
10.
Indemnifications
.
A.
Indemnity of FC
Products
. FC Products shall indemnify, defend with counsel
reasonably acceptable to FCC, and hold FCC, and its officers, directors,
employees and agents, harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
penalties, losses, damages, costs and expenses, demands, causes of action,
claims or judgments (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and
expenses) (collectively referred to as the “Claims”) arising, claimed or
incurred against or by FCC, or its officers, directors, employees or agents,
from any matter or thing arising from (i) the use or occupancy of the
Sub-subleased Premises by FC Products or any of its partners, employees, agents,
licensees and invitees, the conduct of FC Products’ business, or from any
activity, work or other thing done, permitted or suffered by FC Products in or
about the Sub-subleased Premises; (ii) any accident, injury to or death of FC
Products or its partners,
employees,
agents, invitees or licensees or any other person or loss of or damage to
property of FC Products or any such persons occurring on or about the
Sub-subleased Premises or any part thereof during the term hereof; or (iii) any
breach or default in the performance of any obligation on FC Products’ part or
to be performed under the terms of this Sublease. FC Products shall
have no obligation to indemnify, defend or hold FCC harmless from and against
any Claims resulting solely from FCC’s breach of this Sub-sublease or from the
negligence or willful misconduct of FCC. FC Products shall give
prompt notice to FCC in case of casualty or accidents known to FC Products on or
about the Sub-subleased Premises.
B.
Indemnity of
FCC
. FCC shall indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably
acceptable to FC Products, and hold FC Products, and its officers, directors,
employees and agents, harmless from and against any and all Claims arising,
claimed or incurred against or by FC Products, or its officers, directors,
employees or agents, from any matter or thing arising from any breach or default
in the performance of any obligation on FCC’s part or to be performed under the
terms of this Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Master Lease. FCC
shall have no obligation to indemnify, defend and hold FC Products harmless from
and against any Claims resulting solely from FC Products’ breach of this
Sub-sublease or from the negligence or willful misconduct of FC
Products.
C.
Survival of
Indemnities
. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the
contrary, the indemnifications provided in this section shall survive any
termination of this Sub-sublease or expiration of the Term hereof.
11.
Insurance
. Without
limiting the generality of Section 6 hereof, FC Products shall procure and
maintain the insurance required under Section 16 of the Sublease, naming FCC,
Sublandlord and Landlord as additional insureds. No policy of
insurance obtained by FC Products under the provisions of Section 11 may be
canceled or terminated except upon not less than twenty (20) days written notice
to FCC, Sublandlord and Landlord, and each policy shall contain a provision to
that effect that the rights of FCC, Sublandlord and Landlord thereunder will not
be affected by any defense which the insurer may have against FC Products or any
other party. Certificates of each policy of insurance, and renewals
thereof obtained by FC Products shall be promptly delivered to FCC, Sublandlord
and Landlord.
12.
Representations and
Warranties
.
A.
FCC Representations and
Warranties
. FCC represents and warrants to FC Products that,
to its knowledge and as of the Commencement Date: (i) a true and correct copy of
the Master Lease and Sublease are attached as
Exhibits A
and
B
respectively, and
that there are no other agreements, letter agreements, side agreements,
amendments, modifications, waivers, writings or other matters amending,
modifying, waiving, changing or otherwise affecting the Sub-sublease or any term
or provision thereof; (ii) the Master Lease and Sublease are, as of the date of
this Sub-sublease, in full force and effect; (iii) any information provided
regarding actual or estimated Operating Expenses or that has been provided or
delivered to FC Products is true and accurate and does not fail to disclose any
material fact relating to the Operating Expenses; (iv) as of the date of this
Sub-sublease, there exists no event of default, breach or infraction of any
obligations set forth in the Master Lease or the Sublease; (v) except as
otherwise disclosed in writing to
FC
Products, FCC has not received any written notice from a governmental entity of
a claim that the Building or the Common Areas do not comply with all laws
applicable thereto; (vi) FCC is duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with all
requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under
this Sub-sublease and such other agreements and instruments to be executed and
delivered by FCC in connection herewith; (vii) each officer who executes this
Sub-sublease and such other agreements and instruments has been duly authorized
to so act by all requisite action on its part; (viii) FCC has not created any
mortgages, trust deeds or contracts for sale that encumber the leasehold
interests in the Premises (including the Sub-subleased Premises) other than
those that have been disclosed in writing to FC Products; and (ix) no
proceedings are presently pending or, to the knowledge of FCC, threatened, for
the taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain, or in any other manner
for a public or quasi-public purpose, of all or any part of the Building or the
Property (as that term is defined in the Sublease).
B.
FC Products Representations and
Warranties
. FC Products represents and warrants to FCC that
(i) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its organization, with all requisite power and authority
to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Sub-sublease and such
other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by FC Products in
connection herewith; and (ii) each officer who executes this Sub-sublease and
such other agreements and instruments has been duly authorized to so act by all
requisite action on its part.
C.
Duration of Representations and
Warranties
. The representations andwarranties provided for in
this Section 12 shall not expire prior to the termination of
thisSub-sublease.
13.
Compliance with Terms of
Master Lease and Sublease
. Except as otherwise provided
herein, this Sub-sublease is subject to all the terms of the Master Lease and
Sublease. FCC and FC Products acknowledge and agree that FC Products
shall, to the fullest extent possible, be entitled to the rights, benefits and
protections afforded to FCC under the Sublease, notwithstanding the failure of
FCC and FC Products to enumerate in this Sub-sublease all of the obligations,
rights, benefits and protections and to specifically allocate as between
Sublandlord and Subtenant such obligations, rights, benefits and
protections. FCC covenants and agrees that it shall: (i) promptly and
completely fulfill all of its obligations to Sublandlord under the Sublease;
(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Sublandlord, under the
Sublease, to perform all of the obligations of Sublandlord thereunder to the
extent the obligations apply to the Sub-subleased Premises and FC Products’ use
thereof and of the Common Areas; and (iii) in the event of any default or
failure by Sublandlord to perform its obligations as contemplated by the
immediately preceding subparagraph (ii), FCC shall, upon notice from FC
Products, make demand upon Sublandlord to perform its obligations under the
Sublease, and take timely and appropriate legal action to enforce the
obligations of the Sublease as to which any such default or failure exists, but
shall have no obligation to commence litigation. To the extent of any
conflict between this Sub-sublease and the Master Lease and/or the Sublease, as
between FC Products and FCC, this Sub-sublease shall control.
14.
Quiet
Enjoyment
. Subject to FCC’s receipt of the required consents
from Landlord and Sublandlord, FCC covenants and agrees with FC Products that
upon FC Products’ paying the Rent pursuant to this Sub-sublease and observing
and performing all of the other obligations, terms, covenants and conditions of
this Sub-sublease on FC Products’ part to be observed and performed, FC Products
may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Subleased Premises during the term of this
Lease. Each party covenants and agrees that it shall not do anything
which would constitute a default under the Master Lease or the Sublease, or
would cause the Master Lease or the Sublease to be canceled, terminated or
forfeited by virtue of any rights of cancellation, termination, or forfeiture
reserved or vested in Landlord or Sublandord under the Master Lease and the
Sublease respectively.
15.
No Amendment to Master Lease
or Sublease
. FCC covenants that it will not, without FC
Products’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed, (i) amend the Master Lease or Sublease in a
manner that will increase or alter (to the detriment of FC Products) FC
Products’ obligations or decrease or materially impair FC Products’ rights under
the Sublease, or (ii) voluntarily terminate the Master Lease or
Sublease.
16.
Entrance onto Sub-subleased
Premises
. FCC, Sublandlord and Landlord, may enter upon the
Sub-subleased Premises in accordance with the entry and/or inspection provisions
of the Master Lease and Sublease. FCC shall further have the right to
enter upon the Sub-subleased Premises at any time to cure any default under the
Master Lease or the Sublease, where such default is being caused by FC Products
and FC Products is not otherwise entitled to a cure period as provided for in
Section 17 below.
17.
Default
.
A.
Default by FC Products;
Remedies
. In addition to those specific defaults listed below,
any failure by FC Products to comply with the terms and provisions of the
Sublease, the Master Lease or any provision of this Sublease shall be a default
hereunder; provided, however, that if the Sublease or Master Lease provides for
a notice and cure period, then notwithstanding any provision herein to the
contrary, FC Products shall not be deemed to be in default if it has not first
been given written notice specifying the alleged default, including the
provision hereof violated, and a reasonable opportunity to cure such default
(such reasonable period not to exceed the time period for cure provided in the
Sublease, less five (5) days). Upon prior written notice and a
reasonable opportunity to cure (which shall be deemed to be twenty (20) days,
(
unless such cure would
reasonably require more than twenty (20) days, in which event the cure period
shall extend to the date that would be reasonably required to cure such default,
but in no event in excess of forty-five (45) days, so long as FC Products is in
diligent pursuit of a cure
)
, and in conformity with the
foregoing sentence, if FC Products defaults in the observance or performance of
any of FC Products’ covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder wherein the
default can be cured by the expenditure of money, either FCC, Sublandlord or
Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without waiving any other
remedies which they may have by reason of such default, cure the default, and
charge the reasonable cost thereof to FC Products and FC Products shall pay the
same forthwith upon demand, together with interest at the lesser of the rate of
10% per annum or the highest permissible rate allowed in the State
of
Utah. In
addition to those specific defaults in the Master Lease and Sublease, the
following shall be considered events of default, subject to a right to cure as
provided in the foregoing sentence: (i) FC Products shall default in the payment
of any installment of Rent (FC Products shall pay Rent within five (5) days
after the date that the Rent is due or FC Products shall be deemed in default)
or in the observance or performance of any of FC Products’ covenants, agreements
or obligations hereunder; (ii) any proceeding is commenced by or against FC
Products for the purpose of subjecting the assets of FC Products to any law
relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or for an appointment of a receiver of FC
Products or of any of FC Products’ assets; or (iii) if FC Products makes a
general assignment of FC Products’ assets for the benefit of
creditors. FC Products expressly waives the service of any notice in
writing of intention to re-enter as aforesaid and also all right of restoration
to possession of the Sub-subleased Premises after re-entry or after judgment for
possession thereof. In any event of default, FCC may re-enter
immediately into the Sub-subleased Premises and remove all persons and property
therefrom, and at its option, nullify and cancel this Sub-sublease with respect
to all future rights of FC Products and have, regain, repossess and enjoy the
Sub-subleased Premises. In the case of any such termination, FC
Products will indemnify FCC against all loss of rents and other damages which it
may incur by reason of such termination (provided, however, that FC Products
shall not be liable for any special, consequential or incidental damages), and
also against all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in enforcing
any of the terms of this Sub-sublease.
B.
Default by FCC;
Remedies
.
FCC’s
failure to perform any of its covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder or
under the Sublease or Master Lease within twenty (20) days after receipt of
written notice thereof from FC Products shall be deemed an event of default of
FCC (
unless such cure would reasonably require more than twenty (20)
days, in which event the cure period shall extend to the date that would be
reasonably required to cure such default, but in no event in excess of
forty-five (45) days, so long as FCC is in diligent pursuit of a cure
).
If such default is
reasonably expected to take more than twenty (20) days to cure, FCC must
diligently proceed to cure the default through
completion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if FCC
does not cure or commence to cure a default as provided in this subsection, or
if an emergency situation arises that would cause substantial harm or injury to
FC Products or FC Products’ business operations, then in any of the foregoing
instances, FC Products shall have the right to remedy such emergency situation
or cure such default. Any expenses incurred by FC Products in
effecting such a cure shall be paid by FCC within thirty (30) days of receipt of
demand therefor, together with documentation evidencing such expenses, provided
such documentation is adequate to evidence such expenses to the reasonable
satisfaction of FCC.
This subsection shall not limit any
rights or remedies available to FC Products at law or in
equity.
18.
Mediation
. The
parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute or claim arising out
of or relating to this Sublease promptly by confidential mediation under the CPR
Mediation Procedure in effect on the Commencement Date, before resorting to
litigation. If such dispute or claim is not settled by the parties
through mediation within forty-five (45) days after the first meeting of the
parties with the mediator to discuss the matter, or if the parties agree to
terminate mediation sooner, then either party may initiate a litigation action
subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Sublease.
19.
Responsibilities to
Sublandlord
. Notwithstanding anything in this Sub-sublease to
the contrary, nothing herein shall relieve FCC of its responsibilities to
Sublandlord, or Sublandlord of its responsibilities to Landlord and the
responsibilities derived from the Master Lease.
20.
Obligation to Provide
Services
. FC Products acknowledges and agrees that FCC has no
obligation to provide services to be provided by Landlord or Sublandlord under
the Sublease or the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FCC
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all parties are
complying with their obligations under the Sublease and the Master Lease, and
that all services reasonably necessary to the operation of FC Products’ business
in the Sub-subleased Premises are timely provided.
21.
Reduction in Base
Rent
. FC Products acknowledges that it is receiving a
reduction in Base Rent, as shown on the attached
Exhibit
D
. If FC Products surrenders any portion of the Sub-subleased
Premises, any reduction in Base Rent which would otherwise be attributable to a
reduction in space leased shall be postponed until such time as Sublandlord and
FCC have recouped the entire subsidy granted prior to the date of
surrender.
22.
Limitation of FCC’s
Liability
. If FCC, on the one hand, or FC Products, on the
other (in either case, the “Liable Party”), is held or found to be liable to FC
Products, on the one hand, or FCC, on the other (the “Recipient Party”), for any
claim, liability, loss or expense (a “Loss”) relating to or arising from a
breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Sub-sublease, whether
based on an action or claim in contract, negligence, tort or otherwise, the
amount of damages recoverable for such Loss by the Recipient Party from the
Liable Party will not exceed $3,200,000 minus the sum of (A) the aggregate
amount of Losses arising under this Sub-sublease and paid by the Liable Party to
the Recipient Party, and (B) the aggregate amount of any liabilities for damages
arising from a breach of any representation or warranty contained in any
Transaction Agreement paid by the Liable Party to the Recipient
Party. “Transaction Agreements” means the Purchase Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements identified in the Purchase Agreement.
23.
Parking
. FC
Products shall have the non-exclusive right to use a proportionate share of the
number of parking spaces serving the Premises equal to FC Products’
Proportionate Share of the parking made available to FCC.
24.
Counterparts
. This
Sub-sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, and such counterparts,
when taken together, shall constitute a complete agreement.
{Signatures
follow on next page.}
FCC and FC Products are signing
this Sub-sublease as of the date set forth in the introductory
clause.
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
/s/
Robert A. Whitman
|
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCTS, LLC
/s/
Sarah Merz
|
By:
|
Robert A. Whitman
|
|
By:
|
Sarah Merz
|
Its:
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Its:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
Exhibit
10.7
MODIFICATION
AGREEMENT
This
MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
(the “
Modification
Agreement
”) is made effective as of July 8, 2008, between
FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
, a Utah
corporation (“
Borrower
”), whose address is
2200 West Parkway Blvd., Salt Lake City, Utah 84119, and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
, a
national banking association (“
Lender
”), whose address
is 80 West Broadway, Suite 200, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101.
RECITALS
:
A.
Lender
has previously extended to Borrower a revolving line of credit loan (the “
Loan
”) in the original
maximum principal amount of EIGHTEEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($18,000,000.00)
pursuant to a Revolving Line of Credit Agreement dated as of March 14, 2007 (as
amended and modified from time to time, the “
Loan Agreement
”), and
evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note dated March 14, 2007 (as amended and
modified from time to time, the “
Note
”). Capitalized
terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms
in the Loan Agreement and Note.
B.
Repayment
of the Loan is guaranteed pursuant to the terms of a Repayment Guaranty dated as
of March 14, 2007 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “
Guaranty
”), executed by
FRANKLIN COVEY PRINTING, INC.
,
a Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
, a Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN COVEY TRAVEL, INC.
, a
Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN
COVEY CATALOG SALES, INC.
, a Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN COVEY CLIENT SALES,
INC.
, a Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN COVEY PRODUCT SALES,
INC.
, a Utah corporation,
FRANKLIN COVEY SERVICES,
L.L.C.
, a Utah limited liability company, and
FRANKLIN COVEY MARKETING,
LTD.
, a Utah limited partnership (individually and collectively, as the
context requires, and jointly and severally, “
Guarantor
”), in favor of
Lender.
C.
The Loan
is secured by, among other things, (i) a Security Agreement dated as of March
14, 2007 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “
Security Agreement
”),
executed by Borrower and Guarantor, as “debtor,” in favor of
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
, a
national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely as
collateral agent (in such capacity, the “
Collateral Agent
”) for Lender
and
ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL
BANK
, a national banking association (“
Zions
”); (ii) a Pledge and
Security Agreement dated as of March 14, 2007 (as amended and modified from time
to time, the “
Pledge
and
Security
Agreement
”), executed by Borrower, as “pledgor,” in favor of Collateral
Agent; and (iii) an Account Control Agreement dated as of March 14, 2007 (as
amended and modified from time to time, the “
Account Control
Agreement
”), executed by
Borrower and Guarantor, as “debtor,” Collateral Agent, Lender and Zions, as
“creditor,” and Zions, as “bank” (collectively, the “
Security
Documents
”).
D.
Lender,
Zions and Collateral Agent have entered into an Intercreditor Agreement dated as
of March 14, 2007 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “
Intercreditor Agreement
”),
the terms of which were acknowledged and agreed to by Borrower and
Guarantor.
E.
The Loan
Agreement, the Note, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor
Agreement, and all other agreements, documents, and instruments governing,
evidencing, securing, guaranteeing or otherwise relating to the Loan, as
modified in this Modification Agreement, are sometimes referred to individually
and collectively as the “
Loan
Documents
.” All capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan
Agreement.
F.
Borrower
and/or one or more of the Guarantors have sold substantially all of the assets
of Borrower’s Consumer Solutions Business Unit (the “
Asset Sale
”) to a third-party
purchaser (the “
Purchaser
”) pursuant to one
or more written agreements (the “
Asset Sale
Documents
”). None of the assets to be sold in the Asset Sale
include any of the Pledged Securities. Borrower has acquired an
approximately nineteen and one-half percent (19.5%) ownership interest in
Purchaser, such that Purchaser will not be considered a Subsidiary of Borrower
under the Loan Documents.
G.
Upon or
prior to the closing of the Asset Sale, the revolving line of credit loan made
by Zions to Borrower in the maximum principal amount of up to $7,000,000.00 (the
“
Zions Loan
”) shall be
irrevocably terminated (the “
Zions Loan
Termination
”).
H.
As a
result of the Asset Sale, Borrower has proposed to dissolve each of the
following Subsidiaries:
FRANKLIN COVEY SERVICES,
L.L.C.
, a Utah limited liability company, and
FRANKLIN COVEY MARKETING,
LTD.
, a Utah limited partnership (collectively, the “
Dissolved
Guarantor
s”).
I.
Subject
to the terms and conditions contained herein, Borrower, Guarantor, and Lender
now desire to modify the Loan Documents to: (i) approve an increase to the
maximum principal amount of the Loan, effective as of the date hereof, from
$18,000,000.00 to $25,000,000.00 (the “
Loan Amount Increase
”); (ii)
approve a subsequent reduction to the maximum principal amount of the Loan,
effective as of June 30, 2009, from $25,000,000.00 to $15,000,000.00 (the “
Loan Amount Reduction
”);
(iii) increase the interest rate applicable under the Loan Documents from the
LIBO Rate in effect from time to time plus 1.10% per annum to LIBO Rate in
effect from time to time plus 1.50% per annum (the “
Interest Rate Increase
”);
(iv) consent to the dissolution of the Dissolved Guarantors and release the
Dissolved Guarantors and any Collateral owned by the Dissolved Guarantors from
the Security Documents; and (v) remove any references to Zions, the Zions
Loan, and the Zions Loan Documents, except that Zions, as the depository bank,
shall continue to be a party in such capacity to the Account Control
Agreement.
AGREEMENT
:
For good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Borrower, Guarantor and Lender agree as follows:
1.
ACCURACY
OF RECITALS
. Each of Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledges
the accuracy of the Recitals which are incorporated herein by
reference.
2.
MODIFICATION
OF LOAN DOCUMENTS
. The Loan Documents are modified as
follows:
(a)
Loan Amount Increase and
Subsequent Reduction
.
(1)
Loan
Agreement
. The definition of “Loan Amount” set forth in
Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety
to read as follows:
“
Loan Amount
” means the amount
of up to TWENTY-FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00), plus any sum
in addition thereto advanced by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion in
accordance with the Loan Documents, to be disbursed pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement;
provided, however
, that
effective as of June 30, 2009, the aforementioned amount shall be reduced to
FIFTEEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($15,000,000.00).
(2)
Note
. The
reference to “$18,000,000.00” in the heading of the Note is hereby amended to
read “$25,000,000.00”;
provided however
, that
effective as of June 30, 2009, the aforementioned amount shall be reduced to
“$15,000,000.00”. In addition, the reference in Section 1 of the Note
to “EIGHTEEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($18,000,000.00)” is hereby amended to
read “TWENTY-FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00)”;
provided, however
, that
effective as of June 30, 2009, the aforementioned amount shall be reduced to
“FIFTEEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($15,000,000.00)”.
An
original of this Modification Agreement may be attached to the original Note as
an allonge and made a part of the Note,
provided, however
, that
failure to attach an original of this
Modification
Agreement as an allonge to the Note shall not impact the effectiveness of this
Modification Agreement and this Modification Agreement shall nonetheless be
valid, binding and enforceable.
(b)
Interest Rate
Increase
. The definition of “Interest Rate” set forth in
Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety
to read as follows:
“
Interest Rate
” means a
variable rate equal to the LIBO Rate in effect from time to time plus One and
One-Half Percent (1.50%) per annum.
(c)
Dissolved
Guarantors
. Lender and Collateral Agent hereby consent to the
dissolution of the Dissolved Guarantors and hereby release the Dissolved
Guarantors and any Collateral owned by the Dissolved Guarantors from the
Guaranty and the Security Documents, and all references in the Loan Documents to
any of the Dissolved Guarantors are hereby deleted and of no further force or
effect.
(d)
Zions Loan
Termination
. Provided that Borrower has delivered to Lender
the information required by
Section 7(d)
hereof, all
references in the Loan Documents to Zions as a “Creditor” or a “Lender”, the
Zions Loan, or the Zions Loan Documents are hereby deleted and of no further
force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Zions, as the
depository bank, shall continue to be a party in such capacity to the Account
Control Agreement.
(e)
Intercreditor
Agreement
;
References to Collateral Agent
. The Intercreditor Agreement
shall remain in effect solely to preserve the appointment of Collateral Agent as
collateral agent for Lender, but any agreements, representations, or other
provisions made by Zions to or for the benefit of Lender or Collateral Agent, or
by Lender to or for the benefit of Zions, are hereby deleted and of no further
force or effect. In addition, any reference in the Loan Documents to
the Collateral Agent are hereby deleted and of no further force or
effect.
(f)
Conforming
Modifications
. Each of the Loan Documents is modified to be
consistent herewith and to provide that it shall be a default or an Event of
Default thereunder if Borrower shall fail to comply with any of the covenants of
Borrower herein or if any representation or warranty by Borrower herein or by
any guarantor in any related Consent and Agreement of Guarantor(s) is materially
incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the date hereof. In order
to further effect certain of the foregoing modifications, Borrower and Guarantor
agree to execute and deliver such other documents or instruments as Lender
reasonably determines are necessary or desirable.
(g)
References
. Each
reference in the Loan Documents to any of the Loan Documents shall be a
reference to such document as modified herein or as modified on or about the
date hereof.
3.
RATIFICATION
OF LOAN DOCUMENTS AND COLLATERAL
. The Loan Documents are ratified
and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full force and effect as modified
herein. Any property or rights to or interests in property granted as
security in the Loan Documents shall remain as security for the Loan and the
obligations of Borrower in the Loan Documents.
4.
FEES AND
EXPENSES
.
(a)
Fees and
Expenses
. In consideration of Lender’s agreement to amend the
Loan Documents as set forth herein, and in addition to any other fees or amounts
payable by Borrower hereunder, Borrower has agreed to pay to Lender (i) all
legal fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection herewith; and (ii) all
other costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with executing this
Modification Agreement and otherwise modifying the Loan
Documents. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that such fees are fully
earned and nonrefundable as of the date this Modification Agreement is executed
and delivered by the parties hereto.
(b)
Method of
Payment
. Such fees shall be paid by Borrower to Lender on the
date hereof or at such later date as such fees, costs and expenses are incurred
by Lender. Borrower and Lender agree and acknowledge that the
foregoing shall not relieve Borrower of its obligation to make future monthly
payments of interest and other amounts as required under the terms of the
Loan.
5.
BORROWER
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
. Each of Borrower and Guarantor
represents and warrants to Lender: (a) No default or event of default
under any of the Loan Documents as modified herein, nor any event, that, with
the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would be a default or an
event of default under the Loan Documents as modified herein has occurred and is
continuing; (b) There has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition of Borrower or Guarantor or any other person whose financial statement
has been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent
financial statement received by Lender; (c) Each and all representations and
warranties of Borrower and Guarantor in the Loan Documents are accurate on the
date hereof; (d) Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has any claims, counterclaims,
defenses, or set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents as modified
herein; (e) The Loan Documents as modified herein are the legal, valid, and
binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with
their terms; (f) Borrower is validly existing under the laws of the State of its
formation or organization, has not changed its legal name as set forth above,
and has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this
Modification Agreement and to perform the Loan Documents as modified herein; (g)
The execution and delivery of this Modification Agreement and the performance of
the Loan Documents as modified herein have been duly authorized by all requisite
action by or on behalf of Borrower; and (h) This Modification Agreement has been
duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.
6.
BORROWER
COVENANTS
. Borrower and Guarantor covenant with Lender:
(a)
Each of
Borrower and Guarantor shall execute, deliver, and provide to Lender such
additional agreements, documents, and instruments as reasonably required by
Lender to effectuate the intent of this Modification Agreement.
(b)
Each of
Borrower and Guarantor fully, finally, and forever releases and discharges
Lender and its successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, agents, and
representatives from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts,
demands, liabilities, obligations, and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law
or equity, that either Borrower or Guarantor has or in the future may have,
whether known or unknown, (i) in respect of the Loan, the Loan Documents, or the
actions or omissions of Lender in respect of the Loan or the Loan Documents and
(ii) arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification
Agreement.
(c)
Contemporaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Modification Agreement, Borrower has
paid to Lender all of the internal and external costs and expenses incurred by
Lender in connection with this Modification Agreement (including, without
limitation, inside and outside attorneys, appraisal, appraisal review,
processing, title, filing, and recording costs, expenses, and
fees).
(d)
On or
prior to the execution and delivery of this Modification Agreement, each of
Borrower and Guarantor shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be
executed and delivered, to Lender, each in form and substance satisfactory to
Lender, such other documents, instruments, resolutions, subordinations, and
other agreements as Lender may require in its sole discretion.
7.
EXECUTION
AND DELIVERY OF AGREEMENT BY LENDER
. Lender shall not be bound by
this Modification Agreement until (a) Lender has executed and delivered this
Modification Agreement to Borrower and Guarantor, (b) each of Borrower and
Guarantor has performed all of the obligations of Borrower and Guarantor,
respectively, under this Modification Agreement to be performed
contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification
Agreement, if any, (c) Borrower has paid all fees and costs required under
Section
4
hereof, and (d) the Zions
Loan Termination shall have been completed and Lender shall have received
evidence of the same which is reasonably acceptable to Lender.
8.
INTEGRATION,
ENTIRE AGREEMENT, CHANGE, DISCHARGE, TERMINATION, OR WAIVER
. The
Loan Documents as modified herein contain the complete understanding and
agreement of Borrower, Guarantor and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede
all prior representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements, understandings,
and negotiations. No provision of the Loan Documents as modified
herein may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated, or waived except in
a writing signed by the parties thereto.
9.
BINDING
EFFECT
. The Loan Documents, as modified herein, shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower, Guarantor and Lender and their
successors and assigns;
provided, however
, neither
Borrower nor Guarantor may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its
obligations under the Loan Documents and any purported assignment or delegation
shall be void.
10.
CHOICE OF
LAW
. THIS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF UTAH WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED
AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF SALT
LAKE, STATE OF UTAH OR, AT THE SOLE OPTION OF LENDER, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN
WHICH LENDER SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT
MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY. EACH OF BORROWER
AND LENDER WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH
MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO
THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS
SECTION 10
.
11.
COUNTERPART
EXECUTION
. This Modification Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same document. Signature pages
may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this
Modification Agreement to physically form one document. Receipt by the Lender of
an executed copy of this Modification Agreement by facsimile shall constitute
conclusive evidence of execution and delivery of the Modification by the
signatory thereto.
[Remainder
of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
DATED as
of the date first above stated.
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
“
Borrower
”
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRINTING, INC.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY TRAVEL, INC.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CATALOG SALES, INC.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CLIENT SALES, INC.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY PRODUCT SALES, INC.
a
Utah corporation
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY SERVICES, L.L.C.
a
Utah limited liability company
|
By:
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CLIENT SALES, INC.
a
Utah corporation, its member
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
By:
|
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
a
Utah corporation, its member
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY MARKETING, LTD.
a
Utah limited partnership
|
By:
|
FRANKLIN
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
a
Utah corporation, its general partner
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen D. Young
|
Name:
|
Stephen
D. Young
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
“
Guarantor
”
|
JPMORGAN
CHASE BANK, N.A.
a
national banking association
|
By:
|
/s/ Tony C. Nielsen
|
Name:
|
Tony
C. Nielsen
|
Title:
|
Senior
Vice President
|
|
“
Lender
”
|
Exhibit
99.1
FranklinCovey
Announces Completion of the Sale of its Consumer Solutions Business Unit and an
Investor Webinar to be held on July 11, 2008
FranklinCovey
to Use Proceeds From Sale to Repurchase Common Stock
SALT LAKE
CITY, July 7, 2008, — FranklinCovey (NYSE: FC) today announced that it has
completed its previously announced sale of substantially all of the assets of
its Consumer Solutions Business Unit (CSBU) to Franklin Covey Products,
LLC. Franklin Covey Products, LLC, which is controlled by Peterson
Partners, a private equity firm, purchased the CSBU assets for $32.0 million in
cash subject to adjustments for net working capital. FranklinCovey
invested $1.755 million to purchase a 19.5% voting interest in the new company
and made a $1.0 million preferred capital contribution with a 10 percent
priority return. The Company also has the opportunity to earn
contingent license fees as Franklin Covey Products, LLC achieves certain
performance objectives.
FranklinCovey
currently intends to utilize the net sale proceeds to repurchase shares of its
common stock pursuant to a Dutch auction tender offer, which it anticipates will
commence in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
Investor
Webinar
The
Company also announced that it will host an investor webinar to discuss with
shareholders and the financial community the Company’s financial results for its
fiscal quarter and three quarters ended May 31, 2008, the recent sale of the
CSBU assets, and to the extent applicable, the proposed self tender
offer. The discussion will be held on Friday, July 11, 2008 at 11:00
a.m. Eastern Daylight time (9:00 a.m. Mountain Daylight time).
Interested persons can participate by
calling 1-888-396-2356, access code: 88095150 and by logging on
to
http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?p=irol-eventDetails&c=102601&eventID=1895357
.
About
FranklinCovey
FranklinCovey
(NYSE: FC) is the global consulting and training leader in the areas of strategy
execution, customer loyalty, leadership and individual
effectiveness. Clients include 90 percent of the Fortune 100, more
than 75 percent of the Fortune 500, thousands of small- and mid-sized
businesses, as well as numerous government entities and educational
institutions. FranklinCovey (
www.franklincovey.com
)
has 46 direct and licensee offices providing professional services in 147
countries.
About
Peterson Partners
Peterson
Partners, a leading Intermountain West investment firm based in Salt Lake City,
Utah, specializes in investing in small- to mid-sized companies, and has a track
record of successful investments including JetBlue, Making Memories,
EnergySolutions, 3form, Cranium, Asurion, Instashred, Winder Farms, MITY
Enterprises, and Diamond Rental. Founded in 1995, Peterson Partners has managed
over $400 million in committed capital through five funds.
Forward-Looking
Statements
This
press release contains forward-looking statements related to, among other
things, a proposed tender offer. These statements are made pursuant
to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements inherently involve
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those contemplated in the forward-looking statements. Such risks and
uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the Company may decide, for any
number of reasons, not to pursue the tender offer, the conditions to any such
tender offer may not be satisfied, market conditions and the price of the
Company’s stock may not be favorable, general economic conditions, the Company’s
cash needs, shareholders may not tender shares in response to the offer in
sufficient numbers to make the tender offer advisable and other risks and
uncertainties outlined in the Company’s documents filed with the SEC, including
the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All
forward-looking statements and other information in this press release are based
upon information available as of the date of this press release. Such
information may change or become invalid after the date of this press release,
and, by making these forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no
obligation to update these statements after the date of this press release,
except as required by law.
Tender
Offer Statement
This
press release is for informational purposes only and is not an offer to buy, or
the solicitation of an offer to sell, any shares. The full details of any tender
offer, including complete instructions on how to tender shares, will be included
in the offer to purchase, the letter of transmittal and related materials, which
would be mailed to shareholders promptly following commencement of the offer.
Shareholders should read carefully the offer to purchase, the letter of
transmittal and other related materials when they are available because they
will contain important information. Shareholders may obtain free copies, when
available, of the offer to purchase and other related materials that will be
filed by FranklinCovey with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the
Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. When available, shareholders also may
obtain a copy of these documents, free of charge, from FranklinCovey’s
information agent to be appointed in connection with the offer.
Investor
Contact:
FranklinCovey
Steve
Young
801-817-1776
Steve.Young@franklincovey.com
Media
Contact:
FranklinCovey
Debra
Lund
801-244-4474
Debra.Lund@franklincovey.com
Exhibit
99.2
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
On May
22, 2008, Franklin Covey Co. (the Company) announced that it would join with
Peterson Partners to create a new limited liability company, Franklin Covey
Products, LLC (Franklin Covey Products), to pursue the strategic objective of
expanding the sales of Franklin Covey branded consumer products throughout the
world. In connection with the creation of Franklin Covey Products, on
May 22, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell
substantially all of the assets of its Consumer Solutions Business Unit (CSBU)
to Franklin Covey Products (the Sale Agreement). On July 7, 2008, the
sale of the CSBU assets was closed (the Closing Date). The sale price
was $32.0 million in cash plus adjustments for working capital on the Closing
Date. In addition, certain costs incurred in the completion of the
sale transaction will be reimbursed to the Company by Franklin Covey
Products.
Pursuant
to the terms of the Sale Agreement, the Company contributed (i) approximately
$1.8 million on the Closing Date as consideration for a 19.5 percent voting
interest in Franklin Covey Products, plus (ii) made a $1.0 million capital
contribution with a 10 percent priority return that provides no additional
ownership or voting rights. The remaining interest in Franklin Covey
Products is primarily held by Peterson Partners V, L.P., an affiliate of
Peterson Partners, Inc., a Salt Lake City, Utah based investment firm that
specializes in small- to mid-size companies. Certain Franklin Covey
Products management personnel were granted ownership shares that do not have
voting rights, but may subsequently dilute the Company’s equity interest in
Franklin Covey Products to approximately 15.6 percent if the ownership shares
fully vest. Due to the structure of the new entity and the remaining
influence over the new entity, the Company believes that its investment in
Franklin Covey Products will be accounted for using the equity method of
accounting for an unconsolidated subsidiary.
The
following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheets for Franklin Covey as
of May 31, 2008 give effect to the sale of the CSBU assets as if the sale
transaction occurred on May 31, 2008. The following unaudited pro
forma consolidated statements of income for the fiscal year ended August 31,
2007 and for the three quarters ended May 31, 2008 give effect to the sale of
the CSBU assets as if the sale transaction occurred at the beginning of the
period presented.
The pro
forma information is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or
results of operations of future periods or indicative of results that would have
actually occurred had the transactions been completed as of the date thereof or
as of the beginning of the periods presented therein. The pro forma
adjustments, as described in the accompanying notes to the pro forma
consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, are based upon
available information and certain assumptions we believe are
reasonable. The pro forma financial information should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the
consolidated financial statements included in our report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended August 31, 2007 and our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended May 31, 2008.
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
AS OF MAY
31, 2008
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Franklin
Covey
Co.
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
4,815
|
|
|
$
|
29,245
|
|
(b)
|
|
$
|
34,060
|
|
Accounts
receivable, net
|
|
|
24,597
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
24,597
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
3,697
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
3,697
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other assets
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
|
|
3,069
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
7,906
|
|
Assets
held for sale
|
|
|
30,754
|
|
|
|
(30,754
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
current assets
|
|
|
75,734
|
|
|
|
1,560
|
|
|
|
|
77,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and equipment, net
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
Intangible
assets, net
|
|
|
73,223
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
73,223
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Investment
in unconsolidated subsidiary
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
16,934
|
|
|
|
(1,977
|
)
|
(b)
|
|
|
14,957
|
|
|
|
$
|
191,803
|
|
|
$
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
$
|
194,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
portion of long-term debt and financing obligation
|
|
$
|
667
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
$
|
667
|
|
Line
of credit
|
|
|
8,223
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
8,223
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
8,341
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
9,841
|
|
Income
taxes payable
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
21,145
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
21,145
|
|
Liabilities
held for sale
|
|
|
10,415
|
|
|
|
(10,415
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
|
|
48,848
|
|
|
|
(8,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
39,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt and financing obligation, less current portion
|
|
|
32,504
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
32,504
|
|
Deferred
income tax liabilities
|
|
|
4,455
|
|
|
|
4,242
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
87,459
|
|
|
|
(4,673
|
)
|
|
|
|
82,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
1,353
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
1,353
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital
|
|
|
183,836
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
183,836
|
|
Common stock
warrants
|
|
|
7,602
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
7,602
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
23,119
|
|
|
|
6,362
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
29,481
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
Treasury stock at cost, 7,249
shares
|
|
|
(112,956
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(112,956
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss held for
sale
|
|
|
(649
|
)
|
|
|
649
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total shareholders’
equity
|
|
|
104,344
|
|
|
|
7,011
|
|
|
|
|
111,355
|
|
|
|
$
|
191,803
|
|
|
$
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
$
|
194,141
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects
the disposition of the Consumer Solutions Business Unit assets,
liabilities, and other comprehensive loss, which is comprised of
cumulative translation adjustments.
|
(b)
|
Reflects
the consideration received from the sale of the Consumer Solutions
Business Unit assets and the adjustment of assets and liabilities based
upon the master asset purchase
agreement.
|
(c)
|
Amount
represents the preliminary gain (net of tax) and corresponding income
taxes, as applicable, on the preliminary gain from the sale of Consumer
Solutions Business Unit assets. This amount is based upon May
31, 2008 working capital balances and will be revised based upon working
capital balances on the sale closing
date.
|
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 2007
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franklin
Covey
Co.
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
284,125
|
|
|
$
|
(131,003
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
$
|
153,122
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
109,748
|
|
|
|
(56,561
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
53,187
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
174,377
|
|
|
|
(74,442
|
)
|
|
|
|
99,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
general, and administrative
|
|
|
149,220
|
|
|
|
(61,913
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
87,307
|
|
Gain
on sale of manufacturing facility
|
|
|
(1,227
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(1,227
|
)
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
|
|
(1,446
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
3,247
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
3,607
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
3,607
|
|
Income
from operations
|
|
|
18,084
|
|
|
|
(11,083
|
)
|
|
|
|
7,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiary
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
717
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(3,136
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(3,136
|
)
|
Income
before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
15,665
|
|
|
|
(8,922
|
)
|
|
|
|
6,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
(8,036
|
)
|
|
|
3,835
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(4,201
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
7,629
|
|
|
|
(5,087
|
)
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
Preferred
stock dividends
|
|
|
(2,215
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(2,215
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
5,414
|
|
|
$
|
(5,087
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects
disposition of Consumer Solutions Business Unit pursuant to the sale of
CSBU assets.
|
(b)
|
Represents
19.5 percent of the earnings of the CSBU as the Company’s equity in
Franklin Covey Products’ earnings. This amount may be
subsequently diluted to approximately 15.6 percent by the vesting of Class
C ownership shares, which have no voting rights, to certain members of
Franklin Covey Products management
team.
|
(c)
|
Represents
the tax effect of pro forma
adjustments.
|
NOTE: The
above pro forma income statement does not reflect the expected gain on the sale
of the CSBU assets or any reduction of interest from the use of the sale
proceeds thereon.
FRANKLIN
COVEY CO.
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
FOR THE
THREE QUARTERS ENDED MAY 31, 2008
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franklin
Covey
Co.
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
207,763
|
|
|
$
|
(94,920
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
$
|
112,843
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
79,372
|
|
|
|
(40,137
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
39,235
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
128,391
|
|
|
|
(54,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
73,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
general, and administrative
|
|
|
110,634
|
|
|
|
(47,193
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
63,441
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
4,044
|
|
|
|
(1,163
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
|
2,881
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
Income
from operations
|
|
|
11,011
|
|
|
|
(6,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
4,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiary
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(2,396
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(2,396
|
)
|
Income
before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
8,693
|
|
|
|
(5,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
(5,063
|
)
|
|
|
2,308
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(2,755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
3,630
|
|
|
$
|
(2,866
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects
disposition of Consumer Solutions Business Unit pursuant to the sale of
CSBU assets.
|
(b)
|
Represents
19.5 percent of the earnings of the CSBU as the Company’s equity in
Franklin Covey Products’ earnings. This amount may be
subsequently diluted to approximately 15.6 percent by the vesting of Class
C ownership shares, which have no voting rights, to certain members of
Franklin Covey Products management
team.
|
(c)
|
Represents
the tax effect of pro forma
adjustments.
|
NOTE: The
above pro forma income statement does not reflect the expected gain on the sale
of the CSBU assets or any reduction of interest from the use of the sale
proceeds thereon.